2

HANDBOOK
ON
I INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS
?
PART 2 BOLTS, NUTS, SCREWS AND OTHER

THREADED FASTENERS, AND WASHERS
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARD

MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARC
NEW DELHI 110 002
SP 29 (Part 2) : 1987
First Published May 1988

First Reprint March 1991
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)
@ BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
UDC 621.882.2/4.082(021)
ISBN 81-7061-004-4
PRICE Rs 350.00
Printed by Tara Art press, B-4 Hans Bhawan Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi- 1 lOOQ2;and published by Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi- 110002
PREFACE
The Bureau of Indian Standards (BlS) is the national standards body working on standardization~front
in the country. Its object is to promote the development and adoption of standards on national and
international basis with a view to facilitate national and international exchange of goods and services.
The standards play an important role in ensuring human safety and health, to safeguard consumer’s
interests and also have significant bearing on the national and world economy.
To make available the benefits of Indian Standards to the common man, -BlS has introduced its
certification marks scheme under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986. According to this Act,
quality goods conforming to Indian Standard carry the Mark. This mark is the third party guarantee for
quality of the marked goods. Licences to use the Standard Mark are granted to the manufactwm usi%
reliable methods of production and quality control subject to over-all supervision of BfS.
At international level, BlS represents India on the International Organisation for Standardization
(ISO) and the lnternational Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). BlS participates in most of the
technical committees of IS0 and all the technical committees of IEC.
While continuing with the task of standardization, which is a dynemic process, BlS has already
published national standards totalling over 11000 on wide-running subjects. Indian Standards are
generally published in booklet from in A-4 and A-5 sizes for any specific product/aspect. A large cross-
section of the users of these standards have often expressed their desire to have Indian Standards in
certain areas in the form of comprehensive handbooks. It is felt that these handbooks will provide easy
reference and also make Indian Standards more easily accessible to a larger public. Further, the
handbooks shall also help the user in understanding the provisions of the standards w~hich will enable
them to put the standards to better use.
In view of the above,the Bureau of Indian Standards is bringing out a series of handbooks in certain
specific areas and the Industrial Fasteners Handbook is one of this series.
INTRODUCTION
A fastener is a mechanical device used for holding two or more bodies in definite positions with
respect to each other. The fasteners assume great importance as most of the engineering equipment and
machinery are, today, made up of many assemblies, which use fasteners to hold various components
together. Based on the application intended, fastener rec~eives varying degree of built-in precision and
engineering capability. This has been adequately covered in the various national standards on fasteners.
Although, fasteners are low cost items in the assemblies when compared with the the total cost of
equipment, their importance cannot be under-estimated because of the functional role they play. The
fasteners have a wide application in the entire gamut of industry. No wonder, it is said that a fastener is a
connective tissue of the industrial copus. A large cross-section of the users of the standards have often
expressed their desire-to have Indian Standards available in a comprehensive form and hence, the
Handbook on Industrial Fasteners has been compiled.
The Handbook on Industrial Fasteners is one of the series of handbooks to be brought out by the
Bureau of Indian Standards. Once published, the Handbook shall fulfil the long felt need for t~he
availability of Indian Standards on fasteners and related subjects in a comprehensive form.
The Handbook on Industrial Fasteners is being issued in three parts. Part I covers standards on basic
features of fasteners, technical supply conditions and raw materials for fasteners. However, the
standards on general engineering materials in use in the fasteners industry have not been covered.
Besides this, Part I also covers few general engineering standards and other standards in the related
field.
Part 2 covers the product standards on bolts, screws, studs, nuts and washers.
Part 3 covers standards on rivets, pins, nails, keys and keyways, totters, circlips, and set-collars.
The national standards on fasteners have been formulated mainly by the following three Sectional
Committees:
EDC 27 Bolts, Nuts and Fasteners Accessories

EDC 70 Screw Threads
EDC 71 Rivets (since merged with EDC 27)
As an aid to understanding and application of the work of the above three Sectional Committees as
well as to cover other standards on fasteners, standards have also been included from the work of the
following Sectional Committees:
EDC 1 Engineering Standards

EDC II Machine Tools
EDC 12 Hand Tools
EDC 15 Builder’s Hardware
~EDC 20 Drawings
EDC 39 Rolling Bearings
EDC 43 Engineering Metrology
EDC 44 Transmission Devices
EDC 50 Mining
EDC 61 Conveyers, Vertical Hoists and Bucket Elevators
EDC 74 Aircraft and Space Vehicles
MCPD 19 Packaging of Engineering Goods
7
SMDL 1 Metal Standards
SMDC 5 Wrought Steel Products
SMDC IO Light Metals and Their Alloys
SMDC II Copper and Copper Alloys
SMDC 17 Foundry
SMDC 19 Alloy Steels and Special Steels
This Handbook is a compilation of the national standards in the field of industrial fasteners.
Wherever practicable, corrections and amendments to the standards have been incorporated in the
texts.
The A-4 size standards have been reproduced as it is whereas A-5 size standards have been
recomposed to match the style and format of A-4 size standards in order to have uniform presentation.
The Handbook has been divided into different sections, each one covering a group of standards on a
specific type or aspect of fasteners. The standards in each section are arranged in numerical order.
Numerical index is provided for the Handbook for easy location of a specific standard, number of which
is known to the user. The keyword (descriptive) index is provided at the end for easy location of a
standard, if the subject is known to the user.
This Handbook has been updated till 3 I’March 1987. However, standardization being a dynamic and
continuous process, users of the Handbook should take into account the fact the published standards
are subject to review and possible revision. It is pointed out that only latest available edition is the valid
standard.
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
CONTENTS
SECTOlON A BOLTS I
IS : I363 (Part I)-1984 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product 3
Grade C: Part 1 Hexagon Head Bolts (Size Range M 5 to M36)
(second revision)
IS : 1364 (Part I)-1983 Specification for Hexagon Head B~olts, Screws and Nuts of Product 7
-Grades A and B: Part I Hexagon Head Bolts (Size Range M3 to M36)
(second revision)
IS : 2014-1977 Specification for T-Bolts first revision) 13
1s : 2585-1968 Specification for Black Square Bolts and Nuts (Diameter Range 6 to 39 mm) 15
and ~Black Square Screws (Diameter Range 6 to 24 mm) first revision)
1s : 2609-1972 Specification for Coach Bolts f$rst revision) 20
IS : 3138-1966 Specification for Hexagonal Bolts and Nuts (M 42 to M 150) 24
IS : 3640-1982 Specification for Hexagon Fit Bolts Cfirst revision) 27
IS : 5624-1’970 Specification for Foundation Bolts 33
IS : 8352-1977 Specification for Flat Countersunk Square Neck Bolts 37
IS : 8353-1977 Specification for Flat Countersunk Nib Bolts 39
1s : 8721-1978 Specification for Fish Bolts (Cup Oval Neck Bolts) for Collieries 42
IS : 8722-1978 Specification for Fish Bolts with Square Head for Collieries 44
SECTION B NUTS 47
IS : 1363 (apart 3)-1984 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product 49
Grade C: Part 3 Hexagon Nuts (Size Range M5 to M36)
IS : 1364 (Part 3)- I983 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product 52
Grades A and B: Part 3 Hexagon Nuts (Size Range M 1.6 to M 36)
(second revision)
IS : 1364 (Part 4)-1985 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product 56
Grades A and B: Part 4 Hexagon Thin Nuts (Chamfered)
(Size Range M 1.6 to M36) (second revision)
IS : 1364 (Part 5):1985 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts. Screws and Nuts of Product 59
Grades A and B: Part 5 Hexagon Thin Nuts (unchemfered)
(Size Range M I .6 to M IO) (skond revision)
IS : 2015-1977 Specification for T-nuts (first revision) 62
IS : 2232-1967 Specification for Slotted and Castle Nuts (first revision) 64
IS : 2636-1972 Specification for Wing Nuts (first revision) 77
IS : 2687-1975 Specification for Cap Nuts (first revision) 80
IS : 3460-1972 Specification for Knurled Nuts (first revision) 82
IS : 3468-1975 Specification for Pipe Nuts (first revision) 84
IS : 5368-1969 Specification for Thin Slotted and Castle Nuts (Dia Range 6 to 52 m m ) 87
IS : 7002-1972 Specification for Prevailing Torque Type Steel Hexagon Locknuts 96
IS : 7790-1975 Specification for Domed Cap Nuts I 04
IS : 7795-1975 Specification for Hexagon Nuts with Collar IO6
IS : 8856-1978 Specification for Hexagon Weld Nuts 108
SECTION C SCREWS
IS : 1363 (Part 2)-1984 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of
Product Grade C: Part 2 Hexagon Head Screws (Size Range
M 5 to M 36) (second revision) 113
IS : 1364 (Part 2)-1983 Specification for Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of
Product Grades A and B: Part 2 Hexagon Screws (Size Range
M 3 to M 36) (second revision) II7
IS : 1365-1982 Specification for Slotted Countersunk Head Screws (third revision) 122
IS : 1366-1982 Specification for Slotted Cheese Head Screws (second revision) 126
IS : 2269-1981 Specification for Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws (second revision) 129
IS : 2388-1971 Specification for Slotted Grub Screws Cfirst revision) 134
IS : 3726-1972 Specification for Thumb Screws @rst revision) 138
IS : 3727-1966 Specification for Wing Screws 142
IS : 6094-1981 Specification for Hexagon Socket Set Screws Cfirst revision) 145
IS : 6!01-1982 Specification for Slotted Pan Head Screws first revision) 151
IS : 6761-1972 Specification for Countersunk Head Screws With Hexagvn Socket 154
IS : 7483-1985 Specification for Cross Recessed Pan Head Screws first revision) 157
IS : 7485-19!5 Specification for Cr&s Recessed Countersunk Head Screws first revision) 161
IS : 7486-1985 Specification for Cross Recessed Raised Countersunk Head Screws
first revision) 164
IS : 7519-1974 Specification for Hammer Drive Screws 168
IS : 8070-1976 Specification for Slotted Capstan Screws (Tommy Bolt) 171
IS : 891 I-1978 Specification for Slotted Raised Countersunk Head Screws 174
SECTION D STUDS AND PLUGS 179

IS : 1862-1975 Specification for Studs (second revision) 181
IS : 5069-1969 Dimensions for Round Locating Studs I85
IS : 5097-1969 Dimensions for ~Diamond Locating Studs 186
IS : 9645-1980 Specification for Threaded Plugs 187
SECTION E WASHERS 189

IS : 2016-1967 Specification for Plain Washers (first revision) 191
IS : 3063-1972 Specification for Single Coil Rectangular Section Spring Washers for Rolts,
Nuts and Screws @rst revision) 197
IS : 4291-1967 Dimensions for C-Washers 206
IS : 4297-1967 Dimensions for Spherical Washers and,Conical Seats 202
IS : 4298-~1967 Dimensions for Swing C-Washers 204
IS : 5370-1969 Specification for Plain Washers with OutsideDiameter -3 X lnside Diameter 206
IS : 5371-1982 Specification for Multi-tooth Lock Washers Cfirst revision) 207
IS : 5554-1970 Specification for Lock Washers with Lug 210
IS : 5556-1970 Specification for Fan Disc Washers 212
IS : 6735-1972 Specification for Spring Washers for Screws with Cylindrical Head 214
IS : 6755-1980 Specification for Double Coil Helical Spring Washers (first revision) 217
IS : 8068-1976 Specification for Tab Washers 221
SECTION F FASTENERS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES 225

IS : 3757-1985 Specification for High Strength Sturctural Bolts (second revision) 227
IS : 5372-1975 Specification for Taper Washers for Channels (ISMC) (first revision) 232
IS : 5374-1975 Specification for Taper Washers for l-beams (ISM B) (first revision) 234 .
IS : 6610-1972 Specification for Heavy Washers far Steel Str1rrturPc ,-I/;
IS : 6623-1985 Specification for High Strength Sturctural Nuts lfirst revision) 237
IS : 6639-1972 Specification for Hexagon Bolts for Steel Structures 242
IS : 6649-1985 Specification for Hardened and Tempered Washers for High Strength
Structural Bolts and Nuts first revision) 246
IS : 8412-1977 Specification for Slotted Countersunk Head Bolts for Steel Structures 250
IS : 10238-1982 Specification for Step Bolts for Steel Structures 253
SECTION G FIXING ACCESSORIES FOR BUILDING PURPOSES 255

IS : 207-1964 Specification for Gate and Shutter Hooks and Eyes 257
IS : 724-1964 Specification for Mild Steel and Brass Cup, Ruler and Square Hooks and
Screw Eyes (revised) 261
IS : 730-1978 Specification for Hook Bolts for Corrugated Sheet Roofing(secondrevision) 267
IS : 6 I 13-1970 Specification for Aluminium Fasteners for Building Purposes 271
IS : 7578-1975 Specification for Wedge and Slot Type Roof Bolt 274
IS : 8266-1976 Specification for Expansion Shell Type Roof Bolts 276
IS : 8822-1978 Specification for Slotted Mushroom Head Roofing Bolts 280
IS : 8869-1978 Specification for Washers for Corrugated Sheet Roofing 282
SECTION H WOOD FASTENERS 285

IS : 1120-1975 Specification for Coach Screws (first revision) 287
IS : 5373-1969 Specification for Square Washers for Wood Fastenings 290
IS : 6736-1972 Specification for Slotted Raised Countersunk Head Wood Screws 291
IS : 6739-1972 Specification for Slotted Round Head Wood Screws 294
IS : 6760-1972 Specification for Slotted Countersunk Head Wood Screws 297
IS : 8033-1976 Specification for Washerswith Square Hole for Wood Fastenings 300
SECTION J MISCELLANEOUS 303

IS : 6335-1971 Specification for Knurled Thumb Nuts (Fixtures) 305
IS.: 6336-1971 Specification for Screws for Thrust Pads (Fixtures) 306
IS : 6388-1971 Specification for Clamping Screws (Fixtures) 308
IS : 6731-1977 Specification for Locknuts, Narrow Series and Lockwashers with Straight
Inner Tab for Rolling Bearings first revision) 313
IS : 6832-1985 Specification for Fixing Screws and Fixing Washers for Buckets for Bucket
Elevators first revision) 318
IS : 7169-1974 Specification for Slotted Raised Countersunk (Oval) Head Tapping Screws 322
IS : 7170-1974 Specification for Slotted Countersunk (Flat) Head Tapping Screws 325
IS : 7173-1974 Specification for Pan Head Tapping Screws 328
Index 331
Numerical lndex 333
IS0 Standards 334
SECTION A
Bolts
IS : 1363 (Part 1) - 1984
_
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS,
ScpEWS AND NUTS OF PRODUCT GRADE c
PART1 HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS
(SIZE RANGE MS TO M36)
( Second Revision )
1. Scope - Covers the requirements for hexagon head bolts of product-grade C in the size range M5 to M36.
2. Specifications and Reference Standards
Dimensions Table 1
Preferred length-size combination Table 2
Product grade C
Tolerances
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979*
Pitch Coarse
Thread Tolerance 8g
lndian Standards IS : 4218 (Part 5)-19791-
IS : 4218 (Part 6)-198:
Material Steel
. Property class 4.6 and 4.8
Mechanical
properties lndian Standard 1s : 1367 (Part 3)-1979§
*Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and
tolerances (second revision).
TISO metric screw threads : Part 5 Tolerances yi:rst revision).
$1 SO metric screw threads : Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range
1 to 52 mm) Cfirst revision).
§Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test
methods for bolts, screws and studs with full loadability (second revision).
3. ‘Designation - Hexagon head bolts shall be designated by name, thread size, nominal length, property class
and number of this standard.
Example: ’
A hexagon head bolt of size M 10, nominal length 60 mm and of property class 4.8 shall be designatec
as:
Hexagon Head Bolt Ml0 X 60 - 4.8 - IS : 1363 (Part I)
4. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Method fol
sampling of fasteners Cfirst revision)‘.
5. General Requirements
5.1 In regard to permissible surface discontinuities, the hexagon head blots_shall conform to IS: 1367 (Part 9)
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts, screw’
and studs (second revision)‘.
5.2 When required to be hot-dip galvanized, the hexagon head bolts shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part I3)-198
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 13 Hot-dip galvanized coatings on threader
fasteners (second revision)‘.
5.3 No,finish is required for hexagon head bolts of product grade C except for the thread. A small die Sean
across the bearing surface is permissible.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 3

IS : 1363(Part 1) - l-984
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS

( Clause2 )
All dimensions in millimetres.
CliAMFERED
OR SHEARED
(AS ROLLED) END
WASHER FACE
PERMISSIBLE
u - according to ‘CE’ of 1s 1368 : 1980 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws ( second revision )*.
For 1s and lg, see Table 2.
I Min 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 1 1

MUX 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55
s
‘win 7.64 9.64 12.57 15.57 17.57 23.16 29.16 35 45 53.8
*P = pitch of the thread.

tFor nominal lengths 4 125 mm
$For nominal lengths > 125 and 5 200 mm
§For nominal lengths > 200 mm.
For 1, lg and Is, see Table 2.
34 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART :

TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS
( Cluuse 2 )
THREAD SIZE d MS 1 bi6 1 MB 1 Ml0 1 Ml2 1 Ml6 1 M20 1 M24 1 M30 1 M36
SHANK LENGTH IS AND GRIP LWGW 1
kl Is
Min Max Min
30 134 121.751281.51
I I I I I I
151.751 58 I46.5I 54 ILL25150 1 32 1 42 121.51 34 11 26

56.5 64 51.25 60 42 52 31.5 44 21 36 6.5
66.5 74 61.25 70 52 62 41.5 54 31 46 16.5
41 56 26.5
51 66 36.5
55 70 40.5
65 80 50.5
75 90 60.5
85 100 70.5
105 120 90.5
125 140 110.5
132 149 117.5

152 167 137.5
157.5
177.5
197.5
Formulae : /* Max = I Nom - b ref.

I, Min = lg Max - 5 P
Preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines.
.
IS : 1363(Pa@ 1) - 1984
5.4 In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the hexagon head bolts shall conform to 1s: 1367
(Part l)-1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction and general
information (second revision)‘.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery-The hexagon head bolts shall be marked and delivered in accordance with
IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and mode of
delivery (second revision)‘.
6.1 ZSI Certification Murkirrg-Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOT-E
This standard was first published in 1960 and revised in 1967. Subsequent to the publication of 1967
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at International level as reflected in IS: 9519-1980 ‘Width across
flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’and the revised version of IS: 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners’. This rev&ion has been taken up to incorporate these changes in this product standard.
The standard has been split into three parts. The other two parts in the series are:
Part 2 Hexagon head screws (size range M5 to M36), and

Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range M5 to M36)
The following major changes have been made in this revision:
a) The width across flats dimension has been changed for thread sizes M 10 and M 12. The primary
technical objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead (or nut) bearing
area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted members) and the
tensile stressarea of the screw thread (which governs the clamping force which can be developed by
tightening the fastener). Ratios for certain sizes are tabulated below:
1
Nominal Thread Size Width Across Flat- Annular Bearing Area
mm mm Thread Stress Area
5 8 1.08
6 10 1.44
8 13 1.23
10 16 1.30
17 (old size) 1.73
18 0.91
12
19 (old size) 1.16
16 24 1 02
20 I 30 I 0.95
24 I 36 I 0.86
30 I 46 I 1.02
36 I 55 I 1.04
b) Non-preferred sizes have been deleted. In addition to the above some minor changes have also been
made in other dimensions.
c) A new dimension k representing wrenching height has been introduced. This dimension is measured
from bearing face to start of the chamfer on the bolt head.
The thread sizes M 10 and M 12 with old width across flats dimension will be phased out of production and
use.
The designation system for the product grades followed in this revision is a significant change from the
earlier system. [For details see explanatory note to IS: 1367 (Parl 2)-1979 Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerance (second revision)].
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4016-1979 ‘Hexagon head bolts-Product grade C’issued by the
International Organization for Standardization.
6 HANDBOOK ON INDWTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

,IS I 1364 (Part 1) - 198:3
1
F
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON HEAD -BOLTS,
SCREWS AND NUTS OF PRODUCT
GRADES A A-ND B
PART 1 HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS
(SIZE RANGE M 3 TO M 36)
( Second Revision )
1. Scope-This standard covers the requirements for hexagon head bolts in the size range M3 to M 36, with
product Grade A for sizes M3 to M24 and lengths 110 d or 150 mm, whichever is shorter and with product Grade
B for sizes above M24 or lengths >lO d or 150 mm whichever is shorter.
1 Dimensions 1 Table 1
. Preferred length-size combinations ‘Table 2
Tolerances A for products ~with d I M24 and 1 5 10 d or 150 mm,
whichever is shorter
Product grades B for products with d > M24 or 1 > 10 d or 150 mm,
whichever is shorter
Indian standards IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979*

Pitch Coarse
Thread Tolerance 6g
Indian Standard IS : 4218 (Part 5) - 1979t
IS : 4218 (Part 6) - 1979$
Mechanical Pro_perty class 4.6, 4.8, 5.6, 5.8, 6.8, 8;8, 9.8, 10.9
properties Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 3) - 19799
*Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and tolerances
(second revision).
tE30 metric screw threads : Part 5 Tolerances (jkst revision).
$ISO metric screw threads : Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to
52 mm) (jkst revision).
§Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 3 Mechanical properties and test
T
3. Designation - Hexagon head bolts shall be designated by name, thread size, nominal length, number of this
standard and the property class.
Example:
A hexagon head bolt of thread size M20, nominal length 100 mm and property class 8.8 shall be
designated as:
Hexagon Head Bolt M20 X 100 IS : 1364 (Part I)-8.8
3.1 If the hexagon head bolts are required to be phosphated, the letter ‘P’ shall be added at the end of the
designation.
4. Sampling-Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
sampling of fasteners first revision)‘.

r Thierad size d I M3 M4 MS M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24 M30 M36
P* ( 0.5 0.7 0.8 I 1.25 I.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

I
t 12 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 78
b ref * - 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84
8 - 57 65 73 85 97
c Min 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
b
Max 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
da Max 3.6 4.7 5.7 6.8 9.2 11.2 13.7 17.7 22.4 -26.4 33.4 39.4
Max 3 4 5 6 8 IO 12 16 20 24 30 36
Min 2.86 3.82 4.82 5.82 7.78 9.78 1I .73 15.73 19.67 23.67 29.67 35.61
15 IOdor 150mm Min 4.6 5.9 6.9 8.9 I I.6 14.6 16.6 22.5 28.2 33.6
dw 42.‘7 51.1
1 > 10 d or 150 mm 6.7 8.7 11.14 14.4 16.4 22 21.1 33.2
I 5 IO d or 150 mm 6.07 7.66 8.79 I

e Min 1.05 14.38 17.77 20.03 26.75 33.53 39.98 50.85 60.79
1 > 10 d or 150 mm 8.63 10.89 14.20 17.59 is.85 26.17 32.95 39.55
-.
f Max I 1.2 I.2 1.4 2 2 3 -3 4 4 6 6
Nom 2 2.8 3.5 4 5.3 6.4 7.5 IO 12.5 15 18.7 22.5
k I % I&ld or 150 mm Min I .88 2.68 3.35 3.85 5.15 6.22 7.32 9.82 12.28 14.78 -
Max 2.12 2.92 3.65 4.15 5.45 6.58 7.68 10.18 12.72 15:22 -
Min - 3.26 3.76 5.06 6.11 7.21 9.71 12.15 14.65 18.28 22.08
1 > IO d or 150 mm
Max - - 3.74 4.24 5.54 6.69 7.79 10.29 12.85 15.35, 19.12 22.92
k Min I.3 I.9 2.28 2.63 3.54 4.28 5.05 6.8 8.5 10.3 12.8 15.5
r Min O-1 0.2 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 1 1
-
Max 5.5 7 8 IO 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55
s I 5 10 d or 150 mm h4in _ 5.32 Ml8 7.78 9.78 12.73 15.73 -17.73 23.67 29.67 35.38 45
53.8
1 > IO d or 150 mm - 7.64 9.64 12.57 15.57 17.57 23.16 29.16 35

f For nominal lengths 5 125 mm
$ For nominal lengths > 125 and I200 mm
@For nominal lengths > 200 mm.
IS : 1364 (Part 1) - 1983
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface discontinuties, the hexagon head bolts shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 9)-
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuties on bolts, screws
and studs (second revision)‘.
5.2 Where the hexagon bolts are required to be phosphate coated, they shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 12) - 198 1
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 12 Phosphate coatings on threaded fasteners
(secojzd revision)‘.
5.3 In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the hexagon head bolts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 1) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 1 Introduction and genera1
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery-Marking of the hexagon head bolts and the mode of delivery shall be in
accordance with IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18
Marking and mode of delivery (second revision)‘.
6.1 ISI Certification Marking--Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1960 and revised in 1967. Subsequent to the publicationof 1967
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at international level as reflected in IS : 95 19 - 1980 ‘Dimensions
for width across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’and revised version of IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners yirst revision)‘. This revision has been taken up to incorporate these
changes in this product standard. This standard has been split into five parts. The other four parts in the series
are:
Part 2 Hexagon screws (size range M 3 to M 36)
Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range M 1.6 to M 36)
Part 4 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) (size range M I.6 to M 36)

(under preparation)
Part 5 Hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered) (size range M 1.6 to M IO)

(under preparation)
In this revision, the following major changes have been made:
a) The width across flat dimension-has been changed for thread sizes M 10 and M 12.
The primary technicai objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead
(or not) bearing area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted

IS : 1364 (Part 1) - 1983
members) and the tensile stress are of the screw thread (which governs the clamping force which
can be developed by tightening the fastener). Ratios for certain skes are tabulated below:
20 30 ~0.95
24 36 0.86
30 46 1.02
.I
36 55 1.04
b) Non-preferred sizes have been deleted.
c) Hexagon head bolts with fine pitches have been deleted.
In addition to the above, some minor changes have also been made in other dimensions.
The thread sizes M 10 and M 12 with old width across flat dimension will be phased out of production and
use:
earlier system. For details, s’ee Explanatory Note to IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979.
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4014- 1979 ‘Hexagon head bolts - Product grades A and B’
issued by the International Organization for Standardization.
12 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS :2014 - 1977
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
T-BOLTS
(~First Revision )
1. Scope-Covers the requirements for T-bolts for T-slots according to IS : 2013-.I974 Dimensions for T-slots
Cfirst. revision)’ provided in machine tools and other applications.
2. Dimensions and Tolerances-The dimensions of T-bolts shall be as given in Table 1

2.1 The thread details, surface finish and tolerances on the dimensions for T-bolts shall be those specified for
precision grade (P) of IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners yirsr revision)‘.
e23 e, OR<dz
OVAL POINT ALLOWED HEAD SHAPE AT
AT MANUFACTURER’S CHOICE MANUFACTURER’S CHOICE
z according to IS : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of baits and screws [first revision)‘.

‘x according to IS : 1369-1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts (firs revision)‘.
hz* IO 13 18 21 25
k 2.5 4 6 6, I 8 10 14 18 22 26 30 1 34
Tol on k - 0.3 -0.5 --I
*When the bolts have shank diameter equal to effective diameter of thread, hl becomes correspondingly larger and hz is dispensed with.
“.”
(Conrimed;

i : 2014- 1977
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR T- BOLTS-Contd

Note l--Sizes within brackets should be avoided as far as possible. The bolts associated with bracketed thread lengths are made,
when required from bolts of the next greater length by shortening the threaded end.
Note 2 -The shank diameter can be made equal to the outside diameter or the effective diameter of the thread, being left to the
choice of the manufacturer.
Note 3 - The practicability of using the T-slot bolts for annular T-slots must be examined for the particular case concerned.
3. Mechanical Properties -The mechanical properties for T-bolts shall conform to those given under property
class 8.8 of IS : 1367- 1967.
4. Designation - A T-bolt of width a = 22 mm and length I = 100 mm shall be designated as:

T-Bolt 22X 100 1s : 2Oi4
5. General Requirements -T-bolts shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367- 1967 insofar as
manufacture, workmanship, marking and packing are concerned.
6. ISI Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was originally issued in 1962. The present revision has become necessary as the standard on
T-slots has since been revised which now conforms to the corresponding IS0 standard.
In the revision of this standard, the following changes have been made:
a) The range of dimensions for bolt sizes below 10 mm and above 42 mm are included which will be in
line with IS : 2013 - 1974.
b) The dimensions of T-bolts conform to DIN 787 - 1967 ‘T-slot bolts’, issued by the Deutsches
Institutl fir Normung (DIN).
c) Property class 4D changed to 8.8 for higher strength and to be in line with IS : 1367- 1967.
The guiding surfaces of width a provided for this purpose prevent rotation when the bolts are tightened
and slackened, and at the same time they ensure, as far as possible, that the T-slots are not chipped out or
broken.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

14
IS : 2585 - 1968
Indian Starzdarcl
SPECIFICATION FOR
BLACK SQUARE BOLTS AND NUTS
(DIAMETER RANGE 6 TO 39 mm)
AND BLACK SQUARE SCREWS
(DIAMETER RANGE 6 To 24 mm)
( First Kivision )
D. Foreword
II.1 This Indian Standard (First Revision) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 21 August 1968
lfter the draft finalized by the Screw Threads and Fasteners Sectional Committee had been approved by th
Mechanical Engineering Division Council.
D.2 This standard was originally issued in 1964covering black square bolts and nuts in the diameter range 6 to 3
mm and black square screws in the diameter range 6 to 24 mm. The present revision has been necessitated duet’
the -revision of IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners (j?rst revision)‘.
~~3 Black square bolts are also used with black hexagon nuts, for which IS: 1363-1967 to Technical suppl
zonditions for threaded fasteners (‘first revision) has already been issued.
D.4 For-the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the fins
value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2- 196
Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significantplaces retained in the rounded oi
value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
1. Scope
1.1 This standard covers the requirements for black square bolts and nuts in the diameter range 6 to 39 mm ant
black square screws in the diameter range 6 to 24 mm.
2. Mechanical Properties
2.1 The mechanical properties of the bolts and screws shall conform to the property class 4.6 and those for th
nuts to the property class 4 specified in IS : 1367- 1967.
3. Grade
3.1 The bolts, screws and nuts shall conform to the black grade B specified in IS : 1367- 1967.
4. Designation
4.1 The bolts, screws and nuts shall be designated as illustrated in Table 1.
4.2 The square bolts may also be used with hexagon nuts conforming to IS : 1363- 1967 in which the designatio
will be as illustrated in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DESIGNATION &STEM FOR BLACK SQUARE BOLTS, SCREWS AND NUTS
Description
~Designation
Fastener Thread Length
Size mm
Square bolts with a square nut Ml0 30 Square Bolt M 10 X 30 N -IS : 2585
Square bolt only M 10 30 Square Bolt M 10X 30 --IS : 2585
Square screw M 10 30 Square Screw MIOX 30-1s : 2585
Square nut M 10 - Square Nut M 10 -IS : 2585
Square bolt with a hexagon nut conforming M 10 30 Square Bolt M10X30 HN -IS : 2585
to IS : 1363-1967
HANDBOOK ON INZUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 15

IS : 2585 - 1968
5. Dimensions
5.1 The dimensions of bolts, screws and nuts shall be as given in Tables 2 and 3.
5.2 The bolts, screws and nuts shall have coarse pitch screw threads conforming to IS : 4218 ‘IS0 metric screw
threads.’
5.3 Preferred length diameter combinations for black square bolts are given in Table 4 and those for black
square screws in Table 5.
6.1 The sampling and the criteria for acceptance of the bolts, screws and nuts shall be as per IS : 26~14- 1964
‘Method for sampling of fasteners Cfirst revision).’
6.2 The bolts, screws and nuts shall comply with IS : 1367 - 1967 in regard to the requirements not specified in
this standard.

IS : 2585- 1968
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR BLACK SQUARE BOLTS, SCREWS AND NUTS

(DIAMETER R-ANGE M6 TO MIS)
( Clause 5.1 )
EcP+
S -da
\
-t h
e t
- -2
SQUARE BOLT SQUARE NUT
I-- +
S
l._._-
@
SQUARE SCREW
x according to IS : I369 - 75 ‘Dimensions of screw threads runouts and undercuts (first revision)‘.
is according to IS : 1368 - 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (firwrevision)‘. The ends may bechamfered, radiused or left with a
lead formed by thread rolling operation.
Size M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M14) Ml6 (Ml@
N#tYI 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
d Max 6.48 8.90 10.90 13.10 15.10 17.10 19.10
Min 5.70 7.64 9.64 11.57 13.57 15.57 17.57
Nom IO 13 17 19 22 24 27
s 5 19 --- h14 MLlX 10.00 13.00 17.00 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00
>19--h15 Min ~9.64 12.57 16.57 18.48 21.16 23.16 26.16
e Mill 12.53 16.34 21.54 24.02 27.5 1 30.11 34.01
Nom 4 5.5 7 8 9 10 12
k js16 Max 4.38 5.88 7.45 8.45 9.45 10.45 12.55
Min 3.62 5.12 6.55 7.55 8.55 9 11.45
ci. Max 7.2 10.2 12.2 15.2 17.2 19.2 21.2
r Min 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
a Max 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 7.5 9.0
b\ Min 18 22 26 30 34 38 42
b i bz Min _ 28 32 36 40 44 48
bs Min - - 49 53 57 61
NOM 5 6.5 8 10 11 13 15
M js16 Max 5.38 6.95 7.55 10.45 11.55 13.55 15.55
Min 4.62 6.05 8.45 9.55 10.45 12.45 14.45
Note 1 -Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference. I

Note2-Useblfor14130,b2for130<I~200andb~for~>2~.
ti I

IS : 2585 - 1968
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR BLACK SQUARE BOLTS, SCREWS AND NUTS

(DIAMETER RANGE M6 TO Ml8)
( Clause 5. I )
SQUARE BOLT SQUARE NUT
T- t
S
L@
SQUARE SCREW
x according to IS : 1369-1975.
‘z according to IS : 1368-1967. The ends may be chamfered, radiused or left with a lead formed by thread rolling operation.
Size M20 (M22) M24 (~27) M30 (M33) M36 (M39)
Notn 20 22 24 27 30 33 36 39
rl Max 21.50 23.30 25.30 28.30 3 I .30 34.60 37.60 40.60
A4in 19.48 2 I .4x 23.48 26.48 29.48 32.38 35.38 3x.3x
Nom 30 32 36 41 46 50 55 60
s{ 5 I9 -~ hl4 Max 30.00 32.00 36.00 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
> I9 -- hl5 Mitl 29.16 31.00 35.00 40.00 45.00 49.00 53.80 5X.80
c Non1
Min I3
37.91 i 14
40.30 i 15
45.50 i I7
52.00 I9
58.50 _ 21
63.70 23
69.94 25
71-2J_l
k jsl6 Max 13.55 14.55 15.55 17.55 19.65 21.65 23.65 25.65 ’
Min 12.45 13.45 14.45 16.45 18.35 20.35 22.35 24.35
da Max 24.4 26.4 28.4 32.4 35.4 38.4 42.4 45.4
r Min 0.8 0.X 0.X I.0 I .o I .o I .o ‘I .o
0 Max 9.0 9.0 II
hl Min 1 46 50 54 60 66 72 7x x4
h i /J? Mitl 52 56 60 66 72 78 x4 90
,_!11 Min 65 69 73 79 85 91 97 I00
Nom I6 I8 19 22 24 26 29 31
,,; .j\lh Max 16.55 18.55 19.65 22.65 24.65 26.65 29.65 31.x0
Min 15.45 17.45 IX.35 21.35 23.35 25.35 2X.35 30.20
Note 1 - Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

Note2~Useh~forI~l30,b~forl30<II200andb~forI>200.
18
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART ?
IS : 2585-1958
TABLE 4 PREFERRED LENGTH AND DIAMETER COMBINATIONS FOR

BLACK SQUARE BOLTS
( Clause 5.3 )
- Prererred
- Sizes sho
Note 1 - Preferred lengths are between the bold lines.

Note 2 - Sizes shown in brackets are of seEond preference.
Note 3 -- Bolts with lengths less than the minimum preferred lengths indicated above are to be treated as screws, for which see Table 5.
TABLE 5 PREFERRED LENGTH AND DIAMETER COMBINATIONS FOR BLACK SQUARE SCREWS
( Clause 5.3 )
Note 1 - Preferred lengths are between the bold lines.

Note 2 -- Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference. 1

IS : 2609-1972
Indian Standard
SI-‘ECIFICATION FOR COACH BOLTS
( First Revision )
1. Scope -~ Requirements for coach bolts in the size range 6 to 24 mm.

2. Types -~ TWO types of coach bolts are covered as given below:
Type A -- Cup head square neck coach bolts
Type I3 -. Countersunk head square neck coach bolts
3. Dimensions -- The dimensions and tolerances of coach bolts shahbe as given in Table 1 and Table 2, and the
preferred length diameter combinations as given in Table 3.
4. Mechanical Properties -The mechanical properties of the coach bolts shall conform to the property class 4.6
as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners (first revision)‘.
5. Grade -- Black (B) as given in IS : 1367-1967.
6. Designation-The coach bolts shall be designated by type, size, length and the number of this standard.
Example:
A cup head square neck coach’bolt of size Ml0 and of length 40 mm shall be designated as:
Coach Bolt A M 10 X 40 IS : 2609
6.1 Where the coach bolts are required with square nuts (see 7.3), they shall be designated as given below:
Example:
A cup head square neck coach bolt of size M IO and of length 40 mm with a square nut (see 7.3) shall be
designated as:
Coach Bolt A Ml0 X 40 N IS : 2609
In the case of coach bolt with hexagon nut, it shall be designated as :
Coach Bolt A MI0 X 40 HN IS : 2609
[‘he method of sampling and acceptance CritCki 10 be in ;~~C(~rd;~nce with IS : 2614-1969
7.1 Sampling
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (./i’r.st rr\‘i.Yiolr)‘.
7.2 The coach bolts shatt comply with the requirements of 1s : I&57- 1967 in wspcct Of WqUil-elncnts n(H specified
in this standard.
7.3 The square nuts used shall conform to the requirements given in IS: 258%196X ‘Specification for black
square bolts and nuts (dia range 6 to 39 mm) and black square screw’s (dia range 6 to 24 mm) ifi~.~t r(J\ti.\ior7)‘, and
hexagon nuts used shall conform to the requirements given in IS: 1363-1967 ‘Specification for black he~W~n
bolts. nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon screws (din 6 to 74 nin3) (firsr w\~i,viot7,J’.
20 HANDBOOK ON INDI’STRIAI. FASTENERS-PART 2

IS :2609-1972
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF CUP HEAD SQUARE NECK COACH BOLTS (TYPE A)

( Clause 3 )
SUITABLY RAOIUSEO SUITABLY RADIUSED
s according to IS : 1369-1962 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts’.

z according to IS : 136X-1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (firsr revision)‘.
M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24
6 8 10 I2 16 20 24
6.48 X.90 IO.90 13.10 17.10 21.30 25.30
5.70 7.64 9.64 I I .57 15.57 19.4X 2.7.48
_
I5 18 22 27 36 45 56
15.55 IX.55 22.h5 27.65 36.X0 45.X0 56.95
14.45 17.45 21.35 26.35 35.20 4320 55.05
IX 22 26 30 3X 46 54
- 2x 32 36 44 52 60
- - - 49 57 65 73
____-
3.2 4 5 h x I0 I2
3.5x 4.3x 5.3x h.3X X.45 10.45 12.90
2.x2 3.62 4.62 5.h2 1.55 9.55 II.10
_____._
4 5 6 x I2 15 IX
4.60 5.60 h.60 x.75 12.90 15.90 I x.90
3.40 4.40 5.40 7.25 II.10 14. IO 17.10
6 X I0 I2 I6 20 24
6.4X x.5x 10.5x 12.70 16.70 20.X4 24.x4
5.52 7.42 9.42 I I .30 15.30 19.16 23.16
I2 I6 20 24 30 36 42
0.5 0.5 0.5 I I I I
Note 1 -The above dimensions have been arrived at after rounding :he tolerances to the second place of decimal.
Note 2 --- Ovality for dimensions D is permitted within the tolerance on dimension D. l
Note 3 -- Dimension I is given in Table 3.

Note 4 - Where I is less than h, the bolt is to-be considered as fully threaded.
Note 5 -- Coach bolts are permitted to have scant shank. In such cases, the shank diameter may be made equal to the pitch diameter.
Note 6 - The tolerance on unthreaded shank diameter of the bolt shall be + ITIS.
*For lengths up to 130 mm.

tFor lengths over 130 mm and up to 200 mm.
:For lengths over 200 mm.
.
IS : 2609-1972
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS OF COUNTERSUNK HEAD SQUARE NECK COACH BOLTS (TYPE B)

( Clause 3)
All dimensions in mihimetres
SUITAFJLV RADIUSED
.z according to IS : 1368-1967.
Size d M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24
Nom 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
d Max 6.48 8.90 10.90 13.10 17.10 21.30 25.30
Min 5.70 7.64 9.64 11.57 15.57 19.48 23.48
Nom 16 20 24 28 38 44 54
D h16 Max 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 38.00 44.00 54.00
Min 14.90 18.70 22.70 26.70 36.40 42.40 52.10
18 22 26 30 38 46 54
b : 28 32 36 44 52 60
$ - - - 49 57 65 73
NO??l 7 9 I1 14 17 22 27
a jslo Max 7.45 9.45 1 I .55 14.55 17.55 22.65 27.65
Min 6.55 8.55 10.45 13.45 16.45 21.35 26.35
6 8 10 12 lb 20 24
6.48 8.58 10.58 12.70 16.70 20.84 24.84
5.52 7.42 9.42 11.30 15.30 19.16 23.16
Note 1- The above dimensions have been arrived at after rounding the tolerances to the second place of decimal.
Note 2- Ovality for dimension D is permitted within the tolerance on dimension D.
Note 3- Dimepsion I is given in Tat& 3.
Note 4- Where I is less than b the bolt is to be considered as fully threaded.
Note 5- Coach bolts are permitted to have scant shank. In such cases the shank diameter may be made equal to the pitch diameter.
Note 6- The tolerance on unthreaded shank diameter of the bolt shall be f IT15.
*For lengths up to 130 mm.

tFor lengths above 130 mm and up to 200 mm.
*For lengths above 200 mm.

IS : 2609-1972
TABLE 3 PREFERRED LENGTH DIAMETER COMBINATION FOR COACH BOLTS

( Clause 3 )
55 I I
60
65 I
70
75
Lln
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
can
200
220
3Lt-l
__”
I I 1 L 1 I
260 l I I I I c I
Note - Preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines.
23
HANDBQOKONlNDUSTRlALFASTENERS-PART2
IS :3138 - 1966
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGONAL
BOLTS AND NUTS (M42 TO M150)
r,
0. Foreword
0.1 This Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 20 August 1966, after the draft
finalized by the Screw Threads and -Fasteners Sectional Committee had been approved by the Mechanical
Engineering Division Council.
0.2 The metric screw threads with IS0 profile have been adopted for use in this country. All threaded fasteners
required for general engineering application shall, therefore, have metric screw threads. This standard is one of a
series of Indian Standards on threaded fasteners with IS0 metric screw threads.
0.3 This standard is based on Draft IS0 Recommendation No. 947 ‘Hexagon bolts and nuts. Metric series.
Thread diameter from 42 up to and including 150 mm. Supplement to IS0 Recommendation R 272’issued by the
International Organization of Standardization.
0.4 This standard gives only the dimensions and materials for hexagonal bolts and nuts above M39 while
reference is made to IS : 1367-1967. ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners wst revision)‘for details
of general requirements for the more common types of threaded fasteners.
0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final
value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960
‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off
1. Scope
1.1 This standard covers the requirements of hexagonal bolts and nuts of thread diameters 42 to 150 mm.
2.1 The mechanical properties of the bolts and nuts covered in this standard shall conform to those given under
symbol 4D of IS : 1367-1967.
3. Grade
3.1 Bolts and nuts covered in this standard shall conform to Black (B) Grade specified inIS : 1367-1967 for sizes
up to and including M64 and to Turned (T) Grade of IS : 1367-1967 for sizes above M64.
4. Designation
4.1 Bolts and nuts conforming to this standard shall be designated in the following manner.
4-1.1 A hexagonal bolt of nominal diameter 42 mm and length 100 mm, of black grade conforming to this
standard shall be designated as:
Hexagonal Bolt M42 + 100 --IS : 3138 B-4D
4.1.2 A hexagonal nut of nominal diameter76 mm, of turned grade and conforming to this standard shall be
designated as:
Hexagonal Nut M76 - IS : 3138 T-4D
4.1.3 A hexagonal bolt of nominal diameter 60 mm and length 150 mm provided with a hexagonal nut, of
black grade and conforming to this standard shall be designated as:
Hexagonal Bolt and Nut M60 + 150N - IS : 3 I38 B-4D
5. Dimensions
5.1 The leading dimensions of bolts and nuts specified in this standard shall be as given in Table 1. The preferred
length and diameter combinations are given in Table 2.
5.2 The screw thread dimensions of bolts and nuts shall conform to those given in IS : 3 139-1966 ‘Dimensions for
screw threads for bolts and nuts (diameter range M42 to M 150)‘.
6.1 Bolts and nuts shall comply with the requirements laid down in IS : 1367-1967 in regard to manufacture,
workmanship, tolerances, tests, marking and packing.
24 HANDBOOKDNINDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PART2
IS : 3138- 1966
TABLE 1 LEADING DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGONAL BOLTS AND NUTS (M42 TO MlSO)
( Chuse 5.1 )
z according to IS : 1368-1961 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws’.

x according to IS : 1369-1962 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts’.
Size d M42 M45 M48 MS2 MS6 M60 M64 M68X6 M72X6 M76X6 MSOX6 MUX6
- - - - - - - -
I
b, Min 90 96 102
b Min b2 Min 96 102 108 116 124 132 140 148 156 164 172 182
br Min 109 II5 121 129 137 145 153 161 169 177 185 195
Nom 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
s (hl5) Max 65.00 70.00 75.00 80.00 .85.00 90.00 95.00 1OO.QO 105.00 110.00 115.00 120.00
1 Min 63.80 68.80 73.80 78.80 83.60 88.60 93.60 98.60 103.60 108.60 113.60 118.60
e Max 75 80.8 86.5 92.4 98 104 110 116 121 127 133 139
Nom 26 28 30 33 35 38 40 43 45 48 50 54
k CjlS) Max 26.42 28.42 30.42 33.50 35.50 38.50 40.50 43.50 45.50 48.50 50.50 54.60
{ Min 25.58 27.58 29.58 32.50 34.50 37.50 39.50 42.50 44.50 47.58 49.50 53.40
r Nom 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Nom 34 36 38 42 45 48 51 54 58 61 64 68
m (h15) Max 34.00 36.00 38.00 42.00 45.00 48.00 51.00 54.00 58.00 61.00 64.00 68.00
Min 33.00 35.00 37.00 41.00 44.00 47.00 49.80 52.80 56.80 59.80 62.80 66.80
Size d M90X6 M9SX6 MlOOX6 MtOSX6 :MllOX6 MllSX6 M120X6 MlZSX6 MlJOX6 M140X6 MlSO>
br Min - - - - - - - - - -
b Min bl Min 192 - - - - - - - - - -
ba Min 205 215 225 235 245 255 265 275 285 305 325
Nom 130 135 145 150 155 165 170 180 185 200 210
s (hl5) { Max I30.00 135.00 145.00 150.00 155.00 165.00 170.00 180.00 185.00 200.00 210.00
Min 128.40 133.40 143.40 148.40 153.40 163.40 168.40 178.40 183.15 198.15 208.15
e Max 150 156 167 173 179 191 196 208 214 231 242
Nom 57 60 63 66 69 72 76 79 82 88 95
k (iIS) 1 Max 57.60 60.60 63.60 66.60 69.60 72.60 76.60 79.60 82.70 88.70 95.70
Min 56.40 59.40 62.40 65.40 68.40 71.40 75.40 78.40 81.30 87.30 94.30
r Nom 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Nom 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 112 120

m (hl5) { Max 72.00 76.00 80.00 84.00 88.00 92.00 96.00 100.00 104.00 112.00 120.00
Min 70.80 74.80 78.80 82.60 86.60 90.60 94.60 98.60 102.60 110.60 118.60
Note 1 - Depending upon their importance, the limits of the above dimensions have been arrived at by rounding of suitably the tolerances obtained
from IS : 919-1963 ‘Recommendations for limits and fits for engineering (revised)‘.
Note 2 - For bolt lengths up to and including 125 mm, use dimensions b,.
For bolt lengths above 125 mm, up to and including 200 mm, use dimensions b2.
For bolt lengths above 200 mm, use dimension b,.
Note 3 - For dimensions I, see Table 2.
HANDBOOK ON XNDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 2s

IS : 3138-1966
r
TABLE 2 PREFERRED, LENGTH AND DIAMETER COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGONAL BOLTS AND NUTS (M42 TO MlSO)
( Chuse 5.1 )
I 1 -I M42 M45 M48 M52 M56 M60 M64 M68X6 M7iX6 M76X6 MBOX6 M85>
Nom Max Min

is17
100 101.8 98.2 x - - - -

110 112 108 X X - - -
120 122 118 X X X - -
130 132 128 X X X - - -
140 142 138 X X X X - -
150 J 52 148 X X X X X - -
160 162 158 X X X X X X -
170 172 168 X X X X X X X - -
180 182 178 X X X X X X X x -
190 192 188 X X X X X X X X X -
200 202 198 X X X X X X X X X X
225 227 223 X X X X X X X X X X
250 252 248 X X X X X X X X X :.
215 278 272 - X X X X X X X
300 303 297 X X X X X X X
325 328 329 - - X X X X X
350 353 347 - X X X X X
375 378 372 - - - X X X X X
400 403 397 - - - X X X X
I I I M90X6 M95X6 MlOOX6 M105X6 Ml10X6 MllSX6 M120X6 M125X6 M130X6 M140X6 M150>
Nom Max Min

js17
100 101.8 98.2 - - -

110 112 108 - -
120 122 118 -
130 132 128 - - -
140 142 138 - - - -
150 152 148 - - - - - -
160 162 158 - - -
170 172 168 - - - - -
180 182 178 _- - - -
190 192 188 - - - - - -
200 202 198 - - - - - -
225 227 223 X - - - -
250 252 248 X X X - -
275 278 272 X X X X X - -
300 303 297 X X X X X X X -
325 328 329 X X X X X X X -
350 353 347 X X X X X X X X
375 378 372 X X X Y X X X X
400 403 397 X X X X X x X X
Note - Dimensions I Min and 1 MUX have been rounded off suitably.

IS :3640 - 1982
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEXAGON FIT BOLTS
(First Rivision )
1. Scope -~Covers the requirements for hexagon fit bolts in the diameter range 8 to 52 mm.
2. Dimensions and Tolerances -The dimensions and tolerances for hexagon fit bolts shall be as given in
Table 1.
2.1 The preferred length-size combinations and shank lengths are given in Table 2.
2.2 Dimensions for application of hexagon fit bolts are given in Table 3.
3. Grade -The hexagon fit bolts shall be of product Grade B as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979 ‘Technical
supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
4. Mechanical Properties- Hexagon fit bolt shall conform to property class 5.6 of IS : 1367 (Part 3)- 1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasterners : Part 3 Mechanical properties and test methods for
bolts, screws and. studs with full loadability (second revision)‘.
5. Designation-Two different shank diameters have been specified in Table 1 to enable the purchaser to order
hexagon fit bolts with shank diameters in finished or unfinished conditions. These hexagon fit bolts shall be
designated as given in the following clauses.
5.1 Hexagon fit bolts shall be designated by name, nominal size, length, number of the standard and property
class when shank diameter is required in the finished condition by the purchaser.
Example :
A hexagon fit bolt of size M 20, length 90 mm and of property class 5.6 shall be designated as :
Hexagon Fit Bolt M20X90 IS : 3640-5.6
5.2 Hexagon fit bolts shall be designated by name, nominal size, shank diameter with allowance, length, number
of the standard and property class when shank diameter is required to be finished by the purchaser.
Example :
A hexagon fit bolt of size M 16, shank diameter d,, 17.2 mm, length 70 mm and property class 5.6 shall
be designated as :
Hexagon Fit Bolt M 16 X 17.2 X 70 IS : 3640-5.6.
6. Sampling- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614- 1969 ‘Method for
sampling of fasteners yi:rst revision)‘.
7.1 Centre holes are mandatory for hexagon fit bolts supplied with allowance on the shank diameter (diameter,
ds). For bolts supply finish to the size d2, the provision of centre holes is left to the choice of the manufacturer.
7.2 The limits of surface discontinuities shall be as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 9) - 1979 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts, screws and studs (second
revision)‘.
7.3 Hexagon fit bolts shall be marked and delivered as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery (second revision)‘.

TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOi? HEXAGON FIT BOLTS
( CIuuse 2 )
All dimensibns in millimetres.
RELIEF GROOVE+--
X
a, e -
@
I---+ -U
Y
AL LOWANCd
DETAIL AT x
E
-
s
8
X
B
kN9
r =according to IS : 3428- 1980 ‘Dimensions for relief grooves cfirsf revision)’
u =according to chamfered end (CE) of IS : 1368- 1980 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws (second revision)’
x=accotding to thread runout, short to IS : 1369- 1982 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts (second revision)‘.
L-
Nominal
Size
d
*
---IL
(M22)
32.5 1
M24 (M27 M3( (M33
L
M36 (M39: M42 (MW
h+ZP
0 ‘t 51 56 65
3 39.5 41.5 48 56 61
-7
& k6 § 23 25 28 32 38 40 46 50
I
dj with
allow- 9.2 11.2 13.2 15.2 17.2 19.2 21.3 23.3 25.3 28.3 32.3 38.3
ance + 0.2
0
e Min 17.60 19.86 22.78 26. I7 29.56 32.95 37.29 39.55 45.20 50.8: 60.79 66.44 8d.25
./+ 10.15
0 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3
kjs15 5.5 7 8 9 IO 12 13 I4 15 I7 23 26
I19 hl4
s> 19160 hl5 3 16 18 21 24 27 30 34 36 41 46 55 60 65 80
> 60 h16
I_-
Note - Size shown in parentheses are of second preference
*For lengths up to 50 km.
j’For lengths above 50 up to I50 mm.
$For lengths above I50 mm.
gOther tolerance classes shall be specified when ordering.

TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS FOR APPLICATION OF HEXAGON FIT BOLTS
( Clause 2.2 )
NUT ACCOdDlNG TO IS:1364 CASTLE NUT

\ 7 \ACCORDING TO 1~~2232
Nominal I I
!
Size d MS M24 (M33) M36 U-2)
d? H? 9 34 55
ds IO 37 40
8 58
-I- -I-
u Min 2.5 6 7 8 9 9 10 IO
VI Min 33 37 39 43 45 48 52
v2 Min 42 46 48 55 -q--i- 76
Note I ~~ Sizes shown id brackets are non-preferred.
*The minimum dimension, I calculated from the clamping length shall be rounded off to the next longer bo!t length.
4
IS :3640 - 1982
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Hexagon fit bolts also known as hexagon bolts with oversize shank or bearing bolts are extensively used
for couplings, plummer blocks, etc.
This standard was first published in 1967. It has been observed in the use of the standard, the thread length
have been too long and shank lengths short resulting in difficulty of assembly. For-assisting in assembly, shank
lengths have been included and application details added in the present revision.
Considerable assistance has been derived, in the preparation of this standard, from DIN 609- 1971
Hexagon fit bolts with lang thread portion, issued by Deutsches Institut fur Normung.

IS : 5624-1970
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR FOUNDATION BOLTS
1. Scope - Covers the requirements of foundation bolts in the diameter range 8 to 72 mm.
2. Mechanical Properties -Shall conform to the property class 4.6 ?f IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded fasteners Cfirst revision)‘.
3. Grade-Shall conform td Black Grade (B) specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
4. Shank Forms -*The form of shank shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer. However, some typical
shank forms are given in Appendix A.
5. Dimensions
5.1 The dimensions and perferred length-diameter combinations shall be as given in Table 1.
5.2 The foundation bolts shall have coarse pitch screw thread in the diameter range 8 to 64 mm and 6 mm pitch
screw threads for diameter 72 mm, conforming to IS : 4218-1967 ‘IS0 metric screw threads (first revision):
6. Designation
6.1 The foundation bolts shall be designated as in examples given below.
6.1.1 A foundation bolt of nominal diameter 20 mm, length 200 mm and without a nut and conforming to this
standard, shall be designated as:
Foundation Bolt M 20 X 200 IS : 5624
6.1.2 A foundation bolt of nominal diameter 20 mm, length 200 mm and with a hexagon nut and conforming to
this standard, shall be designated as:
Foundation Bolt M 20 X 200 N IS : 5624
Note-Type of the shank form is not specified in the designation if it is left to the discretion of the manufacturer
7.1 Sampling-The sampling and criteria of acceptance of foundation bolts shall be in accordance with
IS : 2614- 1969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (first revision)‘.
7.2 The foundation bolts shall comply with the requirements laid down in IS : 1367 - 1967 in regard to
requirements not specified in this standard.
This standard is based on DIN 529- 1960.

.
IS : 5624- 1970
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND PREFERRED LENGTH DIAMETER COMBlNATIOlriS OF FOUNDATION BOLTS

( Clause 5. I )
All dimensions in millimeters.
WITH HEXAGON NUT
l----L---4
WITHOUT HEXAGON NUT
x according to IS : 1369- I961 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts’
z according to IS : I368- 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (revised).
?-
’I MlI0 ( Ml2 1 Ml6 1 M20 ( M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 (4
d I Me (M72x6
-’
b [I 20 1I 25 1 I 30 1I 40 1 50 I1 60 1 75 1I 90 1I 105 1 120 1 140 1
L 160 1 180
a Max 25 32 40 55 65
__ __ ,I ml
,I At-l .__ I 140
.__ I, i7n 160 165 . 210 250
c Max I 45 I, 55 I
~_ , _ __
70 I 90 I .__
110 ___ I 16n
I ILO , 260 260 290 340
.__ I 19n
.__ 370
e 1 35 1 45 1 55 1 70 1 65 1 1001120 ] 140 1 160 ( 160 1 210 1 250 I 290
LENGTH 1
Note-Preferred lengths are between the stepped lines.
34 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENJZRS-PAKT 2
.
IS : 5624 - 197-o
APPENDIX A
( Clause 4 )
TYPICAL SHANK FORMS
A - 1. Typical forms - Some typical shank forms of black foundation bolts are given in Fig. 1 read with Table 2.
2*5d
PPROX
TYPE A TVPE B TYPE C

(FROM M16) tHOT FORMED)
TYPE D TYPE E TYPE F

(UP TO M24) (UP TO M46) WP TO M46)
x according to IS : 1369- 1961 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts’
x accdrding to IS : 1368 - 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screw’ (revised).
FIG. 1 TYPICAL SHANK FORMS OF FOUNDATION BOLT
A - 2. Designation
A - 2.1 Foundation bolts of specific shank forms covered in A - 1 shall be designated as in examples given below.
A-2.1.1 A foundation bolt of Type A, nominal diameter 20 mm, length 200 mm and without nut and
conforming to this standard shall be designated as:
Foundation Bolt A M 20 X 200 IS 5624
A -2.1.2 A foundation bolt of Type A, nominal diameter 20 mm, length 200 mm and with a hexagon nut and
Foundation Bolt A M 20 X 200 N IS : 5624
A - 3. Dimensions -The shank dimensions of the foundation bolts are given in Table 2 (see A - 1).
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PAKT 2

35
IS : 5624- 1970
L
TABLE 2 SHANK DIMENSIONS OF FOUNDATION BOLTS
( Clauses A - 1 and A - 3, and Fig. 2 )
d MB Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72X6
b 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90 105 120 140 160 180
k= a
Type t
A
B
C
24
24
24
-
30
30
30
36
36
36
48
48
48
60
60
60
75
75
75
-
95
95
95
115
II5
115
135
135
135
155
155
155
180
180
180
-
200
200
200
240
240
240
-
D 16 20 24 32 40 48
E 16 20 24 32 40 48 60 72 85 98
F 14 16 20 25 30 35 45 55 65 75 - -
- -
45 55 65 85 105 125 155 190 220 250 290 335 370
12 I5 18 24 30 36 45 54 63 72 84 96 110
24 30 36 48 60 72 -
45 55 70 90 100 135 150 180 260 260 -
45 50 55 85 95 120 130 190 200 220 - -

- - -
A 30 38 45 60 75 90 115 135 155 180 210 235 260
B 45 55 70 90 110 125 140 165 185 215
C 7 8 11 14 18 24 30 34 40 45 50 60
- -
D 3.5 4 5 6 8 - - - - -
F 8 10 14 18 22 26 30 36 42 - -
-

IS : 8352- 1977
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATI’ON FOR FLAT COUNTERSUNK SQUARE
NECK BOLTS
. Scope - Covers the requirements of flat countersunk square neck bolts in the diameters IO and 12 mm.
. Dimensions and Tolerances
.l As given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR FLAT COUNTERSUNK SQUARE NECK.BOLTS

( Clause 2.1 )
All dimensions in~millimetres.
z = according to IS : 1368- 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (fi‘rsr revision)’
x = according to IS : 1359- 1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-out and undercuts (first revision)’
P= Pitch of the screw thread. I
Nominal Size Ml0 Ml2
d Nom (hl5)* 10 12
b 26 30
c ( ?c ‘h IT l6)* 8 10.5
dl (h14) I9 24
J (hl4)* IO 12
Note - Bolts are permitted to have scant shank. In such cases the shank diameter may be made equal to the pitch diameter.
*In addition to the tolerance hl5/ hl4, for hot forged bolts the following tolerances on the shank diameter including formation on the
neck are allowed:
i- IT 15 for d 5 7 mm
i- IT 16 for d > 7 mm
2.2 The preferred length-size combinations of the bolts shall be as given in Table 2.
3. Grade - Black grade (B) as specified in JS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners
(first revision)‘.
4. Designation
4.1 Flat countersunk square neck bolts shall be designated by the name, nominal size, length and number of this
standard.

IS : 8352.-1977
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS OF FLAT COUNTERSUNU SQUARE NECK BOLTS

( Clause 2.2 )
Note 1 - Preferred length-size combinations are between the bold lines.

Note 2 -For lengths above the dotted line, b-1 -(c -t a); (1 according to IS : 1369-1975.
Example:
A flat countersunk square neck bolt of nominal size MlO, length 40 mm shall be designated’as:
Flat Countersunk Square Neck Bolt Ml0 X 40 IS : 8352
4.2 When the bolts are required with nuts (see 7.1), they shall be disignated as below:
Example:
A flat countersunk square neck bolt of nominal size M 10, length 40 mm with hexagon nut shall be
designated as:
Flat Countersunk Square Neck Bolt Ml0 X 40N IS : 8352.
5. Mechanical Properties - Property class 4.6 of IS : 1367-~1967.
6. Sampling- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
sampling of fasteners yi:rst revision)‘.
7.1 Nuts used with flat countersunk square neck bolts shall conform to the requirements as specified in
IS : 1363-1967 ‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon
screws (dia 6 to 24 mm) ($rst revision)‘.
7.2 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the bolts shall conform to the requirements of
IS : 1367-1967.
8. ISI Certification Marking -- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 608-1970
‘Senkschrauben mit Vierkantansatz; mit niedrigem Vierkant, ohme Sechskantmutter - mit Sechskantmutter’
(Countersunk flat square bolts with short square without hexagon nut; with hexagon nut), issued by Deutsches
Institut fir Normung.
38 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART a

IS : 8353-1977
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
FLAT COUNTERSUNK NIB BOLTS
1. Scope-Covers the requirements for flat countersunk nib bolts in the diameter range 6 to 24 mm.
2. Dimensions and Tolerances
2.1 As given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR FLAT COUNTERSUNK NIB BOLTS
All dimensions in millimetres
--w-
a t
z = according to IS : 13681967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (fir.~l revision)‘.

x = according to IS : 1369-1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts yirs( revision)‘.
P = pitch of screw thread.
Nominal M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24

Size
d Nom (h15)* 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
I I
t 18 22 26 30 38 46 54
b
$ 24 28 32 36 44 52 60
a 90” 900 900 90” 900 60° 60”
dr (h14) 12 16 19 24 32 32 38
g (hl5) 2.5 3 3.2 3.6 4.2 5.4 6.6
k ~Nom 4 5 5.5 7 9 11.5 13
t Min 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.7 7.5 5.7 6.7
Note - Bolts are permitted to have scant shank. In such cases the shank diameter may be made equal to the pitch diameter.
*In addition to the tolerance of h15 for hot~forged bolts, the following tolerances on the shank diameter are allowed:
+ IT15 for d 5 7mm
+ IT16 for d > 7mm
tFor lengths up to 120 mm.

.#For lengths of 130 mm and above, up to and including 160 mm.
.
IS : 8353-1977
2.2 The preferred length-size combinations of the bolts shall be as given.in Table 2.
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS OF FLAT COUNTERSUNK NIB BOLTS
130
110 I
150
160 I
Note 1 - Preferred length-size combinations are between the stepped bold lines.
Note 2-For lengths above the dotted line, bal-_(k+a); a according to IS : 1369-1975.
3. Grade - Black grade (9) as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners
(first revision)‘.
4. Designation
4.1 Flat countersunk nib bolts shall be designated by the name, nominal size, length and number of this
standard.
Example:
A flat countersunk nib bolt of nominal size MlO, length 50 mm shall be designated as:
Flat Countersunk Nib Bolt Ml0 X 50 IS : 8353
4.2 When the bolts are required with nuts (see 7.1) they shall be designated as below:
Example:
A flat countersunk nib bolt with nominal size M 10, length 50 mm with run shall be designated as:
Flat Countersunk Nib Bolt Ml0 X 50N IS : 8353
5. Mechanical Properties- Property class 4.6 of IS : 1367-1967.
6. Sampling- The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
sampling of fasteners yirst revision)‘.
7.1 Nuts used with flat countersunk nib bolts shall conform to the requirements as specified in IS : 1363-1967
‘Specification for hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24 mm)
Vj:rst revision)‘.

IS : 8353-1977
7.2 In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the bolts shall conform to the requirements of
IS : 1367-1967.
EXPLANATO-RY NOTE
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 604-1970
‘Senkschrauben mit Nase, ohne Sechskentmutternmit Sechskantmutter’ (Countersunk flat nib bolts without
hexagon nut, with hexagon nut), issued by Deutsches lnstitut fur Normung.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL-FASTENERS-PART 2 41
IS : 8721-1978
I
Indian Standard
SPECIFICA’i’ION FOR
FISH BOLTS (CUP OVAL NECK BOLTS)
FOR COLLIERIES
1. Scope - Covers the requirements of fish bolts with cup head and oval neck for use in collieries in the diameter
range 10 to 22 mm.
2. Dimensions and Tolerances - As given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF FISH BOLTS (CUP OVAL NECK BOLTS)
f
I-
Od --__ c - +
lrt’
-
-x-b- @
--f
t c
I-
x according to IS : 1369-1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts (firer revision)‘.
Nominal dNom b dl f k r1 l-2 I

size = IT15 + 2 P* hi5 js16 = ‘/zIT 17 Up to 10 mm js 16 = ‘/*IT 17
Above 10 mm js 17
+- Ml0 ( 10 1 19 ( 14 1 19 1 5 1 6 1 10.5 )j
f---z-
I I I I I I I
Ml2 12 21 ( 18 1 24 ( 7 1 8 1 13.3 0.5

I
55
(55)
16.2 1 60
65
65
80
90
20.7 I 120
140
160
180
(M22) 1 22 ( 34 1 33 1 42 1 12 1 14 1 22.8 1 I 1 70
Note 1 - Lengths and size in Parentheses are of second preferene.

Note 2 - Bolts are permitted to have scant shank. In such cases the shank diameter may be made equal to the pitch diameter.
*P is the pitch of screw thread.

IS :8721 - 1978
3. Grade - Black grade (B) as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners
(jirst revision)‘.
4. Designation
4.1 Fish bolts with round head and oval neck shall be designated by the name, nominal size, length and number
of this standard.
Example:
A fish bolt with round head and oval neck of nominal size M 16 and length 60 mm shall be designated
as:
Fish Bolt (Cup Oval Neck Bolt) M 116 X 60 IS : 872 1
4.2 When the bolts are required with nuts (see 7.1) they shall be designated as below:
Example:
A fish bolt with round head and oval neck of nominal size M 16 and length 60 mm with nut shall be
designated as:
Fish Bolt (Cup Oval Neck Bolt) Ml6 X 60N IS : 8721
5. Mechanical Properties- Property class 4.6 of IS : 1367-1967.
6. Sampling- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
7.1 ‘Nuts used with fish bolts (cup oval bolts) shall conform to the requirements as specified in IS : l-363-1967
‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24
mm) first revision)‘.
7.2 In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the fish bolts shall conform to the requirements laid
down in IS : 1367-1967.
8. IS1 Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Fish bolts of other types, namely, fish bolts with square head with oval neck and without oval neck are
covered in a separate Indian Standard.
Product grade specified as Black grade (B) in 3 would correspond to product grade C as specified in
IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and
tolerances (second revision)‘, which is to be published in due course.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 5903 Blatt 1 -
1967 ‘Laschenschrauben mit Halbrundkopf und Ovalanstz (Fish bolts with round head and oval neck)‘, issued
by Deutsches Institut fur Normung.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 43 ..

1s :I3722- 1978
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
FISH BOLTS WITH SQUARE HEAD FOR COLLIERIES
1. Scope - Covers the requirements of fish bolts with square head for use in collieries in the diameter range 16 to
24 mm.
2. Types-Two types of fish‘bolts with square head are covered as given below:
L+pe I - Fish bolts with square head with oval neck, and
Tvpe If - Fish bolts with square head without oval neck.
3. Dimensions ~ As given in Tables 1 and 2.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF FISH BOLTS WITH SQUARE HEAD (TYPE I)
SPHERE r
z according to IS : 1368 - 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws yirsf revision)‘.
x according to IS : 1369- 1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runout and undercuts C_/lrstrevision)‘.
c Nominal
Size
Ml6
d Nom
f IT15
16
c
hl5
22
b +
27
Vt f
f. % IT17
8
g
27
k
js17
12
r
50
I
f % IT17
(55)
60
65
M20 20 26’ 44 15 32 14 70 90
49 100
30 44 90
49 100
105
115
tM22) 22 33 49 17 39 16 100 120
130
I
Note - Size and length in parentheses are of second perfcrence.
*For bolts used as replacements.
tP is the pitch of screw thread.
4. Grade- Black grade (B) as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners
(Jrst revision)‘.

IS : 8722-1978.
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS OF FISH BOLTS WITH SQUARE HEAD (TYPE II)

. ( Clause 3 )
All dimensions in millimeters.
+d 3
Rl
- .- 44
SPHERE
R 125-** I
---if L I I
-x- 55 C U----c
z according to IS : 1368 - 1967

x according to IS : 1369- 1975
Nominal Size d Nom I

f IT15 zt % IT17
0422) 22 110
120
105
110
115
120
125
M24 24 130
140
145
150
160
165
2co
Note 1 - Size.in parentheses is of second preference.

Note 2 -Tolerances which are not listed for dimensions in the figure are’ the same as for Type 1.
5. Design&ion
5.1 Fish bolts with square head with oval neck shall be designated by the name, nominal size, length, width and
number of this standard.
Example:
A fish bolt with square head of type I of nominal size M20, length 100 mm and width 26 mm (see
dimension c in Table 1) shall be designated as:
Fish Bolt Type I M20 X 100 X 26 IS : -8722
5.2 When the bolts are required with nuts (see 8.1), they shall be designated as below.
Example:
A fish bolt with square head of Type I of nominal size M20, length 100 mm and width26 mm with nut
shall be designated as:
Fish Bolt Type I M20 X 100 X 26 N IS : 8722
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 4s

IS : 8722-1978
5.3 When fish bolts with square head without oval neck are required with hexagon nut with collar (see 8.2), they
shall be designated as below:
Example:
A fish bolt with square head of Type II of nominal size M24 and length 110 mm with collar nut shall
be designated as:
Fish Bolt Type I M24 X 110 N IS : 8722
6. Mechanical Properties - Property class 4.6 of IS : 1367 - 1967.
8.1 Nuts used with fish bolts with square head with oval neck shall conform to the requirements as specified in
IS : 1,363 (Parts 1 - 3) - 1984 ‘Specification for hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts of product grade C (second
revision).
8.2 Hexagon nuts with collar used with fish bolts with square head without oval neck shall conform to the
requirements as specified in IS : 7795 - 1975 ‘Specification for hexagon nuts with collar’.
8.3 In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the fish bolts shall conform to the requirements laid
down in IS : 1367- 1967.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Fish bolts of other types, namely, fish bolts with round head and oval neck are covered in a separate
Indian Standard.
Product grade specified as Black grade (B) in 4 would correspond to product grade C as specified in
IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and
tolerances (second revision)’ which is to be published in due course.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 5903 Blatt 2 - 1967
‘Laschenschrauben mit Vierkantkopf (Fish bolts with sqaure head), issued by Deutsches Institut fur Normung.

SECTION B
Nuts
IS : 1363 (Part 3)- 1984
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS, SCREWS AND
NUTS OF PRODUCT GRADE C
PART 3 HEXAGON NUTS (SIZE RANGE M5 TO M36)
( Second Revision )
I. Scope - Covers the requirements for hexagon nuts of product grade C’ in the size range M5 to M36.
I
Dimensions Table 1
Product grade C
Tolerances Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979*
Pitch Coarse
Thread Tolerance 7H
Indian Standards IS : 4218 (Part 5)- 1979t
IS : 4218 (Part 6)- 1978$
Material Steel
Mechanical Property class 4, 5
Properties Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 6)- 1980#
(second revision).
tlS0 metric screw threads : Part 5 Tolerances (first revision).
SILO metric screw threads : Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to
52 mm) (jirst revision).
§Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 6 Mechanical properties and test
methods for nuts with specified proof load (second revision).
3. Designation - Hexagon nuts shall be designated by name, thread size, property class and number of this
standard.
Example:
A hexagon nut of thread size M IO and property class 4 shall be designated as:
Hexagon Nut MIO-4--IS : 1363 (Part 3)
sampling of fasteners (first revision)‘.
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface discontinuities, the hexagon nuts shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part IO) -
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part IO Surface discontinuities on nuts (scconcl
revision)‘.
5.2 When required to be hot-dip galvanized, the hexagon nuts shall conform to IS: 1367 (Part 13)-1983
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 13 Hot-dip galvanized coatings on threaded
5.3 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the hexagon nuts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 1) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part I Introduction and general
HANDi’lOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 49

‘IS : 1363 (Part 3) - 1984
TABLE 1 QlMENSlONS FOR HEXAGON NUTS

( Clause 2 )
l------l
ALTERNATE SHAPE NUT WITH FULL BEARING
WITH COUNTERSINK Al
START OF THREAD
Thread Size d Mi itI6 MS Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24 M30 M36
P* 0.8 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
dw Min 6.9 8.7 11.5 14.5 16.5 22 27.7 33.2 42.7 51.1
Max 5.6 6.1 7.9 9.5 12.2 15.9 18.7 22.3 26.4 31.5
m
Min 4.4 4.9 6.4 8 10.4 14.1 16.6 20.2 24.3 29.4
m’ Min 3.5 3;9 5.1 6.4 8.3 II.3 13.3 16.2 19.5 23.5
Max 8 10 I3 16 I8 24 30 36 46 55
s
Min 7.64 9.64 12.57 15.57 17.57 23.16 29.16 35 45 53.8
e Min 8.63 10.89 14.20 17.59 19.85 26.17 32.95 39.55 50.85 60.79
*P = Pitch of the thread.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery -The hexagon nuts shall be marked and delivered in accordance with
IS : I367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18 Ma’rking and mode of
dehvery (second revision)‘.
6.1 IS1 Certification Marking- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at the international level’as reflected in IS : 95 19- 1980 ‘Width
across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’ and the revised version of 1S : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners’. This revision has been taken up to incorporate these changes in this
product standard. The standard has been split into three parts. The other two parts in the series are:
Part I Hexagon head bolts (size-range M5 to M36)

Part 2 Hexagon head screws (size range M5~to M36)
50 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS--PART 2

IS : 1363 (Part 3) - 1984
a) The width across flat dimension has been changed for thread sizes Ml0 and M12. The primary
technical objective for this change~was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead (or nut) bearing
area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted members) and the
tensile stress area of the screw thread (which governs the clamping force which can be developed by
Nominal Thread Width Across Annular Bearing Area

Size Flats
mm mm Thread Stress +-ea
5 8 1.08
6 10 1.44,
i
8 13 1.23
10 16 1.30
17 (old size) 1.73
12 ‘18 0.91
19 (old size) 1.16
16 24 1.02
20 30 0.95
24 36 0.86
30 46 1.02
36 55 1.04
4
bj For technical reasons, thicknesses of nuts have been changed as shown below:
i
Thread Size Thickness Thread Size Thickness
d m d m
Old New Old New
M5 5.0 Ml6 13.0 15.0
M6 5.0 5.5 M20 16.0 17.65
M8 6.5 7.15 M24 19<0 21.25
Ml0 8.0 8.75 M30 24.0 25.35
Ml2 10.0 11.3 M36 29.0 30.45
c) Non-preferred sizes have been deleted.
A new dimension m’ representing wrenching height has been introduced. This dimension is measured
from~bearing face to start of the chamfer on the other face.
In addition to the above, some minor changes have also been made in the other dimensions.
The hexagon nuts of thread sizes M 10 and M 12 will be phased out of production and use.
earlier system. [ For details see Explanatory Note to IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979 Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision). 1.
This standard is in conformity With IS0 403.4-1979 ‘Hexagon nuts - Product grade C’, issued by the
HANDBOOK -ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 51

IS : 1364 (Part 3)- 1983
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS, SCREWS AND
NUTS OF PRODUCT GRADES A AND B
PART 3 HEXAGON NUTS
(SIZE RANGE M 1.6 TO M 36)
( Second Revision )
1. Scope ~~ This standard covers the requirements of hexagon nuts of style I in the size range M I .6 to M 36, with
product grade A for sizes 5 M 16 and product grade B for sizes\> M 16.
2. Specification and Reference Standards
Dimensions Table 1
A for products with d 5 M 16
Tolerances Product grade B for products with d> M I6
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979*
Pitch Coarse
Thread Tolerance 6H
Indian Standards IS : 4218 (Pamrt Q-1979?
IS : 4218 (Part 6)-1978$
Mechanical Property class ~For size < M 3 - 6
porperties For ske L M 3 -- 6, 8 or IO
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 6)-198OQ:
(second revision).
tlS0 metric screw threads : Part 5 Tolerances (fi’vst revision).
$ISO metric screw threads : Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range
I to 52 mm) Cfi’rsr revision).
#Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 6 Mechanical properties and test
methods for nuts with specified proof loads (second re\~ision).
I
3. Designation - Hexagon nuts shall be designated by name, thread size, number of this standardand the
property class.
Example:
A hexagon nut of thread size M 10 and of property class 8 shall be designated as:
Hexagon Nut M IQ IS : 1364 (Part 3) - 8
3.1 If the hexagon nuts are required td be phosphated. the letter ‘P’ shall be added at the end of the designation.
4. Sampling--Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614: 1969 ‘Method for
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface discontinuities, the hexagon nuts shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 10) -
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part IO Surface discontinuities on nuts (second
revision)‘.
5.2 Where the hexagon nuts are required to be phosphate coated, they shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 12) - 1% 1
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 12 Phosphate coatings on threaded fasteners
(second revision)‘.
5.3 The hexagon nuts shall be double-chamfered. When required with a washer-face, the hexagon nut shall be
chamfered on the other side. The hexagon nut shall Abecountersunk to an angle of 90” to 120’.
5.4 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the hexagon nuts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part I) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I introduction and general

‘TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON NUTS
( Clause 2 )
All dimensidns in millimetres.
PERMISSIBLE ALTERNATIVE
WASHER-FACED FORM
Thread Size 1 Ml.6 1 MZ 1 M2.S 1 M3 1 M4 .I MS 1 M6 j MS 1 Ml0 1 Ml2 1 Ml6 1 Mm 1 M24 1 M30 1 ~6 )
3 3.5
0.X 0.8
2.5 3 24 30
2.9 3.45 25.9 32.4
33.2 42.7
5.45 6.0 I 99.55 50.85
2.4 21.5 25.6

2.15 20.2 24.3
1.72 16.16 19.44
5 5.5 36 46
4.82 5.32 35 45.

IS : 1364 (Part 3) - 1983
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery -Marking of the hexagon nuts and the mode of delivery shall be in
accordance with IS : 1367 (Part 18)- 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18
6.1 ISI Cerrification Marking- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1960 and revised in 1967. Subsequent to the publication of 1967 edition,
many changes have been agreed upon at the international level as reflected in IS : 95 19-1980 ‘Dimensions for
width across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’ and revised version of IS: 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners (first revision)‘, The present revision has been taken up to incorporate
these changes in this standard. The standard has been split into five parts. The other four parts in the series are:
Part 1 Hexagon bolts (size range M 3 to M 36)
Part 2 Hexagon screws (size range M 3 to M 36)
Part 4 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) (size range M 1.6 to M 36)
Part 5 Hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered) (size range M 1.6 to M 10)
In this revision, the follouiing major changes have been made:
a) The width across flat dimension has been changed for thread sizes M 10 and M 12.
The primary technical objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead (or
nut) bearing area~(which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted members) and
the tensile stress area of the screw thread~(which governs the clamping force which can be developed by
P
pominal Thread Size Width Across Flats Annular Beuring Area
mm mm Thread Sirees Area
1
5 8 1.os
6 10 1A4
!
8 13 1.23
16 I .30
10
17 Old Size 1.73
18 0.91
12
19 Old Size 1.16
16 24 1.02
20 30 0.95
24 36 0.86
30 46 I .02
36 55 I .04
*

IS : 1364(Part 3) - 1983
b) The thicknesses of the nuts have been changed for certain sizes as shown below:
Thread Size Thickness, M Thread Size Thickness. m
d Old New d Old New
M6 5 5.2 M24 19 21.5
M8 6.5 6.8 M30 24 25.6
Ml0 8 ’ 8.4 M36 29 31
Ml2 IO 10.8
Ml6 13 14.8
I M20 16
I 18
I
c) Non-preferred sizes have been deleted.
d) Sizes M 1.6, M2, M2.51 M3, M4 and M5 have been added.
e) For the reasons of rationalization, only property classes 6, 8 and 10 have been retained.
f) Hexagon nuts with finepitches have been deleted.
The thread sizes M 10 and M 12 with old width across flat dimension will be phased out of production
and use.
earlier system, For details, see ‘Explanatory Note’ to IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979.
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4032 - 1979 ‘Hexagan nuts, style - 1 Product grade A and B’issued
by the International Organization for Standardization.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTBIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 55

Is : 1364 (PaPt 4) - 1985
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATIO-N FOR
J-IEXAGON HE.AD BOLTS, SCREWS AND
NUTS OF PRODUCT GRADES A AND B
PART 4 HEXAGON THIN NUTS (CHAMFERED)
(SIZE RANGE Ml.6 TO M36)
( Second Revision )
1. Scope -This standard covers the requirements of hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) in the size range M 1.t
M3,6 with product grade A for sizes I Ml6 and product grade B for sizes > M16.
2. Specification and Reference Standards \
Dimensions Table 1
Tolerances Product grade A for produots with d I 16
B for Droducts with d > 16
1 Indian Standard ~1 IS : IG (Part 2) - 1979+
Thread 1 Pitch I Coarse
Tolerance 6H
Indian Standards IS : 4218 (Part 5) - 1979t
IS : 4218 (Part 6) - 1978~k
Material I Steel \
Mechanical porperties Property class 04,05
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 6) - 1980#
*Technical *ply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and tolerances
(second revision),
tIS0 metric screw threads : Part 5 Tolerances yirst revision).
$ISO ~metric screw threads : Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range
1 to 52 mm) (first revision).
methods for nuts with specified proof loads (second revision).
3. Designation-The hexagon thin nuts shall be designated by name, thread size, number of this standard and
the property class.
Example:
A hexagon thin nut (chamfered) of thread size M8 and property class 05 shall be designated as:
Hexagon Thin Nut (Chamfered) M8 IS : I364 (Part 4) - 05
3.1 If the hexagon thin nuts are required to be phosphated, the letter ‘P’ shall be added at the end of the
designation.
sampling of fasteners (j?rsr revision)!
5. GeneralRequirements
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface ,discontinuities, the hexagon thin nuts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 10) - 1979 *Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 10 Surface discontinuities on nuts
(second revision)*.
5.2 Where the hexagon thin nuts are required to be phosphate coated, these shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 12) -
1981 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 12 Phosphate coatings on threaded fasteners
56 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENEBS-PABT 2

IS : 1364 -(Part 4) - 1985
5.3 In regard to the requirement not covered in this standard, the hexagonthin nuts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part l)- 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction and general
6. ‘Marking and Mode of Delivery - Marking of the hexagon nuts and the mode of delivery shall be in accordance
with IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18 Marking and
mode of delivery (second revision)‘.
6.1 ISI Certfficarion Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON THIN NUTS (CHAMFERED)

(Clause 2 )
/
9o010 12;
(REF)
l--l m’ - Wrenching height
Thread Size d Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M4 MS M6 M8
P* 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.7 0.8 I 1.25
da Min 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8
Max 1.84 2.3 2.9 3.45 4.6 5.75 6.75 8.75
dw Min 2.4 3.1 4.1 4.6 5.9 6.9 8.9 II.6
e Min 3.4.1 4.32 5.45 6.01 7.66 8.79 Il.05 14.38
Max 1 1.2 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 4

m
Min 0.75 0.95 1.35 1.55 1.95 2.45 2.9 3.7
m’ Min 0.6 0.76 1.08 1.24 1.56 1.96 2.32 2.96
Max 3.2 4 5 5.5 7 8 IO 13

s
Min 3.02 3.82 4.82 5.32 6.78 7.78 9.78 12.73
Thread Size d Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24 M30 M36
P 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
d. Min 10 12 16 20 24 30 36
Max 10.8 13 17.3 21.6 25.9 32.4 38.9
dw Min 14.6 16.6 22.5 27.7 33.2 42.7 54.1
e Min 17.77 20.03 26.75 32.95 39.55 50.85 60.79
Max 5 6 8 10 12 15 18
m
Min 4.7 5.7 7.42 9.10 10.9 13.9 16.9
In’ Min 3.76 4.56 5.94 7.28 8.72 11.1 13.5
Max 16 18 24 30 36 46 5s
s
Min 15.73 17.73 23.67 29.16 35 45 53.8
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 51 .

IS : 1364(Part 4)- 1985
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1960~and revised in 1967. Subsequent to the publication of 1967
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at the international level as reflected in IS :, 9519- 1980
‘Dimensions for width across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’ and revised version of IS :’ 1367 - 1967
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners Cfirst revision)‘. This present revision has been taken up
to incorpoate these changes in this product standard. This standard has been split into five parts. The other four
parts in the series are:
Part 1 Hexagon head bolts (size range M3 to M36)
Part 2 Hexagon head screws (size range M3 to M36)
Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range Ml.6 to M36)
Part 5 Hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered) (size range Ml.6 to MlO).
In this revision, following major changes have been made:
a) The width across flat dimension has been changed for thread sizes Ml0 and M12.
The primary technical objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead (or nut)
bearing area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted members) and the tensile
stress area of the screw thread (which governs the clamping force which can be developed by tightening the
fasteners). Ratio for certain sizes are tabulated below:
Nominal Thread Size Width Across Flats Annular Bearing Area

5 8 1.08
6 10 1.44
8 13 1.23
10 16 1.30
f 17 (old size) 1.73
12 18 0.91
19 (old size) 1.16
16 24 1.02
20 30 0.95
24 36 0.86
30 46 1.02
36 55 1.04

c) Hexagon thin nuts with fine pitches have been deleted.
The thread sizes M 10 and M 12 with old width across flat dimensions will be phased out of production and
use.
earlier system. [For details see Explanatory Noteto IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979 Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)]
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4035 - 1979 ‘Hexagon thin nuts -Product grades A and B
(chamfered)’ issued by the International Organization for Standardization.
HANDBOOKONINDUSTP~ALFASTEN~S--PART 2
IS : 1364 (Part 5)-1985
L
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS,
SCREWS AND NUTS OF PRODUCT GRADES A AND B
PART 5 HEXAGON THIN NUTS (UNCHAMFERED)
(SIZE RANGE M 1.6 TO M 10)
( Se&d Revision )
1. Scope - Covers the requirements of hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered) in the size range M 1.6 to M 10 with
product grade B.
2. Specification and Reference Standards
Dimensions Table 1
Tolerances Product grade B
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979*
Pitch Coarse
Thread Tolerance 6H
Indian Standards IS : 4218 (Part S)- 1979t
IS : 4218 (Part 6)- 1978$
Material Steel
Mechanical Hardness 110 HVMin

properties Indian Standard IS : lSOl- 19688
*Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances
(second revision).
tIS0 metric screw threads: Part S Tolerances (j?rst revision).
*ISO metric screw threads: Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range
1 to 52 mm) vrsi revision).
#Method for Vickers hardness test for steel cfirst revision).
f
3. Designation -The hexagon thin nuts shall be designated by name, thread size and number of this standard.
Example:
A hexagon thin nut (unchamfered) of size M6 shall be designated as:

Hexagon Thin Nut (Unchamfered) M6 IS : 1364 (Part 5)
3.1 If hexagon thin nuts are required to be phosphated, the letter‘p’shall be added at the end of the designation.
sampling of fasteners cfirst revision)‘.
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface discontinuities, the hexagon thin nuts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 10) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 10 Surface discontinuities on nuts
j.2 Where the hexagon thin nuts are required to be phosphate coated,~they shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 12)-
198 1 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 12 Phosphafe coatings on threaded fasteners
5.3 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the hexagon thin nuts shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part l)- 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 1 Introduction and general
L
7
IS : 1364 (Part 5)- 1985
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR ~HEXAGON THIN NUTS

(UNCHAMFERED)
( Cluuse 2 )
Thread Size-d Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M4 MS M6 M8 Ml0
P* 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.7 0.8 1 1.25 1.5
e Min 3.28 4.18 5.31 5.87 7.50 8.63 10.89 14.20 17.59
Max 1 1.2 I .6 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 4 5

m
Min 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.72 3.52 4.52
Max 3.2 4 5 5.5 7 8 10 13 16

s
Min 2.9 3.7 4.7 5.2 6.64 7.64 9.64 12.57 15.57
**Pitch of the thread.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - Marking of the hexagon thin nuts and the mode of delivery shall be in
accordance with IS : 1367 (Part 18)- 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18
6.1 ISZ Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS : 1364(Part 5) - 1985
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1960 and revised in, 1967. Subsequent to the publication of 1967
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at the international level as reflected in IS : 9519- 1980
‘Dimensions for’width across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’ and revised version of IS : 1367- 1967
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners (first revision)‘. This present revision has been taken up
to incorpoate these changes in this product standard. This standard has been split into five parts. The other four
parts in the series are:
Part J Hexagon head bolts (size range M3 to M36)

Part 2 Hexagon head screws (size range M3 to M36)
Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range Ml .6 to M36)
Part 4 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) (size range Ml .6 to M36)
In this revision, the following major changes have been made:
a) The width across flat dimension has been changed for thread size MIO.
The primary technical objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead (or nut)
bearing area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted members) and the tensile
stress area of the screw thread (which governs the clamping force which can be developed by tightening the
fastener). Ratios for certain sizes are tabulated below:
Nominal Thread Width Across Annular Bearing Area

Diameter Flats
5 8 1.08
6 IO 1.44
8 13 1.23
10 16 1.30
17 (Old Size) I .73
c) Hexagon thin nuts with fine pitches have been deleted.
The thread size M 10 with old width across flat dimensions will be phased out of production and use.
earlier system. For details see explanatory note to IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4036- 1979 ‘Hexagon thin nuts -- Product grade B
(unchamfered)‘, issued by the International Organization for Standardization,
HANDBOOK ON 1NDUSTRlAL FASTENERS--PART 2 61

'IS:2015-1977
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
T -NUTS
( First Revision )
I, Scope-Covers the requirements for T-nuts for use with studs on machine tools and other applications,
wherein T-slots according to IS : 2013 - 1974 ‘Dimensions for T-slots Cfirst revision)’ are provided.
!. Dimensions and Tolerances -The dimensions of T-nuts shall be as given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF T-NUTS

.
HANDBOOK QN INDUSTRIAL FASTENEttS-PART 2

IS :2015-1977
2.1 The thread details and surface finish of T - nuts shall be those specified for precision grade (P) of IS : 1367 -
1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners Cfirst revision)‘.
3. Mechanical Properties-The mechanical properties for T -nuts made of steel shall conform to those given
under property class 6 of IS : 1367 - 1967.
4. Designation - A T - nut of width a=22 mm shall be designated as:
T-Nut 22 IS : 2015
5. General Requirements-The T-nuts shall comply with the requirements of IS: 1367 - 1967 in so far as
manufacture, workmanship, marking and packing are concerned.
6. 1.51 Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was originally issued in 1962. The present revision has become necessary as the standard on
T-slots has since been revised and published as IS : 2013 - 1974 and which now conforms to the corresponding
IS0 Standard.
In the revision of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 508 - 1969 ‘Nuts forT -
Slots’, issued by Deutsches Institute fur Normung (DIN). Also, the following changes have been made:
a) The range of dimensions for nut sizes below 10 mm and above 42 mm are included which will be in line
with IS : 2013 - 1974.
b) Property class 4D changed to class 6 for higher strength and to be in line with IS : 1367 - 1967.
If the nuts are to have their full load carrying capacity, it is essential for the screw to engage throughout the
entire length of thread in the nut. As far as effective load transmission is concerned, the length of thread within
width a cannot be relied on entirely owing to. the reduced section thickness.
HANDBOOKONINDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PART2 63
IS : 2232-1967
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS
( First Revision )
0. Foreword
0.1 This Indian Standard (First Revision) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 2 August 19673
after the draft finalized by the Screw Threads and Fasteners Sectional Committee had been approved bY the
Mechanical Engineering Division Council.
-0.2 This standard was orginally issued in 1962 following the~recognition of the metric screw threads with IS0
profile with the size range M4 to M39. In the present revision, the size range has been extended to MlOO.
0.3 ln the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from the following documents:
ISojR 288- 1963 Slotted and castle nuts with metric thread. International Organization for
Standardization.
lSojTC2 (Secretariat- 187) 305 First draft proposal for castle nuts. Metric Series. international
Organization for Standardization.
value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2 - 1960
‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off
1. scope
1.1 This standard prescribes the requirements of precision and black grades of slotted and castle nuts in the
following diameter ranges:
a) Precision grade slotted nuts 4 to 39 mm

b) Black grade slotted nuts 12 to 33 mm
c) Precision and black grades castle nuts 12 to 100 mm
2.1 The slotted and castle nuts shall have the properties corresponding to the property class 4,6 or 8 of IS : 1367 -
1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners (first revision)‘.
3. Grade
3.1 Nuts conforming to this standard shall be of two grades, Precision (P) and Black (B), as specified in
IS : 1367 - 1967.
4. Dimensions
4.1 The dimensions of the nuts shall be as given in Tables 1 to 11.
4.2 The screw thread dimensions of the nuts in the diameter range 4 to 39 mm shall conform to the tolerance class
6H specified in IS : 4218-1967 ‘IS0 metric screw threads’.
4.3 The screw thread dimensions of the nuts in the diameter range 42 to 100 mm shall conform to tolerance class
6I-I specified in IS : 3 139 - 1966 ‘Dimensions for screw threads for bolts and nuts (diameter range M42 to M 150)‘.
5. Designation
5-l Slotted and Castle nuts shall be designated by nominal size, number of this standard, grade and property
class.
Example:
A slotted nut of nominal size Ml0 and of precision grade possessing mechanical properties
corresponding to the property class 6 shall be designated as:
Slotted Nut M 10 IS : 2232 - P - 6

6.1 Sampling- The Sampling and criteria Of acceptance of the nuts shall be in accordance with IS : 26 14 - 1969
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners cfirst revision)‘.
64 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS--PABt 3.

IS : 2232-1967
6.2 The nuts conforming to this standard shall meet the requirements of IS : 1367-1967 in regard to the
requirements not covered in this standard.
TABLE 1 DJMENSIONS iOR SLOTTED NUTS, PRECISION GRADE

(Diameter range 4 to 10 mm)
( Cluuse 4.1 )
m-4
L-4 W
The underside of the slot may be round or flat with

rounded corners or flat withchamfered corners, at
the discretion of the manufacturer.
Size, d M4 MS M6 (M7) Mtl Ml0

M8Xl MlOX1.25
w hl4 Nom 5 6 7.5 8 9,5 12

Max 5.00 6.00 7.50 8.00 9.50 .12.00
Min 4.70 5.70 7.14 2.64 9.14 11.57
m h15 Nom 3.2 4 5 5.5 6.5 8

Max 3.20 4.00 5400 5.50 6.50 8.00
Min 2.72 3.52 4.52 5.02 5.92 8.00
n H14 Nom 1.2 1.4 2 2 2.5 2.8

Max 1.45 1.65 2.25 2.25 2.75 3.05
Min 1.20 1.40 2.00 2.00 2.50 7.42
s G-h12 Nom 7 8 10 11 13 r7
>8-hl? Max 7.00 8.00 10.00 11.00 13.00 17.00
Min 6.85 7.85 9.78 10.73 12.73 16.73
Size of split I 1.2 1.6 1.6 2 2.5

cotter pin
(see IS : 549- 1961*)
Note 1 -The above dimensions have been obtained by rounding off the tolerances to the’ second place of decimal.
Note 2 _ Size shown in brackets is of second preference.
*Specification for split pins (revised).

IS : 2232- 1967
TABLE 1A DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED NUTS, PRECISION GRADE

(Diameter Range 12 to 39 mm)
( Cluufe 4.1 )
(For Fig. see Table 1)
Size d Ml2 (Ml4) Ml6 (nils) M20 (M22) (M24) (M27) M30 (M33) M36 (M39)
M12xl.25 Ml4x1.5 M16xl.S Ml8xl.S M2Oxl.S M22x1.5 M24x2 M27x2 M30x2 M33x2 M36~3 M39x3
Nom 15 16 19 21 22 26 27 30 33 35 38 40
w hl4 Max 15.00 16.00 19.00 21.00 22.00 26.00 27.00 30.00 33.00 35.00 38.00 40.00
Min 14.57 15.57 18.48 20.48 21.48 25.48 26.48 29.48 32.38 34.38 37.38 39.38
Nom 10 11 13 15 16 18 19 22 24 26 29 31
m hl5 Max 10.00 1 l..OO 13.00 15.00 16.00 18.00 19.00 22.00 24.Do 26.00 29.00 31.00
Min 9.42 10.30 12.30, 14.30 15.30 17.30 18.16 21.16 23.16 25.16 28.16 30.00
Nom 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7 7 7 7

n H14 Max 3.80 3.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 5.80 5.80 5.80 7.36 7.36 7.36 1.36
Min 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
Nom 19 22 24 27 30 32 36 41 46 50 55 60
8032hl3 Max 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00 30.00 32.00 36.00 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
’ >32hl4 Min 18.67 21.67 23.61 26.67 29.67 31.61 35.38 40.38 45.38 49.38 54.26 59.26
Size of split 3.2 3.2 4 4 4 5 5 5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

cotter pin
(See 1s : 549-1974)
Note-Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

IS : 2232-1967
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOd CASTLE NUTS, PRECISION GRADE

( Clause4.1 )
All dimensions in millimetres. .

rounded corners or flat with chamfered corners, at
Size, d Ml2 (Ml4) Ml6 (Mlg) M20 (M22)

M12X1.25 (M14X1.5) M16Xl.S (MlgX1.5) M20X1.5 (M22X1.5)
dz h14 Nom 17 19 22 25 28 30
MUX 17.00 19.00 22.00 25.00 28.00 30.00
Min 16.57 18.48 21.48 24.48 27.48 29.48
w h14 Nom 15 16 19 21 22 26
Max 15.00 16.00 19.00 21.00 22.00 26.00
Min 14.57 15.57 18.48 20.48 21.48 25.48
m h15 Nom 10 11 13 15 16 18
Max 10.00 11.00 13.00 15.00 16.00 18.00
Min 9.42 10.30 12.30 14.30 15.30 17.30
n H14 Nom 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5

Max 3.80 3.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 5.80
Min 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.50
s h13 Nom 19 22 24 27 30 32
Max 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00 30.80 32.00
Min 18.67 21.67 23.67 26.67 29-67 31.61
Size of split -3.2 3.2 4 4 4 5

cotter pin
(see IS :
549-1974)
Note 1 -The above dimensions have been obtained by rounding off the tolerances to the second place of decimal.

IS : 2232- 1967
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS FOR CASTLE NI:TS. PRECISION GRADE

( (‘lauw 4. I )
1. n
The underside of theslot may be round orflal with

rounded corners or flat with chamfered corners. at
Size, d M24 (~27) M30 (M33) M36 (M39)

M24X2 (M27X2) M30X2 (M33X2) M36X3 (M39X3)
d> hl4 NOW 34 38 42 46 50 55

Max 34.00 38.00 42.00 46.00 50.00 55.00
Min 33.38 37.38 41.38 45.38 49.38 54.26
IZ’h14 Nom 27 30 33 35 38 40
A4a.r 27 .OO 30.00 33.00 35.00 38.00 40.00
Mill 26.48 29.48 32.38 34.38 37.38 39.38
m 1;:5 NW-II I9 22 24 26 29 31
M0.Y 19.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 29.00 3 I .oo
Mom 18.16 21.16 23.16 25.16 28.16 30.00
n HI4 Nom 5.5 5.5 7 7 I I

Mar 5.80 5.80 1.36 ‘1.36 1.36 7.36
Min 5.50 5.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
s hl4 Nom 36 41 46 50 55 60
MUX 36.00 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
Mifl 35.38 40.38 45.38 49.38 54.26 59.26
Sile of split 5 5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

cotter pin
(SW IS :
549- 1961)
Note I The above dimensions have been obtained by rounding off the tolerances to the second place of decimal
Note 2 ~ Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

IS : 2232 - 1967
TABLE 4 DIMENSIONS FOR CASTLE NUTS, PRECISION GRADE

( Cl4u.w 4. I )
f
-
d2
1 The underside of the slot may be round or flat with

Size, d M42 (M45) M48 (M52) M56 (MW M64 (MW

(12 h 14 N0VI 58 62 65 70 75 80 85 90
M4X 58.00 62.00 65.00 70.00 75.00 x0.00 85.00 90.00
Min 57.26 61.26 64.26 69.26 74.26 79.26 84.13 89.13
46 48 50 54 57 63 66 69
46.00 48.00 50.00 54.00 57.00 63.00 66.00 69.00
45.38 47.38 49.38 53.26 56.26 62.26 65.26 68.26
m h15 Nom 34 36 38 42 45 48 51 54
M4.u 34.00 36.00 38.00 42.00 45.00 48.00 51.00 54.00
n4in 33.00 35.00 37.00 41.00 44.00 47.00 49.80 52.80
9 9 9 9 9 I! !I II
9.36 9.36 9.36 9.36 9.36 I I .43 I I .43 I I .43
9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 II.00 II.00 II.00
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
65.00 70.00 75.00 80.00 85.00 90.00 95.00 100.00
64.26 69.26 74.26 79.26 84.13 89.13 94.13 99.13
Sile of split x 8 8 8 8 IO IO IO
cotter pin
(.W IS :
549.1961)
Note 1 - The aho%e dimensions have been obtained by rounding off the tolerances to the second place of decimal.
Note 2 - Si/es shown in brackets are of second preference.
HANDBOOK ON INDCSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 69

IS : 2232- 1967
TABLE 5 DIMENSIONS FOR CASTLE NUTS, PRECISION GRADE

( C/ause4. I )
The underside ofthe slot may be round or flat with

rounded corners or flat with chamfered corners. at
Size d M72X6 (M76X6) M80X6 (M85X6) M90X6 (M95X6) MlOOX6
d? hl4 Non1 95 100 105 I10 120 125 135

Ma.u 95.00 I00.00 105.00 I10.00 I20.00 125.00 135.00
Min 94.13 99.13 104.13 109.13 119.13 124.00 134.00
,,’ h14 .Non, 73 76 79 XX 92 96 100

MU.%. 73.00 * 76.00 79.00 xx.00 92.00 96.00 I00.00
Min 72.26 75.26 7X.26 x7.13 91.13 95. I3 99.13
,n h I 5 Non1 5X 61 64 6X 72 76 80
MU.\_ 58.00 6 I .oo 64.00 6X.00 72.00 76.00 no.00
.Mitl 56.X0 59.x0 62.X0 66.X0 70.80 74.80 78.80
n HI4 h’c,m II II II I-l I4 I4 I4

MU\- Il.43 I I .43 I I .43 14.43 14.43 14.43 14.43
Mirl II.00 II.00 I I .oo 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
s h14 NO,,1 105 II0 II5 I20 130 135 145

Max 105.00 I10.00 115.00 120.00 130.00 135.00 145.00
Min 104.13 109.13 114.13 119.13 129.00 134.00 144.00
Sire of split IO IO IO I3 I3 I3 I3
cotter pin
(SW IS :
549- 1961)
Note 1 --The above dimensions have been obtained by rounding off the tolerances to the second place of decimal.
Note 2 -Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.
70
HANDBOOK ON INDUST&,FASTENERS-PART 2
IS : 2232-1967
TABLE 6 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED NUTS, BLACK GRADE

( Clause4.1 )

the discretion of the manufacturer
Size, d Ml2 (Mi4) Ml6 (Ml@ M20
w jsl6 Nom 15 16 19 21 22
Max IS.55 16.55 19.65 21.65 22.65
Min 14.45 15.45 18.35 20.35 21.35
m h16 Nom 10 11 13 15 16
Max 10.00 11.00 13.00 15.00 16.00
Min 9.10 9;90 11.90 13.90 14.90
n H14 Nom 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

Max 3.80 3.80 4.80 4.80 4.80
Mh 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 4.50
s (19-hl4 Nom 19 22 24 27 30
>19-h15 Max 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00 30.00
Min 18.48 21.16 23.16 26.16 29.16
Size of split 3.2

cotter pin
(see IS :
549- 1961)
Note 2 ~ Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

IS : 2232 - 1967
TABLE 7 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED NUTS. BLACK GRADE

( Ciuusr 4. I )

rol;nded corners or flat with chamfered corners, at
Size, d (MW M24 (~27) M30 (M33)

wjsl6 Not?? 26 27 30 33 35
Max 26.65 27.65 30.65 33.80 35.80
Min 25.35 26.35 29.35 32.20 34.20
m h16 Nom I8 19 22 24 26
Max 18.00 19.00 22.00 24.00 26.00
Min 16.90 17.70 20.70 22.70 24.70
n HI4 Nom 5s 5.5 5.5 7 7

Max 5.80 5.80 5.80 7.36 7.36
Min 5.50 5.50 5.50 7.00 7.00
s h15 Nom 32 36 41 46 50
Max 32.00 36.00 41.00 46.00 50.00
Min 3 I .oo 35.00 40.00 45.00 49.00
Size of split 5 5 5 5 6.3 6.3

cotter pin
(see 1s :
549-1961).
Note 2 -Sizesshown in brackets are of second preference.

IS : 2232- 1967
TABLE 8 DIMENSIONS FOR CASTLE NUTS, BLACK GRADE

(Diameter range 12 to 22~mm)
( Clause 4.1 )

Size, d Ml2 (M14) Ml6 (MW M20 (MW

d, hl6 Nom I7 I9 22 25 28 30
MUX 17.00 19.00 22.00 25.00 2x.00 30.00
Min 15.90 17.70 20.70 23.70 26.70 2X.70
i(‘jsl6 Nom I5 I6 I9 21 22 26
Max 15.55 16.55 19.65 2 I .65 22.65 26.65
Min 14.45 15.45 18.35 20.35 21.35 25.35
M hl6 Nom IO II I3 I5 16 I8
M0.Y 10.00 Il.00 13.00 15.00 16.00 18.00
Mitl 9.10 9.90 II.90 13.90 14.90 16.90
n HI4 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5

3.80 3.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 5.x0
3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.50
119-hl4 I9 22 24 27 30 32
S >\9-hl5 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00 30.00 32.00
18.48 21.16 23.16 26.16 29. I6 31.00
Size of split 3.2 3.2 4 4 4 5

cotter pin
(see IS :
549- 1961)
Note 1 -The above dimensions have been dbtained by rounding off the tolerances to the second place of decimal.
Note 2 ~~ Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

IS : -2232- 1967

( Clause4.1 )

Size, d M24 (~27) M30 (M33) M36* (M39)’

d2: h16 Nom 34 38 42 46 50 55
M&X 34.00 38.00 42.00 46.00 . 50.00 55.00
Min 32.40 36.40 40.40 44.40 48.40 53.10
w js16 Nom 21 30 33 35 38 40
Max 27.65 30.65 33.80 35.80 38.80 40.80
Min 26.35 29.35 32.20 34.20 37.20 39.20
m h16 Nom 19 22 24 26 29 31
Max 19.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 29.00 31.00
Min 17.70 20.70 22.70 24.10 27.70 29.40
n HI4 Nom 5.5 5.5 7 7 7 7

Max 5.80 5.80 7.36 7.36 7.36 7.36
Min 5.50 5.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
s h15 Nom 36 41 46 50 55 60
Max 36.00 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
Mill 35.00 40.00 45.00 49.00 53.80 58.80
Size of split
cotter pin
(see IS :
549- 1961)*
*For castle nuts only.

IS : 2232 - 1967
*
( Chse 4.1 )

Size. d M42 IM49 M48 tM52) MS6 (M601 M64 (M6g1
dz h16 Nom 58 62 65 70 75 80 85 90
Max 58.00 62.00 65.00 70.00 75.08 80.00 85.00 90.00
Min 56.10 60.10 63.10 68.10 73.10 78.10 82.80 87.80
w js16 Nom 46 48 50 54 57 63 66 69
Max 46.80 48.80 50.80 54.95 57.95 63.95 69.95 69.95
Min 45.20 47.20 49.20 53.05 56.05 62.05 65.05 68.05
m h16 Nom 34 36 38 42 45 48 51 54
Max 34.00 36.00 38.00 42.00 45.00 48.00 51.00 54.00
Min 32.40 34.40 36.40 40.40 43.40 46.40 49.10 52.10
n H14 Nom 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11
Max 9.36 9.36 9.36 9.36 9.36 11.43 11.43 11.43
Min 9.00, 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 11.00 11.00 11.00
s hl5 Nom 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

Max 65.00 70.00 75.00 80.00 85.00 90.08 95.00 100.00
Min 63.80 68.80 73.80 78.80 83.60 88.60 93.60 98.60
Size of split 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
cotter pin
(see IS :
549- 1961)
Note 2 - Sizes shown in. brackets are of second preference.
1
IS : 2232- 1967
I
1

( Czause 4.1 )

the discretion of the manufacturer,
Sire. d M72X6 (M76X6) M8OX6 (M85X61 M90X6 (M95X6) MlOOX6
d, h16 Nom 95 100 105 110 120 125 135

MUX 95.00 100.00 105.00 110.00 120.00 125.00 135.00
Min 92.80 97.80 102.80 107.80 117.80 122.50 132.50
w js16 Nom 73 76 79 88 92 96 100

MOX 73.95 76.95 79.95 89.10 93.10 97.10 101.10
Min 72.05 75.05 78.05 86.90 90.90 94.90 98.90
m h16 Nom 58 61 64 68 72 76 80
MClX 58.00 61.00 64.00 68.00 72.00 76.00 80.00
Min 56.10 59.10 62.10 66.10 70.10 74.10 78.10
n HI4 Nom II 11 II 14 14 14 14
Max 11.43 11.43 I I .43 14.43 14.43 14.43 14.43
Min 11.00 11.00 11.oo 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
s h15 Nom 105 110 115 120 130 135 145

Max 105.00 110.00 ‘I 15.00 120.00 130.00 135.00 I45 .oo
Min 103.60 108.60 113.60 118.60 128.40 133.40 143.40
Size of split 10 10 10 13 13 13 13
cotter pin
(see IS :
549- 1961)
Note 2 --Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

IS : 2636- 1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR WING NUTS
( First Revision )
.
Scope- Covers the requirements for wing nuts of two types in the size range 2 to 24 mm
Types -Two types of wing nuts are covered as given below:
Type A - Wing nut made by stamping or casting in the shape as given in Table 1 in the size range 2 to
24 mm.
Type B - Wing nut made by cold forging in the shape as given in Table 2 in the size range 3 to 20‘mm.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR WING NUTS, TYPE A (HOT STAMPED OR CAST)

( Clauses 2 and 3.1 j
All dimensions in millimetres.’
Size d M2 M2.5 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 MZO M24
Not?? 8 10 12 16 20 23 28 36 45
a (js16) Max 8.45 10.45 12.55 t6.55 20.65 23.65 28.65 36.80 45.80
Min 7.55 9.55 11.45 15.45 19.35 22.35 21.35 35.20 44.20
b Nom 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 28 36
Nom 20 25 32 40 50 64 72 90 112
e Cjsl6) Max 20.6 25.6 32.8 40.8 50.8 65.0 73.0 91.1 113.0
Min 19.4 24.4 31.2 39.2 49.2 63.0 71.0 88.9 111.0
Nom 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 9

gs 6~16) Max 1.9 2.3 2.8 3.3 4.4 5.4 6A 7.4 9.4
Min 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.6 4.6 5.6 6.6 8.6
g2 Nom 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 9 II
Nom 10 12 16 20 25 32 36 45 56
h ($16) Max 10.4 12.6 16.6 20.6 25.6 32.8 36.8 45.8 57.0
Min 9.6 11.4 15.4 19.4 24.4 31.2 35.2 44.2 55.0
m Nom 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24
rl Nom 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 14 18
r2 Nom * * * * 1 1 1.2 1.6 2.5
r3 Nom 0.5 0.5 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.6 2 3
r4 Nom 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 9 II
Radiused.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS--PART 2

IS :2636 - 1972
TABLE 2 DIMENSLONS FOR WING NUTS, TYPE B (COLD FORGED)

( Clauses 2 and 3.2 )
12 16 22
36 47.5 68
36.8 48.3 69.00
35.2 46.7 67.00
11 15 20.5
5.5 7.5 9.5

5.90 8.00 10.00
5.10 7.00 9.00
3 4.5 5
Nom 9 11 13 -16 18 23 35
h cjsl6) Max 9.40 11.60 13.60 16.60 18.60 23.60 3530
Min 8.60 10.40 12.40 15.40 17.40 22.40 34.20
tn Nom 3 4.5 5 6 7 I 9.5 13.5 I
3. Dimensions
3.1 The dimensions of wing nuts manufactured from hot brass or other non-ferrous stampings or die castings,
malleable iron castings, or hot steel stampings, etc, shall conform to Table 1.
3.2 The dimensions of wing nuts manufactured by cold forging steel or ~brass shall conform to Table 2.
18 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENJ$BS-PART 2

IS : 2636 - 1972
4. Tolerances-The tolerances for the two types shall be as given below:
TYPE A
TYPE 0
5.1 The mechanical properties of the wing nuts manufactured from steel shall conform to the property class 4 as
specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners Cfirsf revision)‘.
5.2 When made of brass or non-ferrous material, the tensile strength shall be 300 MN/ m2 minimum.
6. Grade -Black (B) according to IS : ‘1367 -I967.
7. Designation -The wing nut shall be designated by the type, size and the number of this standard. If made of
material other than steel, this shall be indicated at the end.
Examples:
a) A steel wing nut Type A of size M6 shall be designated as:
Wing Nut A M6 IS : 2636
b) A brass wing nut Type B of size Ml0 shall be designated as:
Wing Nut B M 10 IS : 2636 - Brass
8.1 Sampling-The method of sampling and acceptance criteria to be in accordance with IS : 2614- 1969
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (first revision)‘.
8.2 The wing nuts shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367 - 1967 in respect of requirements not specified
in the standard.
. EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was originally prepared in 1964 and included only the hot stamped or east type wing nuts.
This standard now includes the cold forged type wing nuts also. For dimensions of hot stamped or cast wing nuts,
assistance has been taken from DIN 3~15-1970 while the dimensions of cold forged type wing nuts are based on
BS 856 : 1969. A separate clause (4) on tolerances has been added and these supersede the tolerances given in
Fig. 37 of IS : 1367- 1967.
IS : 2687- 1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR CAP NUTS
( First Revision )
, Scope-Covers the requirements for cap nuts in the diameter range 6 to 36 mm.
, Grade - Precision grade (P) as specified in 1s : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
tsteners Cfirst revision)‘.
, Dimensions and Tolerances -- As given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DiMENSIGNS AND TOLERANCES FOR CAP NUTS
OTHER DIMENSIONS
AS PER FIGURE ON
THE RIGHT
UPTO AND INCLUDING Ml0 Ml2 AND ABOVE
*For sizes above M24 only. Where this hole is required to be sealed, this may be done with Slotted Grub Screw ‘A’MS X 6 IS : 2388 - 6.6.
**x and f according to IS : 1369 - 1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts yirst revision)‘.
Note - Sizes given in parentheses are of second preference.

IS : 2687- 1975
4.1 Cap nuts when made of steel shall conform to property class 6 for sizes up to M30 and property class 4 for
sizes above M30 as specified in IS : 1367-1967.
4.2 When brass or aluminium alloy is used for manufacture, the material shall have an ultimate tensile strength
of not less than 300 MPa*. Unless otherwise specified, the raw material for cap nuts made from non-ferrous
material shall be either rolled, forged or extruded bars.
5. Designation
5.1 Shall be designated by the name, size and number of this standard.
Example:
A cap nut of size MlO, shall be designated as:

Cap Nut Ml0 IS : 2687
5.2 When brass or aluminium is used for manufacture, the word ‘Brass’ or ‘Aluminium’ shall come at the end of
designation.
Example:
A cap nut of size Ml0 and made of brass shall be designated as:
Cap Nut M 10 IS : 2487 -Brass
6. Sampling- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
7. General Requirements- In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
requirements of IS : 1367 - 1967.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1964. Cap nuts are blind tapped haxagonal nuts used for providing
sealing for projected threaded parts or sometimes merely for decorative purposes. The present revisionhas been
necessitated, consequent upon the revision of IS : 1367. In the present revision, only cap nuts have been covered
and domed cap nuts are now covered in a separate standard. In the preparation of this standard, considerable
assistance has been derived from Din 917 - 1970 Hutmuttern, niedrige Form (Hexagon cap nuts), issued by
Deutsches Institut fur Normung.
*I MPa =0.102 kgf/mmz.

I-IAN~OOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 81
IS : 3460 - 1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR KNURLED NUTS
( First Revision )
. Scope-Covers the requirements for knurled nuts in the size range 1.6 to 10 mm.
. Types - Knurled nuts are of two types:
Type A ~ Knurled nuts with long neck.
Type B- Knurled nuts with short neck.
‘. Dimensions and Tolerances -The dimensions of knurled nuts shall be according to Table 1. The tolerances
hall be as indicated in Fig. 1.
--h4+--
TYPE A TYPE B
FIG. 1 TOLERANCES FOR KNURLED NUTS
4. Mechanical Properties -The mechanical properties of the knurled nuts shall conform to the property class 4
as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners (jbst revision)‘.
4.1 When made of brass or non-ferrous material, the tensile strength shall be 300 MN/m2, Min.
5. Grade -- Precision grade (P) as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
6. Designation-The knurled nuts shall be designated by the type, nominal diameter, the number of this
standard and symbol for mechanical properties.
Example:
A knurled nut of Type A, size M6 and of property class 4 shall be designated as:
Knurled Nut A M6 IS : 3460-4
6.1 When brass or any other non-ferrous material is used for manufacture, the word ‘Brass’, or the name of the
non-ferrous material used, will replace the property class number in the designation of example illustrated in 6.
7.1 Sampling-The ~method of sampling and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS : 2614- 1969
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners yirst revision)‘.
7.2 The knurled nuts shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367-1967 in respect of requirements no1
specified in this standard.

IS : 3460- 1972
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR KNURLED NUTS

( C/use 3 )
‘--EL_1 TYPE A TYPE B
Size, d Ml.6 M2 (M2.2) ~M2.5 M3 (M3.5) M4 M4.5 M5 M6 MS Ml0
Nom 4 4.5 5 5 6 7 8 9 IO 12 16 20
dl (h14) Max 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 12.00 16.00 20.00
Min 3.70 4.20 4.70 4.70 5.70 6.64 1.64 8.64 9.64 Il.57 15.57 19.48
Nom 8 9 IO 11 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
D cjsl5) Max 8.29 9.29 10.29 11.35 12.35 14.35 16.35 18.35 20.42 24.42 30.42 36.50
Min 7.71 8.71 9.71 IO.65 I I .65 13.65 15.65 17.65 19.58 23.58 29.58 35.50
Nom 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4 5 6 8

k (h14) Max 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00
Min I .75 1.75 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.75 3.20 3.70 3.70 4.70 5.70 1.64
Nom 5 5.3 6 7 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 15 18 23

m (h14) Max 5.00 5.30 6.00 7.00 7.50 8.50 9.50 10.50 11.50 15.00 18.00 23.00
Min 4.70 5.00 5.70 6.64 7.14 8.14 9.14 10.07 11.07 14.57 17.57 22.48
n Nom 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 8 10
r Nom 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 I I 1 2 2
c Nom * +- 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8
Knurling pitchi? 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8
Note-Sizes within brackets are of second preference.

* Radiused
tsee IS : 3403 - 1966 ‘Dimensions for knurls’.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first prepared in 1966. This has now been revised to align it with the latest version of
DIN 466- 1970 ‘Home Randelmuttern’(Knurled nuts) and DIN 467 - 1970 ‘Flache Randelmuttern’(flat knurled
nuts). A separate clause on tolerances has been added and these supersede the tolerances specified in Fig. 16 of
IS : 1367- 1967.

IS :3468 - 1975
ndian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE NUTS
( First Revision )
. Scope - Covers the requirements for pipe nuts, hexagonal and octagonal, in the size range Rp% to R,6 for
ripe threads according to IS : 554 - 1975 ‘Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are required on
he threads (second revision)’ and in the size range G1/8 to G6 for pipe threads according to IS : 2643- 1975
Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes Cfirst revision)‘.
:. Grade - Semi-precision grade (S) specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
asteners Cfirst revision)’ except for screw threads.
1.1 As given in Table 1.
1.2 The screw thread dimensions in size range Rpl/g to R,,6 shall conform to IS : 554 - 1975 and in size range G’/ to
26 shall conform to IS : 2643- 1975.
1.1 Shall conform to property class 6 of IS : 1367 - 1967.
1.2 When the pipe nuts are manufactured from brass, the material shall have an ultimate tensile strength of not
ess than 300 MPa*. Unless otherwise specified, the raw material for nuts made from non-ferrousmaterial shall
3e either rolled, forged or extruded bars.
5. Designation
5.1 Shall be designated by the name, size and number of this standard.
Example:
a) Hexagonal Pipe Nut of nominal size R,, 2 shall be designated as:
Hex Pipe Nut R,2 - IS : 3468
b) Octagonal Pipe Nut of nominal size G6 shall be designated as:
Ott Pipe Nut G6--IS : 3468
5.2 When brass is used for manufacture, the word ‘Brass’ shall come at the end of designation.
Example:
Hexagonal Pipe Nut of nominal size R,,‘/s and made from Brass, shall be designated as:
Hex Pipe Nut Rpl/8 -IS : 3468-Brass
6. Sampling-The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 26 14 - 1969 ‘Methods for
7. General Requirements- In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
8. ISI Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standard Institution.
*I MPa = 0.102 kgf/mm*.

TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR PIPE NUTS
( Clause 3.1 )
All dimensions in mil\imetres.
f
According - R,J - R,6
to IS : 554
Size d
According Cl (Cl’> (C4%) c5 (C5!9 C6
to IS : 2643
u Nom 30 33 38 13 47 143 I% I72 I82

t
35.03 39.55 45.20 50.85 55.31
-. _ - - 162.5 179 194.5 206
I.5 I.5 I.5 I.5 I.5 I.5 2 2 2 2
NO111 x X 9 9 IO IO 22 22 25 25
I------
11, (hl5) MU-V 8.00 x.00 9.00 9.00 IO.00 IO.00 22.00 22.00 25.00 25.00
Mir1 7.42 7.42 X.42 X.42 9.42 9.42 21.16 21.16 24.16 24.16 t;
. .
519. h14 NW1 I2 32 36 41 Lh 50 150 i65 IX0

190 z
s Mm le.00 32.00 36.00 4i.00 l6.00 50.00 150.00 165.00 I x0.00
>t9. hl5 Mi,l Il.00 148.40 163.40 178.40 190.00
188.15 s
11.00 35.00 40.00 15.00 1X.80
I
__ L
Note ~ Sizes shown within brackets are of second preference. \s
u 3
IS : 3468-1975
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1966. The present revision has been necessitated, consequent upon
the revisions of IS : 1367, IS : 554 and IS : 2643. The nuts with size designated with symbol ‘R,,‘shall be used with
pipe threads according to IS : 554- 1975 and with symbol ‘G’ shall’ be used with pipe threads according to
IS : 2643 - 1975.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 431- 1972
‘Rohrmuttern; Whitworth- Rohrgewinde R’/Bbis R6 (Pipe nuts whitworth pipe thread R1/8to R6)‘, issued by the
Deutsches Institut, fur Normung.
a6 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 3

IS :, 5368- 1969
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR THIN SLOTTED
AND CASTLE NUTS (DIA RANGE 6 TO 52 mm)
1. Scope - Covers the requirements for precision and black grades of thin slotted and castle nuts in the diameter
range 6 to 52 mm.
2. Grade -Nuts conforming to this standard shall be of two grades, Precision (P) and Black(B), as specified in
IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners @rst revision)‘.
3. Dimensions-The dimensions of nuts shall be as given in Tables 1 to 8.
3.1 The nuts shall have coarse and fine series threads as given in IS : 4218-1967 ‘IS0 metric screw threads’.
4. Mechanical Properties-The slotted and castle nuts shall be manufactured from the material corresponding
to the property classes 4.6 or 8 of IS : 1367 - 1967.
5. Designation-The slotted and castle nuts shall be designated by the nominal size, number of this standard,
grade and the property class.
Example:
A thin slotted nut of nominal size M30 and of precision grade possessing mechanical properties
corresponding to property class 4 shall be designated as:
Thin Slotted Nut M30 IS : 5368 P-4.
6.1 Sampling-The sampling and the criteria of acceptance of the nuts shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 -
1969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners ($rst revision)‘.
6.2 The nuts conforming to this standard shall meet the requirements of IS ! 1367 - 1967 in respect of
requirements not covered in this standard.

. is : 5368 --1969 ’
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS - PRECISION GRADE

( Clause 3 )
For s = 19 to 80 For s = lo to 17
d M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M14)

MS x 1 Ml0 X 1.25 Ml2 X 1.25 (Ml4 X 1.5)
Nom - - 17 19
dz h14 Max - I- - 17.00 19.00
Min - - 16.57 18.48
Nom 6 8 9 10 II
w h14 Max 6.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 1-l.oo
Min 5.70 7.64 8.64 9.64 10.57
Nom 3.5 4.5 5 6 7

m hl5 Max 3.50 4.50 5.00 6.00 7.00
Min 3.02 4.02 4.52 5.52 6.42
Nom 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5

nH14 Max 1 i.25 2.75 2.75 3.80 3.80
Min 2.00 2.50 2.50 3.50 3.50
Nom IO I3 I7 I9 22
s h13 Max 10.00 13.00 17.00 19.00 22.00
Min 9.78 12.73 16.73 18.67 21.67
e Approx II.5 I5 19.6 21.9 25.4
Size of split 1.6 i 2 3.2 3.2

cotter Dint

*The underside of the slot may be round or flat with rounded corners or flat with chamfered corners in accordance with manufacturer’s
choice.
t.See IS : 549- 1961 Specification for split cotter pins (revised).

IS : 5368-1969
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS - PREClSION GRADE

(DIAMETER RANGE 16 TO 24mm)
( Clause3 )

t
d Ml6 (MW M20 (M22) M24
Ml6 x 1.5 (Ml8 X 1.5) M20 X 1.5 (M22 X 1.5) M24X2
1
Nom 22 25 28 30 34
dz h14 Max 22.00 25.00 28.00 30.00 34.00
Min 21.48 24.48 27.48 29.48 31.38
Nom 12 13 13 15 15
w h14 Max 12.00 13.00 13.00 15.00 15.00
Min 11.57 12.57 12.57 14.57 14.57
Nom 7 8 8 9 9
m hl5 Max 7.00 8.00 8.00 9.00 9.00
Min 6.42 7.42 7.42 8.42 8.42
Nom 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5

aH14 MUX 4.80 4.80 4.80 5.80 5.80
Min 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.50 5.50
Nom 24 27 30 32 36
h13 for s I32 Max 24.00 27.00 30.00 32.00 36.00
S h14 for s > 32 Min 23.67 26.67 29.67 31.61 35.38
e Approx 27.7 31.2 34.6 36.9 41.6
Size of split 4 4 4 5 5
cotter pint

*The underside of the slot may be round or flat with rounded corners of flat with chamfered corners in accordance with
manufacturer’s choice.
)See IS : 549 - 1961.

IS : 5368- 1969
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS-PRECISION GRADE

( Cluuse 3 )
I
d M30 M36
-4
(~27) (M33) (M39)
(M27 X 2) M30 X 2 (M33 X 2) M36X3 (M39 X 3)
Nom 38 42 46 50 55
dz h14 Max 38.00 42.00 46.00 50.00
Min 37.38 41.38 45.38 49.58
Nom 17 20 20
w h14 Max 17.00 20.00 20.00
Min 16.57 19.48 19.48
Nom II 11 13 13 13
m h15 Max 11.00 11.00 13.00 13.00 13.00
Min 10.30 10.30 12.30 12.30 12.30
Nom 5.5 7 7 7 7
I------
n HI4 Max 5.80 7.36 7.36 7.36 7.36
Min 5.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
Nom 41 46 50 55 60
s h14 Max 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
Min 40.38 45.38 49.38 54.26 59.26
47.3 53.1 57.7 63.5 69.3

,
5 6.3
6.3 I 6’3 I 6.3 I
Note -Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

choice.
f&e IS : 549-1961.

IS : 5368- 1969
_ .._
TABLE 4 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS - PRECISION GRADE
( Clause 3 )
M42 I M48
d (M45) (M52)
M42X3 (M45 X 3) M48X3 (MS2 X 3) ]
Nom 58 62 65 70
d, h14 Max 58.00 62.00 65.00 70.00
Min 57.26 61.26 64.26 69.26
Nom 23 ‘25 25 27
w h14 Max 23.00 25.00 25.00 27.00
Min 22.48 24.48 24.48 26.48
Nom 14 16 16 18
m hl5 Max 14.00 16.00 16.00 18.00
Min 13.30 15.30 15.30 17.30
Nom 9 9 9 9
n HI4 Max 9.36 9.36 9.36 9.36
Min 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
Nom 65 70 75 80
s h14 Max 65.00 70.00 75.00 80.00
Min 64.26 69.26 74.26 79.26
e Approx 75.00 80.8 86.5 92.4
Size of split 8 8 8 8
cotter ~pint
I I

choice.
t5ee IS : 549-1961.

IS :5368 - 1969
TABLE 5 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS - BLACK GRADE

( Clause 3 )
For s = 19 to 80 For s = 10 to 17
d M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M14)

MSXl Ml0 X 1.5 Ml2 X 1.25 (Ml4 X 1.5)
Nom - - 17 20
dz h16 Max - - - 17.00 20.00
Min - 15.90 18.70
Nom 6 8 9 10 II
w js16 Max 6.38 8.45 9.45 10.45 11.55
Min 5.62 1.55 8.55 9.55 10.45
Nom 3.5 4.5 5 6 7

m h16 Max 3.50 4.50 5.00 6.00 7.00
Min 2.15 3.15 4.25 5.25 6.10
Nom 2 2.5 2.8 3.5 3.5

n H14 Max 2.25 2.75 3.05 3.80 3.80
Min 2.00 2.50 2.80 3.50 3.50
~Nom IO 13 17 19 22
s h14 for s 5 19 MUX 10.00 13.00 17.00 19.00 22.00
hi5 for s > 19 Min 9.64 12.57 16.57 18.48 21.16
e Approx 11.5 15 19.6 21.9 25.4
Size of split 1.6 2 2.5 3.2 3.2

cotter pint
Note- Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

*The underside of the slot may be round of flat with rounded corners or flat with chamfered corners inaccordance with manufacturer’s
choice.
tSee IS : 549 - 1961.
92 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRh FASTENERS-PART 2

IS : 5368-1869
TABLE 6 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS -BLACK GRADE

(DIAMETER RANGE 16’T0 24 mm)
( Clause 3 )
d Ml6 (Ml’9 M20 (M22) M24

Ml6 x 1.5 (Ml8 x 1.5) M20 X 1.5 (M22 X 1.5) M24X2
Nom 22 25 28 30 34
dzh 16 Max 22.00 25.00 28.00 30.00 34.00
Min 20.70 23.70 26.70 28.70 32.40
Nom
w js16 Max
Min
Nom
m h16 Max
Mifl
Nom 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5

4.80 4.80 4.80 5.80 5.80
4.50 4.50 4.50 5.50 5.50
Nom 24 27 30 32 36
24.00 27.00 30.00 32.00 36.00
23.16 26.16 29.16 31.00 35.00
e- Approx 27.7 31.2 34.6 39.9 41.6
I Size of split 4 4 4 5 5
cotter pint
I -.L
1 4
Note -
Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.
*The underside of the slot may be round or flat with rounded corners or flat with-chamfered corners in accordance with manufacturer’s
choice
t See IS : 549 - 1961.
HANDBOOK ‘Oh’ iNDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS: 5368- 1969 I
TABLE 7 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS -BLACK GRADE

( Clause 3 )
d 1 (M27) M30 (M33) M36- (M39)

i (M27 X 2) M30X2 (M33.X 2) M36X3 (M 39 X 3)
Nom 38 42 46 50 55
d, h16 Max 38.00 42.00 46.00 50.00 55.00
Min 36.40 40.40 44.40 48.40 53.10
Nom 17 18 20 20 22
w js16 Max 17.55 18.55 20.65 20.65 22.65
Min 16.45 17.45 19.35 19.35 21.35
Nom II II 13 13 13
m h16 Max 1I .oo 11.00 13.00 13.00 13.80
Min 9.90 9.90 11.90 1I .90 11.90
Nom 5.5 7 7 7 I
n H14 Max 5.80 7.36 7.36 7.36 7.36
Min 5.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
Nom 41 46 50 55 60
s h15 Max 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
Min 40.00 45.00 49.00 53.80 58.80
e Approx 47.3 53.1 57.7 63.5 69.3
Size of split 5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3

cotter pint
Note - Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.

choice.
tSee IS : 549- 1961.

IS : 5368 -1969
t
TABLE 8 DIMENSIONS OF THIN SLOTTED AND CASTLE NUTS-BLACK GRADE
( Clause 3 )
d M42 (M45) M48 (M52)

M42X3 (M45X 3) M48X3 (MS2 X 3)
Nom 58 62 65 70
B-h16 Max 58.00 62.00 65.00 70.00
Min 56.10 60.10 63.10 68.10
Nom 22 25 25 27
w js 16 Max 22.65 25.65 25.65 27.65
Min 21.35 24.35 24.35 26.35
Nom 14 16 16 18
m h16 max 14.00 16.00 16.00 18.00
Min 12.90 14.90 14.90 16.90
Nom 9 9 9 9
n HI4 Max 9.36 9.36 9.36 9.36
Min 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
Nom 65 70 75 80
s h15 Max 65.00 70.00 75.00 80.00
Min 63.80 68.80 73.80 78.80
e Approx 75.00 80.8 86.5 92.4
Size of split 8 8 8 8
cotter pint

choice.
tSee IS : 549- 1961.
95
IS :7002-1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR PREVAILING TORQUE TYPE STEEL
HEXAGON LOCKNUTS
PART 1 SPECIFICATION
1. Scope-Covers the requirements of prevailing torque type steel hexagon locknuts in the size range
3 to 39 mm.
2. Mechanical and Performance Requirements -The mechanical and performance requirements of the
prevailing torque type locknuts shall be as given in Part 2.
3. Grade - Precision (P) according to IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners(@st
revision)‘.
4. Types -The locknuts shall be of two types:
Type A - Locknut without insert, and
Type B - Locknut with insert.
5. Dimensions-The dimensions of the locknuts shall be as given in Table 1.
6. Designations -The prevailing torque type hexagon locknuts shall be designated by the type, nominal size,
number of this standard, the property class and coating or plating, if any.
Example:
A prevailing torque type hexagon locknut of type A, size MB and of property class 6 with phosphate
coating shall be designated as:
Nut A MB - IS : 7002 -6-Phosphate Coated.
7. Sampling-The method of sampling and acceptance‘criteria for prevailing torque type locknuts shall be in
accordance with IS : 26 14 - 1969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (revi@)‘.
8. Packing-The prevailing torque type hexagon locknuts shall be packed according to the current trade
practices prevailing in the country.
9. Marking-Each package containing the locknuts shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade-
mark, size and quantity of locknuts.
9.1 ISZ Certtjication Marking - Details available with the Indian ‘Standards Institution.

-
TABLE 1 RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS FOR PREVAILING TORQUE TYPE STEEL HEXAGON LOCKNUTS
( Clause 5 )
LMIN SIZE OF THE PREVAILING EFFECTIVE LENGTH (ENGAGED)

TORQUE ELEMENT OF lHREA0 Sr 0.6tJ
TYPE A TYPE 6
Nominal Size d M3 M4 MS M6 (M7) M8 Ml0 Ml2 (hi14) Ml6 (M18) MZO (M22) M24 (M27) M30 (M33) M36 (M39)
h Max Type A 3.6 4.8 6 6.6 7.7 8.8 II 13.2 15.4 17.6 19.8 22 24.2 26.4 27 30 33 36 39
Type B 4.5 6 7.5 7.8 9.1 10.4 13 15.6 18.2 20.8 23.4 26 28.6 31.2 32.4 36 39.6 43.2 46.8
e Min 6.08 7.74 8.87 I I .os 12.12 14.38 18.90 21.10 24.49 26.75 30.14 33.5j 35.72 39.98 45.63 51.28 55.80 61.31 66.96
m Min 1.08 2.4 3 3.6 4.2 4.8 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 IO.8 I2 13.2 14.4 16.2 18 19.8 21.6 23.4
NW? 5.5 7 8 IO II I3 I7 I9 22 24 27 30. 32 36 41 46 50 55 60

TS 32, h13 MUX 5.50 7.00 8.00 10.00 Il.00 13.00 17.00 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00 30.00 32.00 36.00 41.00 46.00 50.00 55.00 60.00
> 32, h14 Min 5.32 6.78 7.78 , 9.78 10.73 12.73 16.73 18.73 21.67 23.67 26.67 29.67 31.61 35.38 1 40.38 45.38 49.38 54.26 59.26
IS : 7002-1972
*
PART 2 MECHANICAL AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. Scope -Covers the mechanical and performance requirements of prevailing torque type steel hexagon
locknuts in the size range 3 to 39 mm. This~does not cover locknuts of special nature requiring special properties,
such as weldability and corrosion resistance and with ability of all metal locknuts to withstand temperatures
above + 3OVC, or locknuts with non-metallic inserts to withstand temperatures above -I- IOO’C, or any locknut
to withstand temperature below - 50°C.
2. Terminology - For the purpose of this part, the fbllowing definitions shall apply.
2.1 Prevailing Torque Tvpe Locknuts - A prevailing torque locknut is a nut which is frictionally resistant to
rotation due to a self-contained prevailing torque feature, and not because of a compressive load developed
against the bearing surface of the locknut. (‘Locknut’ is a generic term used to identify the internally threaded
products covered in this standard. The term ‘locknut’ is not intended to imply an indefinite permanency of
fixture. )
2.2 Prevailing Torque Developed by a Locknut-It is the torque necessary to rotate the locknut on its matmg
externally threaded component, with the torque being measured while the locknut is in motion, and with no axial
load in the mating component.
3. Material and Process
3.1 Locknuts shall be made of carbon or alloy steel in accordance with IS : 1570 - 1961 ‘Schedules for wrought
steels for general engineering purposes’, of a grade suited to meet the mechanical and performance requirements
of this standard. The~prevailing torque element of insert design locknuts may be of a material other than steel.
3.2 Heat Treatment-Class 6 locknuts need not be heat-treated. Class 8 locknuts may be heat-tr.eated as
necessary, and class 10 and 12 locknuts shall be heat-treated to meet the mechanical and performance
requirements of this standard. Case hardening is not allowed for any property class.
3.3 Finish
3.3.1 Locknuts may be furnished plain (bare metal) or with a protective coating (electrodeposited plating or
chemical conversion coating) as specified by the user.
3.3.2 Electroplated or phosphate coated heat-treated class 10 and 12 locknuts shall be suitably treated as soon
as practicable after plating or coating to avoid hydrogen embrittlement.
4. Inserts for Locknuts - Locknut inserts shall be made from polyamide or a similar material, having the
following characteristics:
Tensile strength 80.8 MPa

Medulus of elasticity 3020 MPa
Elongation at break 60 to 300
Cross breaking strength 84 to 105 MPa
Specific gravity 1.14
Softening temperature 264°C
Operating temperature 7o”c to 2oooc
In addition the material shall be resistant to abrasion, deterioration from all oils, petrol, paraffin, kerosene and
boiling water. ~The material shall be unaffected by a solution of hydrogen peroxide, soda ash (10 percent),
sulphuric acid and sodium hydroxide (10 percent at 85OC).
5. Mechanical and Performance Requirements
5.1 Property Class- Locknuts shall conform to the property classes 6, 8, 10 and 12 as specified in Table I.
5.2 Hardness - Locknuts shall have a hardness conforming to the limits specified for the applicable class in
Table 1.
5.3 Proof Load
5.3.1 Locknuts shall withstand the proof load specified in Tables 2 and 3 for the applicable class in Table 1.
5.3.2 Locknuts, with fine threads, shall withstand the proof load specified in Table 4 and 5 for the applicable
class in Table 1.
5.4 Performance Requirements -The prevailing torque developed by locknuts during their first installation, or
any subsequent installation or removal, shall not exceed the maximum first installation torque specified for the
applicable class in Tables 2 to 5 when tested as specified in 8.3. In addition the maximum and minimum
prevailing torque developed by the locknuts during the first and fifth removal shall not be less’than the respective
‘highest’ and ‘lowest’ reading removal torques specified in Tables 2 to 5 and tested as specified in 8.3.
c
IS :7002-1972
TABLE 1 PROPERTY CLASS AND HARDNESS FOR PREVAILING

TORQUE TYPE STEEL HEXAGON LOCKNUTS
( Clauses 5.1 and 5.2 )
TABLE 2 CLAMP LOAD AND PREVAILING TORQUE - COARSE THREAD

(PROPERTY CLASSES 6 AND 8)
(Clause 5.3.1, 5.4 and 8.3 )
F
Nominal Pitch Prouf Load Clamp Load Prevailing Torque
r
Thread of the N N
Diameter Thread Property Class Property Class First First Removal Fifth Removal
Instal- I
l-
lation Highest .owest Iighest .owest
Nm reading :ading 1 :ading eading
Nm Nm Nm Nm
mm mm 6 8 6 8 Max Min Min Miu Min
-P
M3 0.5 3 000 4000 I 800 2 200 0.45 0.12 0.06 0.08 0.04
M4 0.7 5 250 7 000 3 150 3 800 0.9 0.18 0.09 0.12 0.06
M 5. 0.8 6 500 11 400 5000 6200 1 0.29 0.14 0.23 0.1
M6 1 12 000 16 000 7 200 8 800 3 0.45 0.2 0.30 0.15

M7 I 17 300 23 000 10 500 12 600 4.5 0.65 0.3 0.45 0.2
M8 I .25 22 000 29 000 13 000 16 600 6 0.85 0.4 0.6 0.3
MI0 1.5 35 000 46 000 20 600 25 400 10.5 1.5 0.7 1 0.5
MI2 1.75 50 500 67 000 30 000 36 700 15.5 2.3 1 1.6 0.8
MI4 2 69 000 92 000 40 000 50 200 23.5 3.3 1.5 2.3 1
Ml6 2 940 000 126 000 56 000 68 500 31.5 4.3 2 3 1.5
Ml8 2.5 115000 154 000 68 000 84 000 42 6 3 4.2 2
M20 2.5 147 000 196 000 84 000 107 000 54 7.5 3.5 5.3 2.5
M22 2.5 182 000 242 000 108 000 132 000 67.5 9.5 4.5 6.5 3
M24 3 212 000 282 000 126 000 154 000 80 11.5 5.5 8 4
M27 3 276 000 367 000 164 000 200 000 94 13.5 6.8 10 5
M30 3.5 336 000 448 000 200 000 245 000 108 16 8 12 6
M33 3.5 416 000 555 000 248 000 303 000 122 18 9 14 7
M36 4 490 000 653 000 291 000 356 000 136 20.5 10 16 8
M39 4 585 000 780 000 348 000 426 000 150 22.5 11 18 9
Note-The clamp load for property classes 6 and 8 is equal to 75 percent of the proof load for bolt classes 6.6 and 8.8 respectively, as
specified in IS : 1367- 1967.
Proof load values for nut classes 6 and 8 respectively are as specified in IS : 1367- 1967.
HANDB.OOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 99

IS : 7002-1972
TABLE 3 CLAMP LOAD AND PREVAILING TORQUE-COARSE THREAD (PROPERTY CLASSES 10 AND 12)
( Chses 5.3.1 and 5.4 )
Fr
Nominal Pitch Proof Load Clamp Load Prevailing Torque
Thread of the N N
Diameter Thread Property Class Property Class First
Instal-
lation
First Removal
-Iighest _owest
r Fifth Removal
highest
--
_owest
Nm ,eading eading eading .eading
Nm Nm Nm Nm
mm mm 10 12 10 12 Max Min Min Min Min
M3 0.4 5000 6000 3 000 3 600 0.6 0.15 0.07 0.1 0.05
M4 0.7 8 750 10 500 5 200 6 200 1.2 0.22 0.1 0.15 0.07
MS 0.8 14 200 17 000 8400 IO 200 2.1 0.35 0.15 0.3 0.15
M6 1 20 000 24 000 1I 900 14 300 4 0.55 0.25 0.4 0.2

M7 I 29 000 34 700 17 200 20 600 6 0.85 0.4 0.6 0.3
M8 I .25 36 500 43 000 21 700 26 100 8 1.15 0.6 0.8 0.4
MI0 I .5 58 000 69 000 34 500 41 300 14 2 I 1.4 0.7

M12 I .75 84 000 100 00 50 000 60 000 21 3.1 1.5 2.1 I
Ml4 2 115000 138 000 68 000 82 000 31 4.4 2 3 1.5
Ml6 2 157000 188 000 93 000 112 000 42 6 3 4.2 2

Ml8 2.5 192000 230 000 114000 136 000 56 8 4 5.5 2.5
M20 2.5 245000 294 000 145 000 175 000 72 10.5 5 7 3.5
M22 2.5 303000 364 000 180 000 216 000 90 13 6.5 9 4.5
M24 3 353000 423 000 210 000 251 000 106 15 7.5 10.5 5
M27 3 459000 550 000 274 000 327 000 123 17 8.5 12 6
M30 3.5 561000 673 000 333 000 400 000 140 19 9.5 14 7
M33 3.5 694000 833 000 412 000 494 000 160 21.5 10.5 15.5 7.5
M36 4 817 980 000 485 000 582 000 180 24 12 17.5 8.5
M39
I 4 976000 I 170000 580 000 695 000 200 26.5 13 19.5
Note-- The clamp load for property classes 10 and 12 is equal to 75 percent of proof load for bolt classes 10.9 and 12.9 respectively,
9.5
as
specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
Proof load values for nut classes 10 and 12 respectively are as specified in IS : 1367- 1967.
TABLE 4 CLAMP-LOAD AND PREVAILING TORQUE - FINE THREAD (PROPERTY CLASSES 6 ANQ 8)
( Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.4 )
Nominal Pitch Proof Load
F l-
Clamp Load Prevailing Torque
Thread of the N N
Diameter Thread Property Class Property Class First
Instal-
First Removal
--
T- Fifth Removal
lation Highest _owest [ighest Lowest

Nm reading eading :ading reading
Nm Nm Nm Nm
mm mm 6 8 6 8 Max Min Min Min Min
M8 1 23 500 31 000 14000 17 100 6 0.85 0.4 0.6 0.3

Ml0 1.25 37 000 49 000 21 800 26 700 10.5 1.5 0.7 1 0.5
Ml2 I .25 55 000 74 000 32 800 40 200 15.5 2.3 I 1.6 0.8
Ml4 1.5 75 000 100 000 44 500 54 500 23.5 3.3 1.5 2.3 1
Ml6 1.5 100 000 134 000 59 500 73 000 31,s 4.5 2 3 1.5
MI8 1.5 129 000 173 000 77 500 94 500 42 6 3 4.2 2
M20 1.5 163 000 218 000 96 700 I18 000 54 7.5 3.5 5.3 2.5
M22 1.5 200000 266 000 118000 146 000 67.5 9.5 4.5 6.5 3
M24 2 230000 307 000 136000 187 000 80 11.5 5.5 8 4
M27 2 298000 397 000 177OOO 217 000 94 13.5 6.5 10 5
M30 2 373000 497 000 221000 271 000 108 16 8 12 6
M33 2 456000 608 000 271000 333 000 122 18 9 14 7
M36 3 519000 $92 000 308000 378 000 136 20.5 10 16 8
M39 3 618000 825 000 367000 450 000 150 22.5 11 18 9
i
Note -The clamp load for property classes 6 and 8 is equal to 75 percent of the proof load for bolt classes 6.6 and 8.8 respectively, as
specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
Proof load values for nut classes 6 and 8 respectively are as specified in IS : 1367-1967.
loo HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2
.
IS : 7002-1972
TABLE 5 CLAMP LOAD AND PREVAILING TORQUE - FINE THREAD

(PROPERTY CLASSES 10 AND 12)
( Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.4 )
Nominal Pitch Proof Load Clamp Load Prevailing Torque

N N
r
Thread 6f the
Diameter Thread Property Class Property Class
t
First l- First Removal Fifth Removal
Instal-
lation Iighest owest fighest Lowest
Nm eading :ading eading -eading
Nm Nm Nm Nm
mm mm IO I2 IO I2 Max Min Min Min Min
M8 I 39 000 47 000 23 200 27 900 8 I.15 0.6 0.8 0.4

Ml0 1.25 61 000 73 000 36 400 43 500 14 2 I 1.4 0.7
Ml2 I .25 92 000 I10.000 54 700 65 000 21 3.1 I .5 2.1 I
Ml4 I.5 I25 000 I50 000 74 200 89 000 31 4.4 2 3 1.5
Ml6 I.5 167 000 200 000 99 000 I I9 000 42 6 3 4.2 2
Ml8 I.5 216 000 259 000 I28 000 I54 000 56 8 4 5.5 2.5
M20 I.5 272 000 326 000 I61 000 194 000 72 10.5 5 7 3.5
M22 I.5 333 000 400 000 I98 000 237 000 90 13 6.5 9 4.5
M24 2 384 000 460 000 228 000 275 000 106 15 1.5 10.5 5
M27 2 496 000 595 000 295 000 353 000 123 17 8.5 12 6
M30 2 621 000 745 000 369 000 372 000 140 I9 9.5 14 7
M33 2 761 000 914 000 453 000 542 000 160 21.5 10.5 15.5 7.5
M36 3 865 000 040 000 513 000 617 000 180 24 12 17.5 8.5
M39 3 I 030 000 240 000 612 000 785 000 200 26.5 I3 19.5 9.5
-
Note-The clamp load for property classes IO and I2 is equal to 75 percent of the proof load for bolt classes 10.9 and 12.9 respectively,
as specified in IS : l367- 1967.
Proof load values for nut classes IO and 12 respectively are as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
6. Other Requirements
6.1 .-All locknuts shall be provided with a supplementary lubricant if necessary to meet the stated performance
requirements without galling and shall be clean and dry to touch.
6.2 The performance of locknuts which are furnished with a protective coating shall not deteriorate when the
locknuts are stored indoors for a period of six months.
6.3 In cases where locknuts are given a protective coating following delivery to the puchaser, the locknut
purchaser shall not be held responsible for failure of the locknut to meet dimensional, mechanical, or
performance requirements traceable to plating or coating practice.
7. Sampling
7.1 The method of sampling and acceptance criteria for locknuts shall be determined in accordance with
IS : 2614- 1969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (first revision)‘.
7.2 For the puropose of testing inserts, supplier shall submit 2 sheets measuring 15 X 15 X 0.64 cm and one sheet
measuring 30 X 0.25 cm from the same material and cured to the same extent.
8. Tests
8.1 Proof Load Test-The test sample locknut shall be assembled on hardened and threaded mandrel, as
specified in IS : 1367- 1967, with a minimum of three threads projecting through the locknut.
8.2 Hardness Test
8.2.1 The Brine11 hardness test should be carried out in accordance with IS : 1500 - 1959 ‘Method for Brine11
hardness test for steel’. The im~pression of the ball should, if possible, be made on one bearing surface of the nut,
otherwise on one side of the nut.
8.2.2 The Rockwell hardness test should be carried out in accordance with IS : 1586- 1963 ‘Methods for
Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel’. The impression should, if possible, be made on one bearing
surface of the nut, otherwise on one side of the nut. In the case of nuts with coatings, the coating shall be removed
from the surface or side of the nut before testing.
IS :7002-1972
8.3 Prevailing Torque Test-The prevailing torque test shall be conducted at room temperature using a load
measuring device (see 8.3.1). A test bolt (see 8.3.2) shall be inserted in the load measuring device, a hardened
washer (see 8.3.3) pl-aced on the bolt and the sample locknut then assembled on the bolt. The locknut shall be
advanced on the bolt until a minimum of two full bolt threads protrude through the locknut. The maximum
torque occurring while the locknut is being advanced through the next 360” of the locknut rotation shall be
recorded. This tprque shall not exceed the first installation prevailing torque value as specified for the applicable
class in Tables 2 to 5.
Tightening shall be continued until the locknut is seated against the hardened washer. The length of the
test bolt should be such that seating of the locknut occurs when a length equitialent to 4 to 7 thread pitches of the
test bolt protrudes through the top of the locknut, measured from the end of the bolt. The locknut shall then be
tightened until a tensile load equal to the clamp load, as specified in Tables 2 to 5, is developed in the bolt. The
hardened washer shall be prevented from turning during locknut tightening.
The locknut-shall then be backed off by the application of the reverse torque until the tesile load in the bolt
has been reduced to zero. The maximum and the minimum torque occurring while the locknut is being backed off
through the next 360” of rotation, shall be recorded.
The maximum torque shall not be iess than the first removal ‘highest reading’ prevailing torque values as
specified in Tables 2 to 5. The minimum torque shall not be less than the first removal ‘lowest reading’ prevailing
torque values as specified in Tables 2 to 5.
The locknut shall then be backed off until the prevailing torque element is disengaged from the bolt
thread.‘The locknut shall be reassembled and removed four more times. On each assembly, the locknut shall be
advanced sufficiently to allow a length equivalent to 4 to 7 thread pitches to protrude through the nut. This
portion of the test need not be conducted in the load cell. However, regardless of the method used, the test washer
shall not be removed.
At no time during these four additional installations and removals should the torque exceed the
maximum first installation prevailing torque values as specified in Tables 2 to 5.
During the fifth removal, the maximum and minimum torques occurring while the locknut is being
backed off throughout the first 360° of rotation, shall be recorded. The maximum torque shall not be less than
the~fifth removal ‘highest reading’ prevailing torque values as specified in Tables 2~to5, and the minimum torque
shall not be less than the fifth removal ‘lowest reading’ prevailing torque values as specified in Tables 2 to 5.
Sufficient time should elapse between torquing cycles to prevent overheating of the test assembly.
Torque measuring devices shall be accurate within f 3 percent of the maximum of the specified torque
range of the device.
Driving speed shall not exceed 30 rev/min, and shall be continuous and uniform.
8.3.1 Load measuring device - The load measuring device used in the prevailing torque test shall be an
instrument capable of measuring the actual tension induced in the test bolt as the locknut is tightened. The device
shall be accurate within f 5 percent of the test clamp load being used. Diameter of the bolt clearance hole in the
backing plate should have the same diameter and tolerances as the test washer.
8.3.2 Test bolt-The test bolt used in he prevailing torque test shall have a zinc phosphate and oil finish
according to normal commercial practice.
Bolts used to test locknuts shall have threads conforming to 6 g tolerance according to IS : 4218-1967
~‘ISO metric screw threads’.
Threads on all bolts of 24 mm diameter and smaller shall be produced by rolling. Bolt length shall be such
that a length of 4 to 7 thread pitches as measured from the end of the bolt will protrude through the locknut when
the locknut is seated against the washer.
Thread length shall be such that a minimum of two full threads are within the grip after the locknut is
seated. The bolt shall have a point which is flat and chamfered according to IS : 368 - 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of
bolts and screws (jkt revision)‘. The thread surface shall be free of burrs or other contamination that might
affect an accurate determination of the prevailing torque developed by the locknut.
The bolt shall have ultimate tensile strength not less than the specified proof load of the locknut to be
tested. The test bolts used shall be in accordance with IS : 1367- 1967.
A new test bolt shall be used for testing each locknut.
8.3.3 Test washer - Test washer used in the prevailing torque test shall have dimensions as given in Table 6.
Alternative shapes are permitted provided they meet the requirements given in Table 6.
8.3.3.1 Material- Carbon steel quenched and tempered.
102 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL-FASTENERS-PART 2

IS :7002-1972
TABLE 6 DIMENSIONS FOR TEST WASHER

( Cluuse 8.3.3 )
Nominal Size Hole Diameter Outside Diameter Thickness

s
Min
M4 4.5 4.3 9.7 0.7

M5 5.5 5.3 12.1 0.9
M6 6.7 6.4 13.6 1.4
M8 8.7 8.4 20.5 1.4

Ml0 10.9 10.5 23.5 1.8
Ml2 13.4 13.0 27.5 2.3
Ml4 15.4 15.0 29.5 2.3

Ml6 17.4 17.0 33.2 2.7
Ml8 19.5 19.0 36.i 2.7
M20 21.5 21.0 38.2 2.7

M22 23.5 23.0 43.2 2.7
hf24 25.5 25.0 49.2 3.7
I I
M27 28.5 28.0 55.0 3.7

M30 31.6 31.0 59.0 3.7
M33 34.6 34.0 65.0 4.4
M36 37.6 37.0 71.0 4.4
J3.3.3.2 Hardness-Surfacehardness Rockwell 15 N 85 to 88 (HVI = 5 000 to 6 000)

Core hardness Rockwell A 73 to 78 (HVI = 4 500 to 4 900)
8.3.3.3 Finish -Zinc phosphate coated and oil or zinc plated.
8.3.3.4 Other requirements - All other requirements not covered here shall conform to IS : 5369 - 1969
‘General requirements for plain washers and lock washers’.
9. Packing - Unless and otherwise agreed upon between the supplier and the purchaser, the procedure adopted
for packing of locknuts shall conform to IS : 1367 - 1967.
10. Marking-Locknuts under _this shall be marked in accordance with IS : 1367- 1967.
10.1 IS1 Certification Marking- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The standard prescribes grade, dimensions and methods of designation of prevailing torque type steel
hexagon locknuts. Part 1 of this standard is based on Draft International Standard ISO/ Prevailing torque
type steel hexagon locknuts (metric series). The mechanical and performance requirements covered in Part 2 are
based on Draft International Standard ISO/ 2320 Prevailing torque type steel hexagon locknuts - Mechanical
and performance properties.

IS : 7790-1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR DOMED CAP NUTS
. Scope-Covers the requirements for domed cap nuts in the diameter range 6 to 24 mm.
;. Grade-Precision grade (P) as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
asteners Cfirst revision)‘.
i. Dimensions and Tolerances
FOR S GRADE
OTHER DIMENSIONS
AS PER FIGURE ON
THE RIGHT i---h2
UPTO AND INCLUDING Ml0 Ml2 AND ABOVE
*X and/ according to IS : 1369 - 1975 ‘Dimensions for screw thread runouts and undercuts Cfirsr revision)‘.
Grade Size d M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M14) Ml6 (Ml8) M20 (M22) M24
Nom 10 13 17 19 22 24 27 30 32 36
Precision s 5 32, h13 MUX 10.00 13.00 17.00 19.00 22.00 24.00 27.00 30.00 32.00 36.00
> 32, h14 Min 9.78 12.75 16.73 18.67 21.67 23.67 26.67 29.67 31.61 35.38
e Min 11.05 14.38 18.90 21.10 24.49 26.75 30.14 33.53 35.72 39.98
Nom 12 15 18 22 25 28 32 34 39 42
Precision h (h13) Max 12.00 15.00 18.00 22.00 25.00 28.00 32.00 34.00 39.00 42.00
Min 11.73 14.73 17.73 21.67 24.67 27.67 31.61 33.61 38.61 41.61
Nom 8 11 13 16 18 21 25 26 29 31
1 (jsl5) Max 8.29 11.35 13.35 16.35 18.35 21.42 25.42 26.42 29.42 31.5
Min 7.71 10.65 12.65 15.65 17.65 20.58 24.58 25.58 28.58 30.5
Nom 5 6.5 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19
~Precision m (js14) Max 5.15 6.68 8.18 9.68 11.22 13.22 15.22 16.22 17.22 18.22
Min 4.85 6.32 7.82 9.32 10.78 12.78 14.78 15.78 16.78 17.78
dl Nom 9.5 12.5 16 18 21 23 26 28 31 34
r Nom 4.75 6.25 8 9 10.5 11.5 13 14 15.5 17
w &fin 2 2 2 3. 3 3 3 3 3 3
*
Note --Sites given in brackets are of second preference.

IS : 7790 - 1975
4.1 Domed cap nuts when made of steel shad conform to property class 6 as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
4.2 When brass or aluminium alloy is used for the manufacture, -the material shall have aminimum tensile
strength of 300 MPa*. Unless otherwise specified, the raw material for domed cap nuts made from non-ferrous
materials shall be either rolled, forged or extruded bars.
5. Designation
5.1 Shall be disignated by the name, size and number of this standard.
Example:
A domed cap nut of size Ml0 shall be disignated as:

Domed Cap Nut Ml0 IS : 7790
5.2 When brass of aluminium alloy is used for the manufacture, the word ‘Brass’ or ‘Aluminium’shall come at
the end of the designation.
Example:
A domed cap nut of size Ml0 and made of ‘Brass’ shall be designated as:
-Domed Cap Nut Ml0 IS : 7790- Brass
6. Sampling - The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
7. General Requirements - In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
requirements of IS : 1367-1967.
*l MPa = 0.102 kgf/mmz.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Domed cap nuts were originally covered in IS : 2687 - 1964 ‘Specification for cap nuts and domed cap
nuts’. Consequent upon the revision of IS : 2687 - 1964, domed cap nuts are being covered in the present standard.
Domed cap nuts are blind tapped hexagonal nuts used for providing sealing for projected threaded parts or
sometimes merely for decorative purposes. The present version has been necessitated consequent upon the
revision of IS : 1367.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 1587- 1970
‘Hutmuttern, hohe Form (Hexagon domed cap nuts )‘, issued by Deutsches Institut ftir Normung.
IS : 7795 - 1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON NUTS WITH COLLAR
1. Scope- Coversthe requirements of hexagon nuts with collar in the diameter range 8 to 36 mm.
2. Grade - Shall be precision grade (P) as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 (Technical supply conditions for threaded
fasteners yirst revision)‘.
THERIGHT * go”+ 1’ FOR d t3G
ALTERNATIVE go”: 36 FOR d a30
Size d M8 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 ~M24 M30 M36
Nom 18 22 25 31 37 45 58 68
d, h13 MUX 18.00 22.00 25.00 31.00 37.00 45.00 58.00 68.00
Min 17.73 21.67 24.67 30.61 36.6 I 44.61 57.54 67.54
Nom 3.5 4 4 I 6 6 8 10
a js14 Max 3.65 4.15 4.15 5.15 6.15 6.15 8.18 10.18
Min 3.35 3.85 3.85 4.85 5.85 5.85 7.82 9.82
dz 10 12 14 18 22 26 32 38
Nom 12 15 18 24 30 36 45 54
m js15 Max 12.35 15.35 18.35 24.42 3Or42 36.50 45.50 54.60
Min 11.65 14.65 17.65 23.58 29.58 35.50 44.50 53.40
e Min 14.38 18.90 20.88 26.75 33.53 39.98 51.28 61.31
h13, s ‘: 32 Nom 13 17 19 24 30 36 46 55
s MUX 13.00 17.00 19.00 24.00 30.00 36.00 46.00 55.00
h14, s > 32 Min 12.73 16.73 18.67 23.67 29.67 35.38 45.38 54.26
L
106 IIANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS : 7795- 1975
4. Mechanical Properties- Shall conform to property classes 8 and IO of IS : 1367- 1967.
Note- Property class 10 will be covered in the proposed revision of IS : 1367- 1967.
5. Designation - Shall be designated by the name, size, number of this standard and symbol for mechanical
property class.
Example:
A hexagon nut with collar of nominal size M 10 and mechanical property class 8 shall be designated
as:
Hexagon Nut with Collar MI0 IS : 7795.
6. Sampling --- The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
7. General Requirements ~ In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
8. ISI Certification Marking --- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Hexagon nuts with collar are used where frequent tightening and loosening of nut is required. Thecollar
acts like a washer. In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from DIN’ 6331
‘Scheksantmuttern 1.5d hoch mit bund, metrisches Gewinde (Hexagon nut 1.5d thickness with collar, Metric
threads)‘, issued by Deutsches institut fiir Normung.

1s : 8856- 1978
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON WELD NUTS
. Scope -Covers the requirements for hexagon weld nuts for electrical resistance welding in the diameter
ange 3 to 16 mm.
Note-General notes on the use of hexagon weld nuts are given in Appendix A.
:. Dimensions and Tolerances
Al Dimensions and tolerances for weld nuts shall be as given in Table 1
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON WELD NUTS
DETAIL AT X
I?= 8.6 10.4 11.5 12.7 16.2 19.6 21.9 27.7
f&0.2 6.2 7.7 8.7 9.7 12.6 15.1 17.3 21.8
hl Max 0.55 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.90 1.15 1.4 1.8

Min 0.45 0.55 0.6 0.60 0.75 0.95 1.2 1.6
hz MUX 0.25 0.35: 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.65 0.8 1.0

Min 0.15 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.45 0.6 0.8
b ReP I.2 1.35 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.25 2.3 2.95
*This dimension is made as reference since it is a variable dimension due to inconsistent filling UP of acrOSS cwnerS
of nut and due to variation in across flats in cold forging process and does not suit checking in mass production.
2.2 Dimensions for assembly of weld nuts shall be as given in Table 2.
2.3 The screw threads of hexagon weld nuts shall conform to 6H class of IS : 4218 - 1976 ‘IS0 metric screw
threads’..

IS : 8856-1978
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR ASSEMBLY OF HEXAGON WELD-NUTS

( Clause 2.2 )
Size dl dn Hll a Min

M3 4.5 0.63
M4 6.0 0.75
M5 7.0 0.88
M6 8.0 0.88
M8 10.5 I .oo
MI0 12.5 I .25
Ml2 14.8 1.50
Ml6 18.8 2.00
3. Grade-- Precision grade (P) as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
fasteners (first revision)‘.
4.1 Hardness - Hexagon weld nuts shall have a hardness conforming to the limits as
specified below:
Size Hardness
M3 and M4 170 HV to 302 HV
Above M4 188 HV to 302 HV
5. Designation - Shall be designated by the name, size and number of this standard.
Example:
A hexagon weld nut of size M8 shall be designated as:
Hexagon Weld Nut M8 - IS : 8856
6. Sampling -- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
7. General Requirements - In regard to reauirements not covered in this standard. the weld nuts shall conform
to the requirements of IS : 1367 -1967. L
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Due to its geometry, which is different from that of a standard nut, a hexagon weld nut would not be able
to meet the proof loads that are prescribed for standard nuts. Hence only hardness values have been specified.
Thickness m of hexagonweld nuts is slightly higher than the normal practice for sizes M4 and M5, since it has
been found by experience that in cold forging higher thickness is preferable to maintain dimensional consistency
and for good tool life. Similarly tolerances on height hi, of studs/ projections for welding of the nuts are islightly
liberal in view of the practical difficulties faced in cold forging.
Product grade (P) specified in 3 would conform to product grade A as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances’, to be published
in due course.
In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from DIN 929 - 1972 ‘Seehskant - Schlvei
Bmuttern (Hexagon weld nuts)‘, issued by Deutsches Institut fiir Normung.

IS : 8856 - 1978
APPENDIX A
( Note under clause 1 )
GENERAL NOTES ON THE USE OF HEXAGON WELD NUTS
A-l. The essential features of a weld nut are wasfollows:

1) Spigots (rings) which hold the nut in the hole (aperture).
2) Three studs (knobs/projections) for the welding of the nuts whichconstitutea three-point contact on
the butting surface, so that the bearing pressure during the welding is uniform.
3) Countersunk hole at the weld nut to protect the feed side (inlet) of the thread during welding.
A-2. Weld nuts may be welded on with any modern automatic welding machine. The current strength, duration
and bearing pressure are given inthe graph as shown below:
16000 -
lb000 -
12000 -
- sooo-
10000 -
- bOO0 -
a000 -
- 3000 -
6000 -
- 2000-
4000 7
ii% 1000 -
z O-
z
1 1 ) THREAD SIZE 1
I
M3 Mb M5M6 M6 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 I
7.5 9 10 11 lb 17 19 21
WIDTH ACROSS FLATS OF HEXAGON NUT
The above values may deviate from these curves, depending upon the quality of the surface and the
contact effect. A precise adjustment can be made in this manner, independently of the judgement or skill of the
welder so that each nut gets welded under identical conditions.
A-2.1 In order to ensure a good welding, nuts and metal sheets should be weld-worthy, that is, they should be
free from oil and rust, without scales (or cinders) and without surface treatment.
A-2.2 Weld nuts may even be welded with narrow (small) sheet profiles and at places which are not easily
accessible.
110
SECTION C
Screws
IS : 1363 (Part 2) - 1984
.
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS, S-CREWS AND
NUTS OFPRODUCT GRAD-E C
PART 2 HEXAGON H%AD SCREWS (SIZE RANGE M5 TO M36)

( Second Revision )
I. Scope - Covers the requirements for hexagon head screws of product grade C in the size range M5 to M36.
!. Specifications and Reference Standards
*Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades
and tolerances (second revision).
f’IS0 metric threads: Part 5 Tolerances (first revision).
$ISO metric screw threads: Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts
(diameter range 1 to 52 mm) ($rst revision).
@Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical
properties and test methods for bolts, screws and studs with full loadability (second
revision).
F
3. Designation - Hexagon head screws shall be designated by nameJhread size, nominal length, property class
and number of this standard.
Example:
A hexagon head screw of thread size M 12, nominal length 60 mm and of property class 4.8 shall be
designated as:
Hexagon Head Screw Ml2 X 60 - 4.8 - IS : 1363 (Part 2)
4. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Method for
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface discontinuities, the hexagon head screws shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 9) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steelfasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts,
screws and studs (second revision)‘.
5.2 When required to be~hotdip galvanized, the hexagon head screws shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 13) - 1983
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 13 Hot-dep galvanized coatings on threaded
5.3 No finish is required for hexagon head screws of product grade C except on the thread. A small die seam
across the bearing surface is permissible.
e.’
IS : 1363(Pati 2) - 1984
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOKHEXAGON HEAD SCREWS

( CIuuse 2 )
f:4.+
1530 3o” CHAMFEkl OR SHEARED
IAS ROLLEDlEND
I
I i ---w--u
P--S --+Jl----
‘&----- l-----l WASHER FACE
PERMISSIBLE
-4
\
Qds = PITCH QIA @da

I I
PERMISSIBLE ISHAPE
ENLARGED DETAIL x
u - according to ‘CE’ of IS 1368 : 1980 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws ( second revision )‘.
Thread Size d MS M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2 -Ml6 M20 M24 M30 M36
r Min 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 1 1
s Max 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55
Mom 7.64 9.64 12.57 15.57 17.57 23.16 29.16 35 45 53.8

7 a Min not less than 1P.
For I- See Table 2.
114 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 ’

IS 1363 (Part 2) - 1984
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON HEAD SCREWS

(Clause 2 )
5.4 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the hexagon head screws shall conform to
IS : 1367 (Part 1) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction and
general information (second revision)‘.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - The hexagon head screws shall be marked and delivered in accordance with
IS : 1367 (Part 18)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and mode of
delivery (second revision)‘.
6.1 IS1 Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS : 1363(Part 2) - 1984
EXPLANATORY NOTE
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at international level as reflected in IS : 95 19 - 1980 ‘Width across
flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’ and the revised version of IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners’. This revision has been taken up to incorporate these changes in this product stand&U&
, The standard has been split into three parts. The other two parts in the series are:
Part 1 Hexagon head bolts (size range MS to M36)

Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range M5 to M36)
a) The width across flats dimension has been changed for thread sizes Ml0 and M 12. The primary
technical objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead (or nut) bearing
area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress onthe bolted members) and tensile
stress area of the screw thread (which governs the clamping force which can be developed by
tightening the fastener). Ratio for certain sizes are tabulated below:
A new dimension k’ representing wrenching height has been introduced. This dimension is measured from
bearing face to start of the chamfer eon the screw head.
The thread sizes Ml0 and M 12 with old width across flat dimensions will be phased out of production and
use.
earlier system. [For details see explanatory note to IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979 Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 PrOduct grades and tolerances (second revision)].
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4018 - 1979 ‘Hexagon head screws - Product grade C, issued by
the International Organization for Standardization.

IS : 1364 (Part 2) - 1983
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS, SCREWS AND
NUTS OF PRODUCT GRADE A AND B
PART 2 HEXAGON SCREWS (SIZE RANGE M3 TO M36)
( Second Revision )
1. Scope-This standard covers the requirements for-hexagon head screws in the size range M3 to M36, with
product grade A for sizes-M3 to M24 andlengths I 10 d or 150 mm, whichever is shorter and with product grade
B for sizes above M24 or lenghts > 10 d or 150 mm, whichever is shorter.
Dimensions Table 1
Preferred length-size combinations Table 2
Tolerances Product grades A for products with d I M24 and 15 10 d or 150 mm,
whichever is shorter; B for products with d > 24 or I>
10 d or 150 mm, whichever is shorter
Indian Standards IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979*
Pitch Coarse
Thread Tolerance 6g
Indian Standards IS : 4218 (Part 5)- 1979t
IS : 4218 (Part 6)- 1978$
Mechanical Property class 4.6, 4.8, 5.6, 5.8, 6.8, 8.8, 9.8, 10.9
properties Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 3)- 19795
(second revision).
TlSO metric screw threads: Part 5 Tolerances Cfi:rst revision).
$I!30 metric screw threads: Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range l to
52 mm) Cfirst revision).
3. Designation- Hexagon head screws shall be designated by name, thread size, nominal length, the
nu.mber of this standard and the property class.
Example :
A hexagon head screw of thread size M20, nominal length 60 mm and property class 8.8 shall be
designated was :
Hexagon Head Screw M20 X 60 IS : 1364 ( Part 2) - 8.8

3.1 -If the hexagon head screws are required to be phosphated, the letter P shall be added at the end of~the
designation.
4. Sampling- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
sampling of fasteners (f?rst revision)‘.
5.1 In regard to the permissible surface discontinuities, the hexagon head screws shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 9) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts,
screws and studs (second revision)‘.
5.2 W~here the hexagon head screws are required to be phosphate coated, they shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 12)- 1981 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fastene;?: Part 12 Phosphate coatiligs on
threaded fasteners (second revisions)‘.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS--PART 2 117

T
Thread size d M3TM4 M5 M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24 M30 M36
I I--
P* 0.5 0.7 2.5 3 3.5 4

I I
Max 1.5 2. I 7.5 9 10.5 I2
Min 0.15 0.15 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
d*
dw
Max
MUX
0.4
3.6
0.4
4.7
6.7 8.7 Il.4 14.4 16.4 22

-l--l-
0.8
22.4
?+.+.$j
0.8
26.4
0.8
33.4
42.7
0.8
39.4
51.1
e
-8.79 I I .05 14.38 17.77 20.03 26.75
60.79
8.63 10.89 14.20 17.59 19.85 26.17
3.5 4 5.3 6.4 7.5 IO 22.5
I5 IO d or 150 mm
22.92
k’ 15.5
I I I I
7.64 9.64 12.57 15.57 17.57 23.16

D- pitch of the thread.
ia Min ~ not less than I P.
IS : 1364(Part 2) - 1983
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON HEAD SCREWS

( Clause 2 )
5.3 -In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, hexagon head screw shall conform to IS : 1367
(Part 1) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction and general
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - Marking of the hexagon head screws and the mode of delivery shall be in
accordance with IS : 1367 (Part 18)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fastners: Part 18
6.1 ISI Certification Marking - Details available with Indian Standards Institution.

EXPLANATORY NOTE
edition, many changes have been agreed upon at international level as reflected in IS : 95 19 - 1980 ‘Dimensions
for width across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’ and revised version of IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners (first revision)‘. This revision has been taken up to incorporate these
changes in this product standard. The standard has been split into five parts. The other four parts in the series are:
Part 1 Hexagon bolts (size range M3 M36)

Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range Ml.6 to M36)
Part 4 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) (size range Ml.6 to M36 )
Part 5 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) (size range Ml.6 to M36 )
In this revision, the following major changes have been made.
a) The width across flat ~dimensions has been changed for thread sizes Ml0 and M12.
The primary technical objective for this change was to achieve a logical ratio between underhead
(or nut) bearing area (which determines the magnitude of the compressive stress on the bolted
members) and the tensile stress area of thescrew thread (which governs the clamping force which can
be developed by tightening the fastener). Ratio’s for certain sizes are tabulated below:
Nominal Thread Width Across Flats Annular Bearing Area

Size
5 8 1.08
6 10 1.44
8 13 1.23
12 18 0.91
19 (old size) 1.16
16 24 1.02
I 20 I 30 I 0.95
I 24 I 36 I 0.86
30 46 1.02
36 55 1.04
c) Hexagon head screws with fine pitches have been deleted from scope of this~standard.
In additionto the above, some minor changes have also been made in other dimensions.
The thread sizes MI0 and M 12 with old witdth across flat dimension will be phased out of production and
use.
earlier system. For details, see explanatory note to IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979.
This standard is in conformity with IS0 4017 - 1979 ‘Heagon head screws - Product grades A and B’,
issued by the International Organization for Standardization.

IS : 1365- 1978
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS
( Third Revision )
1. Scope-Covers the requirements of slotted countersunk head screws in the diameter range 1 to 20 mm.
2. Dimensions and Tolerances - As given in Table 1.
2.1 The preferred length size combinations are given in Table 2.
3. Grade - Precision grade (P) as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
4.1 Slotted countersunk head screws shall conform to the property class 4.8 as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967.
Note - Property class 4.6 is also permitted at the request of the purchaser.
4.2 When brass or aluminium alloy is used for the manufacture of slotted countersunk head screws, the material
shall have a minimum tensile strength of 300 MPa.
5. Designation
5.1 Slotted countersunk head screws shall be designated by name, nominal size, length, the number of this
Example:
A slotted countersunk head screw of size M4, length 10 mm and of property class 4.8 shall be
designated as:
Countersunk Screw M4 X 10 IS : 1365 - 4.8
5.2 When brass is used for the manufacture of slotted countersunk head screws the word ‘Brass’shall be given at
the end of designation:
Example:
A slotted countersunk’head screw of size M6, length 16mm, and~made of brass shall be designated as:
Countersunk Screw M6X 16 IS : 1365 - Brass
6. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 26 14 - 1969 ‘Methods for
sampling of fasteners (jirst revision)‘.
7. General Requirements- In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the slotted countersunk
head screws shall conform to the requirements given in IS : 1367 - 1967.
.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCE OF SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS
( Clause 2 )
EDGE ROUNDED
\ORLAT
SHANK DIAMETER = PITCH DIAMETER
a and Y according to IS : 1369- 1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts (firsl revision ).
Shank diameter = major diameter and chamfered end also permitted.
Nominal Size Ml Ml.2 (Ml.4) Ml.6 (M1.8) M2 (M2.2) M2.5 M3 (iVi3.5) M.4 (M4.5) M5 M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M14)
dl
Jz hl3, d2 < 3 NO,?I 1.9 2.3 2.6 3 3.4 3.x 4.2 4.7 5.6 6.5 7.5 x.3 9.2 II 14.5 IX 22 25
hl4. & 2 3 Max * 1.90 2.30 2.60 3 .oo 3.40 3.80 4.20 4.70 5.60 6.50 7.50 8.30 9.20 I I.00 14.50 18.00 22.00 25.00
Min 1.76 2.16 2.46 2.75 3.10 3.50 3.90 4.40 5.30 6.1 I 7.19 7.94 X.34 10.57 14.07 17.57 21.48 24.48
k Max 0.6 0.72 0.84 0.96 I.OX 1.2 I .32 I.5 1.65 I .93 2.2 2.25 2.5 3 4 5 6 7
cl3, n 5 I NO!?1 0.25 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 I I 1.2 I.6 2 2.5 3 3
n cl4, n > I Max 0.45 0.5 0.5 0.6 b.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 I I 1.2 1.2 I.51 I.91 2.31 2.31 3.31 3.31
Min 0.31 0.36 0.36 0.46 0.46 0.56 0.66 0.66 0.86 0.86 1.06 I .06 1.26 1.66 2.06 2.56 3.06 3.0b
t lyau 0.3 b.36 0.4 0.5 OS5 0.6 0.65 0.73 0.85 I I.1 1.25 1.35 I.6 2. I 2.6 3 3.5
Mirl 0.2 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.4 0.44 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 I 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8
r, = 0. I 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 0.22 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 0.8 I 1.2 1.4
b +2p * * * 15 I5 I6 17 I8 I9 20 22 24 25 28 34 40 46 52
Note - Sixs given in parentheses are of second preference.

*Threaded up to the head.
E
IS : 1365- 1978
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH SIZE COMBlNATlONS OF SLOTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS

( Clause 2.1 )
NOMINAL NOMINAL SIZE dl
Note 1 - Screws with nominal lengths above the broken stepped line are threaded up to the head.
Note 2 - Sizes and lengths shown in parentheses are of second preference.

IS : 1365- 1978
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first issued in 1962 and revised in 1966. The second revision in 1968 was necessitated
due to development at the international level. Even in the revised versionthe head dimensions and tolerances of
countersunk head screws had posed certain manufacturing and assembly problems. In order to eliminate these
and also to bring this standard in line with the International Standard on the subject, a third revision of the
standard has been taken up.
Precision grade (P) specified in 3 would correspond to product grade A as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2)-
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second
revision)‘.
In deciding the head dimensions, an attempt was made at the internation level to relate them to the thread
diameter in evolving what is termed as an envelope profile (d2 =2 d,, k= 0.5 dl). However, this envelope profile
could not be achieved with smaller sizes due to production difficulties and the following modifications have been
done.
Dimensions dZ, MUX, has been arrived at from dz, A4in = 1.75 dl and applying a tolerance h 13 and h 14.
The nominal value of dz is thus made equal to its maximum value on which tolerance hl3 and h14 is applicable.
The head dimension d2 (theoretical) given in IS0 2009 has not been included as it would serve little
purpose in actual production.
The head height dimension, kMaaxhas been arrived at from the following:
K ~~~10.6 dl for sizes up to M2.5

=0.55 dl for sizes form M3 to M4
=0.5 dl for sizes above M5
kM;,,has not been specified as it would be redundant in dimensioning the countersunk head.
The minimum dimensions for slot depths correspond to 0.2 dl and the maximum dimensions are
determined in such a manner as to guarantee a minimum base thickness between the bottom of the slot and the
screw shank adequate to ensure the strength of the head.
Sizes of countersunk head screws lower than 1.6 mm have been added.
This standard covers only slotted countersunk head screws. Slotted raised countersunk head screws are
being covered in a speparate standard.
In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from the following publications:
IS0 2009 Slotted countersunk (flat) head screws - metric series.

Din 963 Senkschrauben mit Schlitz (Senkkopfe nach ISO)

(Slotted countersunk flat head series).
Deutsches Institut fur Normung (DIN).
IS : 1366-1982
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED CHEESE HEAD S-CREWS
( Second Revision )
I. %ope -Covers the requirements for slotted cheese head screws in the diameter range M I .6 to M IO.
2. Dimensions, Materials and Reference to Indian Standards
Material Steel Brass/ Aluminium alloy

-
Dimensions and preferred length-size combinations Table I
Product grade A
Tolerances
lndian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979*
Property class 4.8

Mechanical properties Minimum tensile strength
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 3)- 300 MPa’:
I9797
(second revision).
TTechnical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test
method for bolts, screws and studs with full loadability (second re\ision)‘.
$1 MPa = I N!mm2.
i I_______ I_- -- __-.-.___
3.1 The limits of surface discontinuities on slotted cheese head screws shall be as specified in IS : I367 (Part 9)-
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts. screws and
studs (second revision)‘.
3.2 In regard to the requirements not covered in the standard, the slotted cheese head screws shall conform to
requirements given in IS : I367 (Part I)-1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1
Introduction and general information (second revision)‘.
3.3 The slotted cheese head screw shall be supplied in plain finish or zinc coated.
4. Designation
4-l Slotted cheese screws head shall be designated by name, size, length, number of this standard and the
property class.
Example:
Slotted cheese head screw of size M4, length 10 mm and of proprty class 4.8 shall be designated as:
Cheese Head Screw M4 X 10 IS : 1366 -4.8
4.2 When brass or aluminium alloy is used for the manufacture ofslotted cheese head screws, the word ‘Brass’or
‘Aluminium’ shall replace the property class at the end of designation.
Example:
A slotted cheese head screws of size M6, length 16 mm and made of brass shall be designated as:
Cheese Head Screw M6 X 16 IS : 1366 -- Brass

5. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be as given in IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for sampling of
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - Marking and mode of delivery shall be as given in IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery (second
revision)‘.
6.1 ISI Certification Marking- Details available with the ISI.

IS : 1366- 1982
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR SLOTTED CHEESE
HEAD SCREWS
( ClUU.W2 )
END AS ROLLED
ORCHAMFERED*
/EDGE,MAV BE ROUNDED
OR CHAMFERED
Shank diameter = Pitch diameter or = Major thread diameter permissible.

(I and .r according to IS : 1369- 1982 ‘Dimensions for screw thread runouts and undercuts (~conrl revi.rion)‘.
*Thread end when chamfered, shall be according to IS : I368 - 1980 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws (srconrl r~vi~io?z)‘.
tThe datum feature shall not be partly shank partly thread. If necessary, the datum features dshould be placed at sufficientdistance
(3 P,,, ) from the head of the screw (to avoid thread runout).
SIZE d Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 (M3.5) M4 M5 M6 MB Ml0
1 Min 2.66 1 3.62 1 4.32 [ 5.32r 5.62r 6.76r6.26 [ 9.78 112.731 15.731
Max
Min
t Min I 04 I 0.55
W Min 1 0.351 I
12 1 12.L 1 11.61 I I I I
LO LO.5 39;s ------

15 b5.5 44.5 .-----_
50 50.5 L9.5
55 56 5L
Note 1 -Sizes shown within brackets are non-preferred.

Note 2 - Preferred lengths are between stepped, bold lines.
Note 3 - Screws with nominal lengths above the dotted stepped line, are threaded up to the head (b = 1 ~ a).

IS : 1366- 1982
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was orginally published in 1962 and revised in 1968. The second revision of the standard has
been taken up to bring it in line with the work done at international level. The standard is based on IS0 document
lSO/DIS 1207 (December 1981) ‘Slotted cheese head screws-Product grade A’, issued by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).
a) Only sizes 1.6 to 10 mm with coarse pitches of screw threads have been retained.
b) Mechanical properties have been restricted to property class 4.8, and
c) Few of the dimensions have been changed.
128 ! HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS : 2269- 1981
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
( Second Revision )
1. Scope - Covers the requirements for hexagon socket head cap screws in the diameter range I .6 to 36 mm.
2. Grade - Product grade A as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
3. Dimensions and Tolerances- Shall be as given in Table 1. The tolerances listed in Table 1 correspond to the
tolerance fields covered in IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979.
3.1 The tolerances for form and position shall conform to 1S : 1367 (Part 2)-1979.
3.2 TheL preferred size-length combinations shall be as given in Table 2.
3.3 Tolerances on screw threads shall be 5g6g for property class 12.9 and 6g for property class 8.8 in accordance
with IS : 42 I8 (Part 4) - 1976 ‘1SO metric screw threads: Part 4 Tolerancing system (second revision)‘.
4. Mechanical Properties - Property class 8.8 and 12.9 as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 3) - 1979 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test methods for bolts, screws and studs
with full loadability (second revision)‘.
Note For screws unsuitable for tensile testing, the hardness requirement shall be maintained throughout the section of the screw.
5. Designation -- Hexagon socket head cap screws shall be designated by name, nominal size, length, the
number ~of this standard and property class.
Example:
A hexagon socket head cap screw of size M 10, length 60 mm and property class 12.9 shall be
designated as:
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw Ml0 X 60 IS : 2269- 12.9
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery -The hexagon socket head cap screw shall be marked and deliverd as
specified in IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I8 Marking
and mode of delivery (second revision)‘.
7. Sampling-Sampling and criteria for acceptance shall be in accordance with 1S : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
8. General RequirementsP- Unless otherwise stated, hexagon socket head cap screws may be surface protected
by black oxide coating (thermal or chemical).
8.1 The limits of surface discontinuities shall be in accordance with IS : 1367 (Part 9) - 1979 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts, screws and studs (second
revision)‘.
9. IS1 Certification Marking - Details available with the lndian Standard Institution.

.
Y ‘TABLE I
G
DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR HEXAGON SOCkET HEAD CAP SCREWS (Ml.6 TO M36)
..
ROUNDING OR
POINT CHAMFERED
ERSINK AT THE
TH OF THE SOCKET FOR SIZES ML
PERMISSIBLE D BELOW ‘AS ROLL.ED’
IkCDMPLETE THREAD
d: APPLIES TO POSITIVE VALUE OF 1,
BOTTOM EDdE OF HEAD MAY BE

ROUNDED OR CHAMFERED Tb dw
BUT IN EVERY CASE MUST BE DEBURRED
W TV /-
12OOmin.1:;
k5°maw.
TOP UF HEAD MAY BE
+ RADIUSED OR
CHAMFERED AS SHOWN
PERMISSIBLE ALTERNATE f Max = 1.7 r Max

FORM SOCKET da - ds
r Max =
2
MAXIMUM UNDER HEAD FILLET

Nominal Size d Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M4 MS M6 MS MI0 Ml2 (M!4) Ml6 M20 M24 M30 b1.36
P* + 21’ 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.7 0.X I I .25 1.5 1.75 2 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
h l?el I5 I6 I7 IX 20 22 24 2x 32 36 40 44 52 60 72 X4
-
L. ‘l,, 3 3.x 4.5 5.5 7 x.5 I0 I3 16 IX 21 24 30 36 45 54
Cl, -F .\lU.\$ 3.14 3.9X 4.hX 5.hX 7.22 x.72 10.22 ii.27 16.27 IX.27 21.33 24.33 30.33 3h.ZY 45.3’) 54.46
-I_
.2li,r 2.X6 3.62 4.32 5.32 6.7X x.2x 9.7x 12.73 15.73 17.73 20.07 22.67 29.67 35.61 44.61 53.54
Cl,, .IlU.\ 2 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.7 5.7 6.X 9.2 Il.2 14.2 lb.2 IX.2 x.4 x.4 33.4 39.4
----____ --
1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 X I0 12 I4 I6 20 24 30 3h
X hl3 hi4
hIti.\- I .56 I .56 2.06 2.5X 3.07 I 4,0x4 5.0x4 6.14 x. I75 IO.127 12.146 14.159 17.216 19.275 22.275 27.275
I Mill 0.7 I I.1 I.3 2 2.5. 3 4 5 6 7 X IO 12 15.5 I9
1’ Mu.r 0. Ih 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.x I 1.2 I .4 I .h 2 2.4 3 3.6
d” ,+/;?I 2.72 , 3.40 4.1X 5.07 6.53 X.03 9.3x 12.33 15.53 17.23 20. I7 23. I7 2X.X7 34.X! 43.hl 52.54
I,’ Mitl 0.55 0.55 0.x5 1.15 I .4 I .Y 2.3 3.3 4 4.x 5.X 6.X X.6 IO.4 13.1 15.1
* P=!‘itch.
fFor plain head tol 1113.
SF-or knurled heads 101 f 11’13.
90 Min = I.I4 .Y Mim
Note--Ihe hi& shown in parenthesis preferably 10 he avoided.
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-+I%E COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
( Chr.w 3.2 oml Fig. I)
All dimensions in millimetrc\
NOMINAL SIZE d
I I I I I I I I I LO LI __ ._.. _ __ ._._ ._ _.__
26 31 20.75127 h5.5123hO.i5t
- d L.
tj i i ii ii i 31 36 25.75,e.,__...,_
='I?'-'ql78 15.25 24 10 %J 6-
III1 IIll I 3n?El??I?tCI?
JUJJ .,I ~.n.~ti320.25 29 15 25 11
ILL i 70.6 35.75 42 30.5 38 25.25 31 20 30 16
-
45.75 52 LO.5 18 35.25 U 30 40 26 36 115.5
L LO 50 36 46 25.5I 38 15 30;
J 1
: 50 60 16 56 35.5 [18125140[1<5 58; 1
165.25174 60 70 56 66 L5.5 58 35 50 20.5 38'
80166176 155.5 68 45 60 30.5 48 2626
On 76 86 65.5 78 55 70 LO.5 58 36 56
YU WV MO YO 73.3 UU 05 UU SU.!J OM 4b bb
96 106 85.5 98 75 90 60.5 78 56 76

106 116 95.5 108 85 100 70.5 88 66 86
.__ _._ -- 115.5
.._~_ 128
.-- 105
.-_ 120
._- 90.5
___- 108
.__ 86
__ 106
.__
l i / i i
I I I I I I
200 -925 I
1199.075 lzoo.___, , , , , , , , , , , , I I I I I i135.5iILEi125i,Ld/110.5i128ii06/1261
Note -- The popular lengths are between the stepped lines. Lengths above the dotted line are threaded to the head within 3 P. Lengths below ihe dotted line
have values of /* and L according to the following formulae:
lg Max = I nom ~ h ref
IS Min = lx Max - 5 P
IS : 2269 - 1981
EXPLANATO~RY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1963 and revised in 1967. The revision has been brought out to align
with the international work. In the present revision, the following changes have been made:
a) Property class 10.9 has been deleted.
b) The thread length, b has been made a reference length which would be useful for tooling.
c) Thread length, b has been made equal to 2d + 12.
d) The socket depth, f has been made generally equal to half the head height k.
e) Marking of hexagon socket head screws is modified for details of which a reference is made to
IS : 1367 (Part l8)- 1979.
f) The tolerance for screw threads on hexagon socket head cap screw of property class 12.9 is modified
to tolerance class 5g6g due to strength consideration by which the entire loading would be on the
pitch diameter.
g) A reference has been made to IS : 1367 (Part 9) - 1979 for permissible limits of forging crack
discontinuities on socket and head.
The standard:is in conformity with 1SO 4762 - 1977 Hexagon socket~head cap screws - Product grade A,
issued by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

IS : 2388- 1971
Indian Standard
SPECIF-ICATION FOR SLOTTED GRUB SCREWS
( First Revision )
1. Scope- Covers thge requirements for slotted grub screws in the size range 1 to 24 mm (Ml to M24).
2. Types--Six types as illustrated in Fig. I.
5 2 IT 14
f -
JE
js 15
Jc
F!!f js 15
Ml 10 MS ABOVE MS
TYPE A FLAT END TYPE C CONlCAL END TYPE E CYLINDRICAL

DOG POINT
HIL
TYPE G TAPEREO DOG TYPE J CUP POINT TYPE K OVAL POINT

POINT
FIG. 1 SLOTTED GRUB SCREWS
3. Dimensions-The dimensions of slotted grub screws shall be in accordance with Table 1. The preferred
length-diameter combinations are given in Table 2. The tolerances shall be as given in Fig. 1
4.1 For sizes up to and including M 10 - Property Class 6.6 Conforming to IS : 1367 - 1967
For sizes M 12 and above - Propery Class 4.8 ‘Technical supply conditions for
1
threaded fasteners (first revision)’
4-2 When made of brass or non-ferrous material, the tensile strength shall be 300 N/mm* minimum.
5. Grade -- Precision grade (P) according to IS : 1367- 1967.
6. Designation-These shall be designated by the type, size, nominal length and symbol for mechanical
properties.
Example:
A slotted grub screw of Type A, size M 12, nominal length 50 mm and of property class 4.8 shall be
designated as:
Grub Screw A M 12 X 50 IS : 2388 - 4.8

7.1 Sampling-The method of sampling and acceptance criteria to be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969
~‘Methods for sampling of fasteners Cfirst revision)’
7.2 The grub screws shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367-1967 in respect of requirements not specified
in the standard.
c
IS : 2388- 1971
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED GRUB SCREWS

( C/owe 3 )
Ml TO MS ABOVE MS
TYPE A FLAT END TYPE C CONICAL END TYPE E CYLINDRICAL

DOG POINT
-I---;_( l----l4
TYPE G TAPERED DOG TYPE J CUP POINT TYPE K OVAL POINT
POINT
z According to IS : 13Wt967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (jirsr revision)‘.
Size d Ml Ml.2 Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M4 MS M6
NOlTl 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 I

n (H 14) Max 0.35 0.35 0.45 0.45 0.55 0.65 0.75 0.95 1.15
4, C, E. Min 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.80 1.oo
S. J & K
Nom 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 I 1.2 I .4 1.8 2.0
IfjSl5) Max 0.70 0.70 0.90 0.90 I.10 1.40 1.60 2.00 2.20
Min 0.50 0.50 0.70 0.70 0.90 I .oo I.20 I.60 1.80
C ,,1 Non1 0.5 0.6 0.8 I .o 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5
- --_ ~~
Nom .~.. I.3 I .6 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.0
dl (h13) MUX 1.30 I .60 2.00 2.50 3.50 4.00
Min I.16 I .46 1.X6 2.36 3.32 3.82
Nom 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 . 3.5

P(+ ITl4) Max I .75 2.25 2.75 3.25 3.25 3.x0
Min 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.50
I Nom -. 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4
Nom 1.6 2.4

d, (hl3) Max - 1.60 2.40
Min - 1.46 2.26
Nom - -- _ 4.0 4.5

P [+ ITl4) Max - 4.30 4.80
Min - -. 4.00 4.50
r Nom 0.4 0.4
Nom 1.4 2.0 2.5 3.0

J dl (ht4) Max _~~ 1.40 2.00 2.50 3.00
Min _ 1.15 1.75 2.25 2.75
Nom _ ._ 2.25 3.00 3.75 4.50

K R Max -. 2.50 3.25 4.00 4.75
Min 2.00 2.75 3.50 4.25
(Continued)

IS : 2388- 1971
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED GRUB SCREW i - Contd
bw 0918) M20
3.0 3.0
3.25 3.25
4, C, E, 3.00 3.00
G,J&K
5.0 5.0
5.24 5.24
4.76 4.76
6.5 7.0
13.0 15.0
13.00 15.00
12.73 14.73
9.0 9.0
9.36 9.36
9.00 9.00
0.8 1.0
9.7
9.70
- 9.48
G 12.0
12.43
- 12.00
- 0.8
12.0 14.0
J 12.00 14.00
11.53 13.53
13.5 15.0
K 13.75 15.25
13.25 14.75
Note-The sizes given in brackets are of second preference.

IS :3726 - 1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR THUMB SCREWS
( First Revision )
I. Scape -- Covers the requirements for knurled thumb screws and slotted knurled thumb screws in the size
‘ange 1.6 to 10 mm.
!. Types - Thumb screws are of the following five types:
Type A - Thumb screws partially threaded.
Type B ~- Thumb screws fully threaded.
Type C -~. Slotted thumb screws partially threaded.
Type D -- Slotted thumb screws fully threaded.
Type E - Flat thumb screws.
i. Dimensions
1.1 The dimensions of knurled thumb screws shall be according to Table 1.
5.2 The preferred lengtkdiameter combinations of knurled thumb screws Type A to Type D shall be according
.o Table 2 and Type E accroding to Table 3.
1. Tolerances --~ The tolerances for thumb screws shall be as indicated in Fig. 1.
l--W-4-t~,t15-4 ~jrl5-b f IT154 qqiq
TYPE A TYPE B TYPE C
TYPE D TYPE E
FIG. 1 TOLERANCES FOR THUMB SCREWS
5. Mechanical Properties - The mechanical properties of the thumb screws shall conform to the property class
4.6 as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners (first revision)‘.
5.1 When made of brass or non-ferrous material, the tensile strength shall be 300 MN/m*, Min.
6. Grade - Precision grade (P) according to !S : 1367-1967.
7. Designation-The thumb screws shall be designated by the nomenclature, type, thread size, nominal length,
the number of this standard and symbol for mechanical properties.
.
‘
IS :3726 - 1972
TABLE I DIMENSIONS FOR THUMB SCREWS

= .; ( (‘la1rsr 3. I )
-t!!kldi
TYPE A
l-=-m-J---I4 I+---4-l-4
TYPE 8 TYPE C TYPE D TYPE E
z accroding to IS : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts of screws’.

.f and x accroding to IS : 1369-1975 ‘Dimensions of screw threads run outs and undercuts’,
Size d Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 Ml0
d (hl3) Nom 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
Max 1.60 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 10.00
Min 1.46 1.86 2.36 2.86 3.82 4.82 5.X2 7.78 9.78
a (hl4) Nom 3.8 4.5 5 6 8 IO I2 16 20

Max 3.80 4.50 5.00 6.00 8.00 IO.00 12.00 16.00 20.00
Min 3.50 4.20 4.70 5.70 7.64 9.64 I I .57 15.57 19.48
‘ Nom * * 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8
U (isIS) Nom 7.5 9 II 12 16 20 24 30 36

Max 7.79 9.29 11.35 12.35 16.35 20.42 24.42 30.42 36.50
Min 7.21 8.71 10.65 I I .65 15.65 19.58 23.58 29.58 35.50
h Min 5 6 R 9 !2 I5 I8 24 30
k fjsl4)t Nom 2 2 2.5 2.5 3.5 4 5 6 8

Max 2.12 2.12 2.62 2.62 3.65 4.15 5.15 6.15 8.18
Min 1.88 I .88 2.38 2.38 3.35 3.85 4.85 5.85 7.82
m tjs 15) Nom 5 5.3 6.5 7.5 9.5 I I.5 15 I8 23

Max 5.24 5.54 6.79 7.79 9.79 Il.85 15.35 18.35 23.42
Min 4.76 5.06 6.2 I 7.21 9.21 II.15 14.65 17.65 22.58
n Ma.r 0.6 0.6 0.8 I .o 1.2 I .4 I.8 2.2 2.8

Min 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.8 I .o I.2 I.6 2.0 2.5
r Nom 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 I I 2 2
t Nom I.0 I.1 I.5 I.8 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.5 6
e Nom I.0 I.5 2 2 3 3 4 5 6
Knurling pitch: 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8
*Radiused.
tThe tolerance is applicable to Type E only.
:See IS : 3403-1968 ‘Dimensions for knurling.

IS : 3725 - 1972
TABLE2 PREFERRED-LENGTH-DIAMETER COMBINATIONS FOR THUMB SCREWS, TYPE A TO TYPE D

( Chuse 3.2 )
I
20
25
30
’ --
40
L
Note 1 -Sizes between (hick lines are preferred.

Note 2 --Sizes above dotted lines~are fully threaded.
TABLE 3 PREFERRED LENGTH-DIAMETER COMBINATIONS FOR THUMB SCREWS, TYPE E

Note 1 -Sizes between thick lines are preferred.

Note 2 - For sizes above dotted line, dimsion ‘e’ (given in Table I) e 0.
Note 3 - For sizes below dotted line, wheri it is required to have thumb screws fully threaded up to the head (e -O), the designation
shall be modified as follows (see 7.1):
Thumb Screw EM8 X 30/30 IS : 3726-4.6
.
IS : 3726- 1972
Example:
A thumb screw of Type A, size M6, nominal length 12 mm and of property class 4.6 shall be
designated as:
Thumb Screw A M6 X 12 IS : 3726 -4.6
7.1 Type E thumb screws, which are fully threaded up to the head, shall be designated as given in Table 3.
7.2 When brass or any other non-ferrous material is used for manufacture, the word, ‘Brass’, or the name of the
non-ferrous material used, will replace the property class number in the designation of example illustrated in 7.
8.1 Sampling---The method of sampling of acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS : 2614- 1963
8.2 The thumb screws shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367- 1967 in respect of requirements not
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first prepared in 1966 and included four types of thumb screws. In the present revision,
the standard has been brought in line with the latest versions of DIN 464- 1970 ‘Hohe Rindelschrauben’
(Knurled thumb screws) and DIN 465-1970 ‘Hohe ~Rgndelschrauben mit Schlitz’ (Slotted knurled thumb
screws). Another type of ‘flat thumb screws’ has now been incorporated according to DIN 653 - 1971 ‘Flache
Rsndelschrauben’ (Flat knurled thumb screws). A separate clause on tolerances has been added.
HANDBOOK ON -INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 141

IS : 3727- 1966
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR WIN~G SCREWS
. Fdreword
.l This Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 1 September 1966, afterthedraft
inalized by the Screw Threads and Fasteners Sectional Committee had been approved by the Mechanical
3ngineering Division Council.
1.2 swing screws are extensively used in light assemblies where convenience of hand tightening is required. They
re particularly suited to applications where frequent adjustment or replacement of screws is required. The
ubject of wing nuts has already been covered in IS : 2636- 1964 ‘Specification for wing nuts’.
1.3 This standard deals with dimensions and materials for wing screws only while reference has been made to
S : 1367 - 196 I ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners’ which gives details of general requirement
or more common types of threaded fasteners.
I.4 In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from DIN 3 16 - 1956 ‘Flugelschrauben M2
)is M24 (Wing screws, M2 to M24)‘, issued by the Deutscher Normenausschuss.
1.5 For,the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final
jalue, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2 - 1960
Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off
ralue should be the same as that of the specified value in this standatrd.
I. Scope
1.1 This standard specifies the requirements for wing screws for sizes M2 to M24.
!. Mechanical Properties
!.l If made of steel, the wing scre_ws conforming to this standard, shall have mechanical properties
:orresponding to symbol 4D of IS : 1367- 1961.
1.2 If made of brass, bronze or aluminium, the wing screws shall have a minimum tensile strength of
30 kgf/ mm*.
3. Grade
3~1 The wing screws covered in this standard shall conform to Black ‘B’ Grade specified in IS : 1367- 1961.
4. Designation
1.1 The wing screws covered in this standatd shall be designated as follows.
4.1.1 A wing screw of nominal size M6, length 10 mm of black grade and of steel having mechanical properties
corresponding to symbol 4D, shall be designated as
Wing Screw M6 X 10 IS : 3727 -B -4D
4.1.2 When wing screws are made of brass, aluminium, etc, the symbol 4D shall be replaced by the words
‘brass’, ‘aluminium’, etc, as appropriate.
5. Dimensions
5.1 The screw threads dimensions of the wing screws shall have coarse pitches with the normal class oftolerance
specified in IS : 1362- 1962.
5.2 The other dimensions of the wing screws shall be as given in Table 1.
5.3 The length-diameter combination of wing screws shall be as given in Table 2.
6.1 The wing screws conforming to this standard, shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367 - 1961, so far as
manufacture, workmanship, tolerances, marking, packing and tests are concerned.
142 HANDBOOKONINDUSTRIALFASTENERS--PART2
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR WING SCREWS
( Clause 5.2 )
Ail dimensions in millimetres
l--------------l
z according to IS : 1368-1961 Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws.

x according to Ki : 1369-1961 Dimensions of screw thread run outs and undercuts.
-
d M2 M2.5 M4 MS M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 M20 M24
and
M3
-
r Nom 5 6 8 IO 12 16 20 23 28 36 45
h, (jsl6) Max 5.38 6.38 8.45 10.45 12.55 16.55 20.65 23.65 28.65 36.80 45.80
I Min 4.62 5.62 7.55 9.55 I I .45 15.45 19.35 22.35 21.35 35.20 44.20
b> Nom 4 5 6 8 IO 12 16 19 22 28 36
Nom 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 64 72 90 112
e @lb) Max 12.55 16.55 20.65 25.65 32.80 40.80 50.80 64.95 72.95 91.10 113.10
c Min I I .45 IS.45 19.35 24.35 31.20 39.20 49.20 63.05 71.05 88.90 110.90
Nom I 1.2 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 9

RI tisl6) Max 1.30 1.50 1.90 2.30 2.80 3.30 4.38 5.38 6.38 7.45 9.45
Min 0.70 0.90 1.30 1.70 2.20 2.70 3.62 4.62 5.62 6.55 8.55
{
‘!z2 Nom 1.2 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 9 II
Nom 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 36 45 56
h cjsl6) Max 6.38 8.45 10.45 12.55 16.55 20.65 25.65 32.80 36.80 45.80 56.95
I Min 5.62 1.55 9.55 I I .45 15.45 19.35 24.35 31.20 35.20 44.20 53.05
k Max 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.5 3 4 4 4.5 6 7
m Nom 3 4 5 6 8 IO 12 14 16 20 24
r1 Nom 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 IO II 14 18
r2 Nom * * * * * * I 1 1.2 1.6 2.5
r3 Nom 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 I I 1.2 1.2 I .6 2 3

r4 Nom 1.2 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 9 II
Note - For dimensions I, see Table 2.

*Should be radiused.
HANDBOOK ON INDIJSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 143

TABLE 2 LENGTH-DIAMETER COMBINATIONS FOR WING SCREWS
( Clause 5.3 )
I (js16) I I MZ M2.5 M3 M4 M5 M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 Ml6 MZO M24

Nom Max Min
3 3.5 2.5 -
4 4.5 3.5 X ._
6 6.5 5.5 X _
8 8.5 1.5 X X
IO 10.5 9.5 X X X
12 12.5 I I.5 X X X ._.
14 14.5 13.5 X X X
16 16.5 IS.5 X X X
20 20.5 19.5 X X X X
25 25.5 24.5 - X X X X
30 30.5 29.5 - X X X
40 41.0 39.0 X X
50 5 I.0 49.0 - X X
60 6 I .O 59.0 ._. X
80 8 I .O 79.0
100 101.0 99.0
Note 1 ~ Sizes marked ‘X’ are preferred.

Note 2 --The maximum and minimum dimensions for length have been rounded off suitably.
144
IS : 6094 - 1981
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS
(First Revision )
1. Scope-Covers the requirements for hexagon socket set screws in the diameter range 3 to 24 mm.
2. Thread End Points - The hexagon socket set screws shall have thread end points of the following types in
accordance with IS : 1368- 1980 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws (second revision)‘:
a) Flat point (FP)
b) Cone point (TP)
c) Dog point (FDP or HDP)
d) Cup point (CP)
3. Product Grade -- Product grade ‘A’ as specified in IS : I367 (Part 2) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for
threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
4. Dimensions and Tolerances - As given in Table 1. The dimensional tolerances and tolerances for form and of
position shall conform to the tolerance fields specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979.
4.1 The tolerance for screw threads on the set screws shall conform to 5g6g as specified in IS : 42 18 (Part 5) - 1979
‘IS0 metric screw threads: Part 5 Tolerances (firsf revision)‘.
4.2 The preferred length-size combinations of set screws with different thread end points are given in Tables
2 to 5.
5. Mechanical Properties --~ The hexagon socket set screws shall be made from steel and conform to property
class 45H as specified in 1s : 1367 (Part 5) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 5
Mechanical properties and test methods for set screws and similar threaded fasteners not under tensile stresses
6. Designation-The hexagon socket set screws shall be designated by nomenclature, size, nominal length,
number of this standard and type of thread end point.
Example:
A hexagon socket set screw of size M 12,length 50 mm, conforming to this standard with a flat point
(FP) shall be designated as:
Hexagon Socket Set Screw M 12 X 50-1s : 6094-FP
7. Sampling-The method of sampling and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969
‘Method of sampling of fasteners (j?rst revesion)‘.
8. Marking and Mode of Delivery -The set screws shall be marked and delivered as specified in IS : 1367
(Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery
8.1 ZSZ Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
9. General Requirements - In respect of requirements not specified in this standard, the set screws shall comply
with IS : 1367 (Part I) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I Introduction and

IS :6094 - 1981
,/ 2IT13
SEHT
OR
ROUNDING
COUNTERSINK --/Ol
0 02 IT13
**
\ PERMISSIBLE <90°0R 128 4
--+--2P max.
I ~~~~
_-. 4 INCOMPLETE
THREADS ’
CONE PO;NT (TP)
’ THdEADS
@ 2 IT 13
SLIGHT ROUNDING
\OROUNT ERS~NK
L’ I 4 :N~:oE”A’olsE
FULL DOG POINT :FDP) HALF DOG ~POINT (HDP)
OTHER DIMENSIONS SAME AS
FOR FULL DOG POINT
SLIGHT ROUNDING
PERMISSIBLE
_-
---
__+-
-_
T
@df
L 43
ALTERNATE SOCKET
DESIGN FOR ALL TYPES
CUP POINT (CP)
P - Pitch of the thread.
*The 120’ angle on the socket end of the screw is mandatory for short-length screws above the dotted stepped lines in Tables 2 to 5.
**-The 45’ angle applies only to the portion of the point below the minor diameter of the thread.
iThe cone angie applies only to the portion of the point below the minor diameter of the thrrad, and shall be 120” for tengths above the
dotted stepped lines in Table 3 and 90” for other lengths. The tr.1.:rance on the cone angle shall be f2”.
FIG. 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS

IS : 6094- 1981
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS

( Clause 4 and Fig. I)
____
Types Size d M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 Ml0
e IVin* I.73 2.30 2.87 3.44 4.5x 5.72
.Yom 1.500 2.0 2.50 3.00 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000
--
s /%litl 1.520 2.020 2.52 3.02 4.020 5.020 6.020 8.025 10.025 12.032
-
All A4a.u 1.545 2.045 2.56 3.08 4.095 5.095 -6.095 1 X.115 1 IO.115 1 12.042
‘Thread minor diameter
I-----
IIt 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.8 6.4 8.0 IO.0
1 hlin
2.5 3.0 3.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 15.0

-_ - -
Ma.r 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.0 5.5 7.0 8.5 12.0 15.0 18.0
FP 11: --
!+l;!l 1.75 2.25 3.2 3.7 5.2 6.64 x.14 Il.57 14.57 17.57
~~-
0 0 I.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
MU.\- 2.0 2.50 3.5 4.0 5.5 7.00 8.50 12.00 15.0 IX.00
(C
.l(it1 I .75 2.25 3.2 3.7 5.2 6.64 8.14 Il.57 14.5 17.57
/kf//l 0.75 I .oo 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00
-.§ -_ .--_
,lltr \. I .oo 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.25 2.75 3.25 4.30 5.3 6.3
-- -- _I_ _
Mi/7 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5 .oo 6.00 x.00 IO.00 12.00
Cl II
.210 \ 1.75 2.25 2.75 3.25 4.30 5.30 6.30 8.36 10.36 12.43
-------t---
.tltl.Y I .40 2.00 2.50 3.00 5.00 6.00 x.00 IO.00 14.00 I h.00
c t’ Cl,
Min I.15 1.75 2:25 2.75 4.70 5.70 7.64 8.64 13.57 15.57
i
I
*e Min = I. 14s Min.

TFor screws with nominal lengths above the dotted stepped lines as shown in Tables 2 to 5.
fFor screws with nominal lengths below the dotted stepped lines as shown in Tables 2 to 5.
51~ for screws with nominal lengths above the dotted stepped line as shown in Table 4.
/izlfor screws with nominal lengths below the dotted stepped lines as shown in Table 4.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 147 .
K
IS : 6094- 1981
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS WITH FLAT POINT
( Clause 4.2 )
Note 1 - Preferred lengths are between the bold stepped lines.

Note 2 - For set screws with lengths above the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be r1 (see Table I).
Note 3- For set screws with lengths below the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be 12 (see Table I).
TABLE 3 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS WITH CONE POINT
( Clause 4.2 )
I I I SIZE d I

Note 2 - For set screws with lengths above the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be f I (seeTable 1).
Note 3 - For set screws with lengths below the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be 12 (see Table I).

1s : 6094- 1981
TABLE 4 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS WITH DOG POINT
( Clause 4.2 )

Note 2 -For set screws with lengths above the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be I, (see Table 1) and the point
shall be Half Dog Point (HDP) to IS : 1368- 1980.
Note 3 - For set screws with lengths below the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be 12(see Table I) and the point
shall be Full Dog Point (FDP) to IS : 1368 - 1980.
TABLE 5 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREWS WITH CUP POINT
( Clause 4.2 )
I SIZE d
js15 M3 It44 1 M5 1M61M6 ~MlO~M12]Ml6~M2O~M24
75 I I I I I I I I I
Note I- Preferred lengths are between the bold stepped lines.

Note 2 - For set screws with lengths above the totted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be 11 (see Table I).
Note 3 - For set screws with lengths below the dotted stepped line, the depth of key engagement shall be f2 (see Table I).
c
149
-HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2
IS :6094-1981
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard on hexagon socket set screws was first issued in 1963 covering the slotted grub screws as
well. In the revision issued in 1971, only set screws of the socket type were covered.
Due to international agreements, certain modifications have become necessary including the reference to
mechanical properties which is now based on hardness values. The terminology has also been changed to ‘set’
screws in keeping with the international trend. The type designations A, C, E and G have been changed to ‘CP’
(Cup Point), TP (Cone Point), FP (Flat Point) and FDP/ HDP (Dog Point) respectively.
The standard is in conformity with the following international standards with the cx,ception that sizes
below M3 have not been covered in the present revision:
IS0 4026-1977 Hexagon socket set screws with flat point,
IS0 4027-1977 Hexagon socket set screws with cone point,
IS0 4028-1977 Hexagon socket set screws witch dog point. and
IS0 4029-1977 Hexagon socket set screws with cup point.

IS :6101 - 1982
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREWS
(’ First Revision )
1. Scope -Covers the requirements for slotted pan head screws in the diameter range I .6 to 10 mm.
2. Dimensions, Materials and Reference to Indian Standards
Material Steel, Brass or Aluminium Alloy

Dimensions and preferred length-size Table 1 of this standard
combinations
Product grade A
Tolerances
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions
for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades
and tolerances (second revision)’
Property class 4.8
IS : 1367 (Part 3)-1979 ‘Technical Minimum tensilt
Mechanical properties supply conditions for threaded strength
Indian Standard steel fasteners: apart 3 Mechanical 300 MPa*
properties and test methods
for bolts, screws and studs with full
loadability (second revision).’
*MPa = N/mm2
3.1 The limits of surface discontinuities on slotted pan head screws shall be as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 9)-1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts, screws and
studs (second revision)‘.
3.2 In regard to requirements not covered in the standard, the pan head screws shall conform to requirements
given in IS : 1367 (Part l)-1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 1 introduction and
3.3 The slotted pan head screws shall be supplied in plain finish or zinc coated.
4. Designation
4.1 Slotted pan head screws shall be designated by name, size, length, the number of the standard and the
property class.
Example:
A slotted pan head screw of size M4, length 12 mm and of property class 4.8 shall be designated as:
Pan Head Screw M4 X 12 IS : 6101-4.8
4.2 When brass or aluminium alloy is used for manufacture of slotted pan head screws, the word ‘Brass’ or
‘Aluminium’ shall replace the ~property class at the end of designation.
Example:
A slotted pan head screw of size M6, length 16 mm and made of brass shall be designated as:
Pan Head Screw M6 X 16 IS.: 6101-Brass
5. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - Marking and mode of delivery shall be as given in IS : 1367 (Part 18)-1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery (second
revision)‘.
6.1 ISZ Certljication Marking- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS :6101 - 1982
.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND PREFERRED LENGTH - SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR SLOTTED PAN
HEAD SCREWS
( CIause 2 )
END AS ROLLED
k
I-E- I U.3
max
rf
Min 0.3 0.L -0.5 0.6 0.7 0.6 1
t Min 0.35 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.6 1 1.2
W Min 0.3 Il.4 0.5 0.7 0.6 1 1.2 1 1.4 ] 1.9
LENGTH I
I I
Nom Max 1 Min
2 2.2 1.6 ,
2.5 2.7 2.3

3 3.2 2.6
4 1.3 3.7 I
5 5.3 L.7
6 6.3 5.7
6 0.3 7.7
10 10.3 9.7
-PART 1
(Conrimed)
,
152
c
6101- 1982
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND PREFERRED LENGTH - SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR SLOTTED PAN
HEAD SCREWS - Contd.
Note 1 -Sizes shown within brackets are non-preferred.

Note 2 - Preferred lengths are between stepped bold lines.
Note 3 - Screws with nominal lengths above the dotted stepped line, are threaded up to the\ head (b = I- a).
Shank diameter = Pitch diameter= Major thread diameter permissible.
a and x according to IS : 1369-1982 ‘Dimensions for screw thread run-outs and undercuts (second revision)‘.
*Thread end, when chamfered, shall be according to IS : 1368-1980 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws (second revision)‘.
tThe datum feature shall not be partly shank partly thread. If necessary the datum feature d should be placed at sufficient distance
(3P MUX) from the head of the screw (to avoid thread runcut).
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 197 1. The revision has been taken up to bring it in line with the work
done at international level. The standard is based on IS0 document ISO/ DIS 1580 ‘Slotted pan head screws -
Product grade ‘A’, issued by the International Organization for Standarazation (ISO).
The following major changes have been made in the present revision:
a) The scope has been Widened to cover the diameter range 1.6 to 10 mm,
b) Mechanical properties have been restricted to property class 4.8, and
c) A few of the dimensions have been changed.

IS : 6761-1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATIQN FOR COUNTERSUNKHEADSCREWSWITH
HEXAGONSOCKET
.Scope - Covers the requirements of countersunk head screws with hexagon socket for sizes:
a) M3 to M20 with coarse pitches, and
b) M8 to M20 with the following fine pitches:
M8Xl;
M10X1.25;
M12X1.5; M14X1.5; M16X1.5;
M 18X2; M20X2.
!. Mechanical Properties -The countersunk head screw with hexagon socket conforming to this standard sh:
iave properties corresponding to property class 8.8 of IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threadt
‘asteners (j?rst revision)‘. Screws to property classes 10.9 and 12.9 may also be supplied by special agreeme
)etween the supplier and the customer.
). Grade --The countersunk head screw with hexagon socket shall conform to the precision grade (P)
:S : 1367-1967.
1. Dimensions
1.1 The~dimensions of the screws shall be as in Table 1.
1.2 The preferred length-diameter combinations and weights of the screws shall be as given in Table 2.
5. Tolerances-Shall be as given in Fig. 1
FIG. I TOLERANCES ON COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW WITH

HEXAGON SOCKET
6. Designation-The screws shall be designated by the nominal size, length, number of this standard and the
property class.
Example:
A screw of nominal size MlO, lengths 60 mm and having mechanical properties corresponding to
property class 8.8 shall be designated as:
Screw MlOX60 IS : 6761- 8.8
7.1 Sampling - The sampling and criteria of acceptance of the countersunk head screw with hexagon socket
shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners yirst revision)‘.
7.2 -The countersunk head screw with hexagon socket shall conform to the requirements given in IS : 1367-
1967 in regard to the requirements not covered in this standard.
154 HANDBQOK ON 1NDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS :6761 - 1972
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS WITH HEXAGON SOCKET

( Clause 4.1 )
, --_ -_
z = according to IS : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws Cfirst revision)‘.

x = according to IS : 1369-1967 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts’.
Nom M3 M4 M5 M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M-14) Ml6 (Ml@ M20

Stze d M8Xl MlOX1.25 MlZX1.5 (M14X1.5) M16X1.5 (M18X2) M2OX2
b * 12 14 16 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46
+2.5Pt) $ - - - 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52
, Nom 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
& (h14) 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30 33 36
c Nom 1.7 2.3 2.8 3.3 4.4 5.5 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
’ Min 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 I 1 I 1 I
3(Dl2) 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 IO I2 I2
r (- IT 14) 1.2 1.8 2.3 2.5 3.5 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.3 5.5 5.9
ii Max I .85 2.69 3.18 3.58 4.42 6.01 6.85 7.6.1 8. IO ~8.70, 8.70

*For lengths below 130 mm.
tP is the pitch of screw thread.
$For lengths between 130 and 200 mm.

155
IS : 6761- 1972
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-DIAMETER COMBINATIONS AND WEIGHTS OF COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS

WITH HEXAGON SOCKET
( Chse 4.2 )
I kg/l000 PIECES APPROX
Note 1 - Preferred lengths and diameter combinations are between the bold lines.
Note 3 -Lengths above the dotted lines are fully threaded.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived form DIN 7991-1970
Senkschrauben mit innensechskant (Hexagon socket countersunk head screws), ‘issued by Deutscher
Normenausschuss.

IS :7483 - 1985
Indian standard
SPECIFICATION FOR CROSS RECESSED PAN HEAD SCREWS
( First Revision )
Scope - Covers the requirements for cross recessed pan head screws with thread size from M 1.6 to M 10.
Specifications and Reference Standards
Thread
Mechanical
Note -- As agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.

‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances,
(second revision).
21S0 metric screw threads: Part 5 Tolerances Cfirst revision).
31S0 metric screw threads: Part 6 Limits of sizes of commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to
52 mm) wrst revision).
4Dimensions for cross recesses Cfirst revision).
5Unless otherwise specified, the raw material for pan head screw made from brass shall be either
rolled, forged or extruded bars.
6Technical Supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part ,14 Stainless steel threaded fasteners
(second revision).
Designation
1 The cross recessed pan head screws shall be designated by the name, size, length and number of this standard.
Example:
A cross recessed pan head screw of size M8 and length 30 mm shall be designated as:
Recessed Pan Head Screw M 8X 30 - IS : 7483
2 When manufactured from brass or stainless steel, the word ‘Brass’ or ‘Stainless Steel’, as the case may be.
tall be added at the end of the designation.
, Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be.in accordance with IS : 26 14 - 1969 ‘Methods fol
tmpling of fasteners (/?rst revision)‘.
. General Requirements
.l In regard to the surface discontinuities, the recessed pan head screws shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part 9) - 1975
rechnical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part~9 Surface discontinuities on bolts, screws am
:uds (serond revision)‘.
.2 The recessed pan head screws shall be of plain finish.

.
IS : 7483- 1985
TABLE 1 DlMENSIONS FOR CROSS RECESSED PAN HEAD SCREWS

.
( &use 2 )
4d
--a-
-k- I
Shank diameter is approximately equal to pitch diameter or equal to major diameter permissible.
x according to runout ‘Normal’ of IS : 1369- 1982 ‘Dimensions for screw thread runouts and undercuts (sec,ond rer?sion)
(I according to runout distance ‘Short’ of 1s : 1369- 1982.
Thread Size d
P (Pitch of Thread)
I
b Min
do MUX
dk Max 3.2 4
Min 2.9 3.1 4.7 5.3 6.64 1.64 9.14 il.57 15.57 19.48
-
k Max _ 1.3 ! 1.6 2.1 2.4 2.6 3.1 3.7 4.6 6 7.5
-
Min I .96 2.26 2.46 2.92 3.52 4.30 5.70 7.14
-I -
r Min 0. I 0. I 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4
v s.s 4 5 6 6.5 8 IO 13 I6
Recess No. 0
Cross
recess m Ref 1.7 1.9
Mitt 0.7 0.9

Penetra- _
tioa depth Max -i--
0.95 I.2
I
Note - Sizes shown within brackets are non-preferred.

IS : 7483- 1985
4
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR CROSS RECESSED PAN HEAD SCREWS
( Clausr 2 )
-- ..
56
60 59 61
Note 1 Si7es shown within brackets are non-preferred.
Note 2- Screwswith nominal lengths above the stepped dotted line are threaded up to the head (h = I-- a).
Note 3 The preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines.
*Min and Ma.\- values according to IS : 1367 (Part 2)- 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Pa.rt 2 Product
grades and tolerances (.WCWI~ rc~ision) but rounded off to One decimal place.
5.3 When cross recessed pan head screws are required to be zinc or cadmium plated, the requirements for
electroplating shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.
5.4 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the recessed pan head screws shall conform to
IS : 1367 (Part I) - 1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction and general
information (secontl ve~ision)‘.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery -~ The recessed pan head screws shall be marked and delivered in accordance
with IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and
mode of delivery (second revision)‘.
6.1 fSI C’ert(ficafion hilarking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

is : 7483- 1985
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was originally published in 1974. The revision has been taken up to align the requirements
of cross recessed pan head screws with the requirements adopted at the international level (ISO).
Tolerances for dimensions, as well as of form and position, mechanical properties and general
requirements have been updated in line with the latest revision of IS : 1367.
The cross recess specified in this standard is same as type ‘H’specified in IS0 4757 - 1983 ‘Cross recesses
for screws’, issued by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
This standard is one of a series of standards on cross recessed screws. The other standards of the series are:
IS : 7485 - 1985 Cross recessed countersunk head screws (fht ‘revision).
IS : 7486 - 1985 Cross recessed raised countersunk head screws f$rst revision).
Dimensions for cross recesses and recess penetration gauges are covered in IS : 7478 - 1985 and IS : 7479 -
1985 ‘Specification for recess penetration gauges yirst revision)‘, respectively.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from IS0 7045 - 1983 ‘Cross
recessed pan head screws _ Product grade A’, issued by the International Organization for Standardization. All
dimensions and preferred length-size cdmbinations covered in Tables 1 and 2 of this standard, respectively are in
conformity with IS0 7045 - 1983.

IS : 7485 - 1985
Indian Standard
IPECIFICATION FOR CROSS RECESSED COUNTERSUNK HEAD
SCREWS
( First Revision )
Scope - Covers the requirements for cross recessed countersunk head screws with thread sizes from MI .6
M 10.
Specifictions and Reference Standards
rolerances
I’hread
Note-As agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.

‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product gfades and tolerances
(second revision).
2ISO metric screw threads: Part 5 Tolerances Cfirsl revision).
3lSO metric screw threads: Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to
52 mm) Cfirst revision).
4Unless otherwise specified, the raw material for cross recessed countersunk head screws made from
brsss shall be either rolled, forged or extruded bars.
6Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test
‘Technical su conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 14 Stainless steel threaded fasteners
Designation
L The cross recessed countersunk head screws shall be designated by the name, size length and number of this
indard.
Example:
A cross recessed countersunk head screw of size MS and length 30 mm shall be designated as:
Recessed Countersunk Head Screw M8 X 30 - IS : 7485
2 When manufactured from brass or stainless steel, the word ‘Brass’ or ‘Stainless Steel’, as the case may be,
la11 be~added at the end of the designation.
Sampling- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969 ‘Methods for
Lmpling of fasteners ($rst revision)‘.
General Requirements
,l In regard to the surface discontinuities, the recessed countersunk head screws shall conform to IS : 1367
‘art 9)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities~on bolts,
:rews and studs (second revision)‘.

IS :7485 - 1985
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR CROSS RECESSED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS

( Clause 2 )
MAY BE ROUNOED OR FLAT
Shank diameter is approximately equal to pitch diameter or equal to major diameter permissible.
x according to runout ‘Normal’ of IS : 1369-1982 ‘Dimensions for screw thread runouts and undercuts (second revision)‘.
a according to runout distance ‘short’ of IS : 1369-1982.
-I
Thread Size d Ml.6 M2 M2.5 M3 (M3.5) M4 M5 M6 MB Ml0
P (Pitch of Thread) 0.35 0.4 ct.45 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 I .25 1.5
b Min 25 25 25 25 38 38 38 38 38 38
theoretical* Max 3.6 4.4 5.5 6.3 8.2 9.4 10.4 12.6 7.3 20
dk
actual Max 3 3.8 4.7 5.5 7.3 8.4 9.3 11.3 15.8 18.3
Min 2.7 3.5 4.4 5.2 6.9 8 8.9 10.9 15.4 -17.8
k Max 1 1.2 1.5 1.65 2.35 2.7 2.7 3.3 4.65 4.65
r Max 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 I 1.3 1.5 2 2 I
Cross Recess No. 0 I 2 3 4

recess
171W 1.6 1.9 2.9 3.2 4.4 4.6 5.2 6.8 8.9 IO
Penetra- Min 0.6 0.9 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.7 3 4 5.1
tion depth Max 0.9 1.2 1.8 2. I 2.4 2.6 3.2 3.5 4.6 5.1
Note -- The sizes given in brackets are non-preferred.

*See IS : 11362-1985 ‘Head configuration and gauging of countersunk head screws’,
5.2 The recessed countersunk head screws shall be of plain finish.
5.3 When cross recessed countersunk head screws are required to be zinc or cadmium plated, the requirements
for electroplating shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.
5.4 in regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the recessed countersunk head screws shall
conform to IS : 1367 (Part I)-1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction
and general information (second revision)‘.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - The recessed countersunk head screws shall be marked and delivered in
accordance with IS : 1367 (Fart 18)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18
6.1 IS1 Certijication Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS :7485 - 1985
4
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR CROSS RECESSED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS
( Clause 2 )
I
\
LENGTH 1”
Nom 1
I
Min 1 Max Ml.6 1
,
M2
THREAD
h-42.5 i1 M3
SIZE d
kM3.511 MA 1 M5 1 M6 / M6 I Ml0
3 1 2.0 3.2 I
L I 3.7 k.3 I
Note 1 - Sizes given in brackets are non-preferred.

Note 2 - Screws with nominal lengths above the stepped dotted line are threaded up to head [b = I - (k + a)]
Note 3 - The preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines.
*Min and Max values according to IS : 1367 (P-art 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product
grades and tolerances (second revision)’ but rounded off to one decimal place.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
of cross recessed countersunk head screws with the requirements adopted at the international level (ISO).
Tolerances for dimensions as well as of form and position, mechanical properties and general
The cross recess specified in this standard is same as type ‘H’ Specified in IS0 4757-1983 ‘Cross recesses
for screws’, issued by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
IS : 7483-1985 Cross recessed pan head screws ($rst revision)
IS : 7486-1985 Cross recessed raised countersunk head screws Cfirst revision)
Dimensions for cross recesses and recess penetration gauges are covered in IS : 7478-1985 and IS : 7479-
1985, respectively.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from IS0 7046-1983 ‘Cross
recessed countersunk flat head‘screws (common head style) - Product grade A and property class 4.8 only’,
issued by the International Organization for Standardization. All dimensions and preferred length-size
combinations covered in Tables 1 and 2 of this standard, respectively are in conformity with IS0 7046-1983.

IS : 7486- 1985
*
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR CROSS RECESSED RAISED
COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS
( First Revision )
Scope - Covers the requirements for cross recessed raised-countersunk head screws with thread sizesfrom
.6 to MlO.
Specifications and Reference Standards
Dimensions Table 1
‘referred length - size combinations Table 2
Product grade A
rolerances
Indian Standard IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979’
Pitch Coarse
rhread Tolerance 6g
Indian Standards IS : 4218 (Part 5)-~19792
IS : 4218 (Part 6)-19783
3ross recess Indian Standard IS : 7478-19854
Material Steel Stainless steel Brass.5
Property Class 4.8 see Note 1 Minimum
Mechanical
properties Indian Standards IS : 1367 IS : 1367 tensile strength
(Part 3)- 19796 (Part 14)-19847 300 MPa
-Note 1 - As agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.

‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel ,fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances
(second revision).
*IS0 metric screw threads: Part 5 Tolerances (first revision).
3ISO metric screw threads: Part 6 Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to
52 mm) (Jrst revision).
“Unless otherwise specified, the raw material for cross recessed raised countersunk head screws
made from brass shall be either rolled, forged or extruded bars.
6Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 wchanical properties and test
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Fart 14 Stainless steelthreaded fasteners
(second revision).
4
Designation
1 The cross recessed raised countersunk head screws shall be designated by the name, size, length and number
! this standard.
Example:
A cross recessed raised countersunk head screw of size M5 and length 25 mm shall be designated as
Recessed Raised Countersunk Head Screw M5 X 25 - IS : 7486
,2 When manufactured from brass or stainless steel, the word ‘Brass’ or ‘Stainless Steel’, as the case may be
la11 be added at the end of the designation.
. Samp;ling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods f0
impling of fasteners yirst revision)‘.

IS :7486 - 1985
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR CROSS RECESSED RAIiED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS

~( Clause 2 )
RECESS --If -
Shank diameter is approximately equal to pitch diameter or equal to major diameter permissible
x according to runout ‘Normal’ of IS : 1369-1982 ‘Dimensions for screw thread runouts and undercuts (second revision).’
a according to runout distance ‘short’ of IS : 1369-1982.
Thread Size d
P (Pitch of thread)
b Min
dk Theoreticel* Max
Max
Actual
Min
k Max
r Max
v 3 4 5 6 8.5 9.5 9.5 12 16.5 19.5
Recess Nc 0 I 2 3 4
Cross
recess m Ref 1.9 2 3 3.4 4.8 5.2 5.4 7.3 9.6 10.4
0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.25 2.7 2.1 3.5 4.75 5.5
Penetration
depth Max 1.2 1.5 1.85 2.2 2.75 3.2 3.4 4 5.25 6
Note - The sizes given in brackets are non-preferred.

*See IS : 11362-1985 ‘Head configuration and gauging of countersunk head screws’.
5.1 In regard to the surface discontinuities, the recessed raised countersunk head screws shall conform to
IS : 1367 (Part 9)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threadedsteel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on
bolts, screws and studs (second revision)‘.
5.2 The recessed raised countersunk head screws shall be of plain finish.

IS:7486 - 1985
5.2.1 When required to be zinc or cadm;Jm plated, the requirements for electroplating shall be agreed to
between the purchaser and the supplier.
5.3 In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, the recessed raised countersunk head screws shall
conform to IS : 1367 (Part l)-1980 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I Introduction
and general information (second revision)‘.
6. Marking and Mode of Delivery - The recessed raised countersunk head screws shall be marked and delivered
in accordance ~with IS : 1367 (Part 18)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18
6.1 ISI Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
*Min and Max values according to IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product
grades and tolerances (second revision)‘, but rounded off to one decimal place.
Note 1 - Sizes given in brackets are non-preferred.
Note 2 -- Screws with nominal lengths above the stepped dotted line. are threaded up to the head [h = / - (X + a)].
Note 3 - The preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines.

IS : 7519 - 1974
EXPLANATORY NOTE
of cross recessed raised countersunk head screws with the requirement adopted at the international level (ISO).
Tolerances for dimensions as well as of form and position, mechanical properties and general
The cross recess specified in this standard is same as type ‘H’specified in IS0 4757-1983 ‘Cross recesses for
screws’, issued by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
IS : 7483-1985 Cross recessed pan head screws (.first revision)
IS : 7483-1985 Cross countersunk head screws (jht revision)
Dimensions for cross recesses and recess penetration gauges are covered in IS : 7478-1985 and IS : 7479-
1985, respectively.
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from IS0 7047-1983 ‘Cross
recessed raised countersunk head screws (common head style) - Product grade A’,~issued by the International
Organization for Standardization. All dimensions and preferred length-size combinations covered in Tables I
and 2 of this standard, respectively are in conformity with IS0 7047-1983.

IS :7519 - 1974
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HAMMER DRIVE SCREWS
1. Scope - Covers the requirements for hammer drive screws.
2. Dimensions
2.1 As given in Table I.

2.2 The preferred length and screw number combination shall be as given in Table 2
2.3 The recommended mating hole sizes shall be as given in Appendix A.
Tolerances
3.1 As given in Tables I and 2.
3.2 The screw head shall be concentric with the shank within a tolerance of 2 percent of the maxium head
diameter, the tolerance being one-half of the total indicator reading.
4. Material - Screw shall be made of steel, suitably hardened to meet the performance requirements specified in
this specification.
5. Finish ~ Hammer drive screws may have either a dull or bright finish according to the process used for
hardening. They may also be supplied with plated or other protectiveand/ or decorative finish as agreed upon
between the manufacturer and the puchaser.
6.1 Hammer drive screws shall have fully formed threads, extending from the base of the pilot to the head,
except that threads at the starting end and under the head may be incomplete for a length equal to one-half of the
maximum screw diameter due to the natural flow of material in the thread-forming operation.
6.2 Dimensions given in Table 1 are for uncoated screws. These dimensions may be exceeded after plating.
6.3 Screws, when driven into holes of sizes recommended in steel test plates having hardness 128/ 17 I HV or in
cast iron plates, shall produce mating threads without shearing of the threads on the screws or breaking the screws.
7. Sampling -~ The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
8. Designation ~~~Shall be designated by the screw number, length of screw, the number of this standard and
protective coating, if any.
Hammer drive screw of screw number 4, length 9.5 mm with protective phosphate coating, shall be
designated as:
Screw No. 4 X 9.5 IS : 7519 Phosphate coated
9. Packing - Unless otherwise specified, the number of screws in each carton shall be 100,500 and 1 000. Each
carton shall have screws of one size only.
10. Marking
10.1 Such marks that are required may be stamped (raised or sunk to 0.75 mm) on the heads of all the screws not
below 10 mm screw head size, subject to agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
10.2 Each carton shall be lebelled with maufacturer’s name or trade-mark, screw number and quality of screws.
10.3 [SI Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
168 HANDBO~KONI~IDUSTRIALFASTENERS--PART~
IS : 7519- 1974
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HAMMER DRIVE SCREWS

( C‘lause3.2 )
HELIX ANGLE
SCN?W Diameter Diameter of Height of Head Head Diameter of Numberof

No. d, Head D K Radius Pilot d, Thread
Starts
h
T---------V ( 7-J - r’ -
Max Min Max Min Max Min NoIll Max Min
00 I .52 I .45 2.51 2.29 0.86 0.66 2.30 1.25 1.17
0 1.90 1.83 3.23 3.00 I .24 I .04 3.00 1.60 I .52
2 2.54 2.46 4.12 3.71 I .75 1.50 3.80 2.1 I 2.03
4 2.95 2.85 5.36 4.90 2.18 I.91 5.00 2.44 2.34
6 3.56 3.45 6.60 6.10 2.62 2.31 6.25 2.95 2.85
8 4.24 4.12 7.85 7.29 3.05 2.72 7.44 3.45 3.35
10 4.62 4.50 9.12 8.48 3.48 3.12 8.71 3.84 3.71
12 5.38 5.23 10.36 9.70 3.89 3.53 9.91 4.50 4.39
14 6.15 5.99 II.62 IO.90 4.32 3.94 I I.12 5.13 5.03
Note - Dimensions for length I and length of pilot point I, are given in Table 2.
*The shape of the head shall closely approximate to a half ellipse. Radius r2 struck off,undersize of head should blend with diameter D
and radius rl.
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH AND SCREW NUMBER COMBINATIONSFOR HAMMER DRIVE SCREWS
( Clause 3.2 )
Note - The preferred lengths are betwen bold stepped lines.
.
IS : 7519 - 1974
APPENDI,X A
( Clause 2.3 )
RECOMMENDED MATING HOLE SIZES FOR HAMMER DRIVE SCREWS
Screw No. Mating Hole Diameter in mm, Tolerance HI 1
Thin Sheet Metal, Non-ferrous Cast Iron, Thick Sheet Metal

Castings, Phenol
00 1.30 1.40
0 1.65 1.75
2 2.20 2.30
4 2.55 2.70
6 3.10 3.30
8 3.70 3.90
10 4.10 4.30
12 4.80 5.00
14 5.50 5.80
Note 1 -~ The material shall be thick enough to provide adequate thread engagement and the thickness should not normally be less than
the screw diameter.
Note 2 -~ In application in plastics, the fragility of the sections and the brittleness of the plastic have to be considered.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Hammer drive screws are used for permanent fastening of name plates, rating plates and similar parts to
iron, brass, aluminium castings, steel and phenol formaldehyde plastics. The hammer drive screws may be used
only in material that is thick enough to permit a sufficient engagement of the threads for satisfactory fastening.
IS :8070 - 1976
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED CAPSTAN SCREWS (TOMMY BOLT)
Scope -- Covers the requirements for slotted capstan screws (tommy bolt) in the diameter range 2 to IO mm.
. Grades ~- ~Precision grade (P) as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
asteners (Jrst revision)‘.
.l As given in Table I.
#.2 The preferred length-size combinations of screws shall be as given in Table 2.
I. Mechanical Properties
1.1 Property class 5.8 of IS : 1367-1967.
1.2 When brass is used for manufacture, the material shall have a minimum tensile strength of 300 M Pa. ti nless
otherwise specified, the raw material for slotted capstan screws made from non-ferrous material shall be either
olled, forged or extruded bars.
i. Designation
i.1 Shall be designated by the name, size, length and number of this standard.
E.uanple:
A slotted capstan screw of size M6, length I6 mm shall be designated as:
Capstan Screw M6 X I6 IS : 8070
5.2 When brass is used for manufacture, the word brass shall come at the end of designation.
Exaniple:
A slotted capstan screw of size M6, length I6 mm and made of brass shall be designated as:
Capstan Screw M6 X 16 IS : 8070 Brass
6. Sampling -- The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
7. General Requirements - In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
8. ISI Certification Marking -- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

.
IS :8070 - 1976
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONSFOR SLOTTED CAPSTAN SCREWS (TOMMY BOLT)

( Clause 3.1 )
- -+
x according to IS : 1369-1975 Dimensions of screw thread run-out and undercuts (Jirsr revision).
z according to IS : 1368-1967 Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (firsr revision).
P = pitch of the screw thread.
Size M2 M2.5 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 Ml0
Nom 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8
d, h13 Max 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00
Min 1.86 2.36 2.86 3.82 4.82 5.82 7.7%
Nom 3.8 4.5 5.5 7 8.5 10 13 16

dz h13 Max 3.80 4.50 5.50 7.00 8.50 10.00 13.00 16.00
Min 3.62 4.32 5.32 6.78 8.28 9.78 12.73 15.73
Nom 1.2 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5

da HI3 Max I .34 1.34 1.64 2.14 2.64 3.14 -4.18 5.18
Min 1.20 / 1.20 / 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
-.
Nom 3 3.5 4 5 6.5 8 10 i 11.5

k js16 Max 3.30 3.88 4.38 5.38 6.95 8.45 10.45 13.05
Min 2.70 3.12 3.62 4.62 6.15 7.55 9.55 11.95
Nom 0.5 0.6 0.8 I 1.2 1.6 2 2.5

cl3 5 I Mox 0.70 0.80 1.00 1.20 I.51 I.91 2.31 2.81
‘cl4> I Min 0.56 0.66 0.86 I .06 1.26 I .66 2.06 2.56
f
6 8 10 16 20 25
I Max 0.9 1 1.25 1.7 2 3.2 4. I

Min 0.7 0.8 I 1.4 I.7 2.7 3.5
Nom 1.2 1 1.2 I.5 2 2.5 5

u Max I .32 1.32
Min 1.08 I .08
w= 0.3 0.4
b Min I6 I8
r Min 0.10
d. Max 2.6

IS : 8911- 1978
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS OF SLOTTED CAPSTAN SCREWS (TOMMY BOLT)
( Clause 3.2 )
Note 1 - Preferred length-size combinations are between the stepped bold lines
Note 3 - Lengths above the dotted lines are fully threaded.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Slotted capstan screws are also known as drilled fillister head screws. In the preparation of this standard,
considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 404-1972 Kreuzlochschrauben mit Schlitz (Slotted capstan
screws), issued by the Deutsches Institut ftir Normung.

IS : 8911- 1988
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED RAISED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS
I. Scope - Covers the requirements for slotted raised countersunk head screws in the diameter range I to
!O mm.
!. Dimensions and Tolerances -- As given in Table 1.

2.1 The preferred length-size combinations are given in Table 2.
I. Grade ~ Precision grade (P) as specified in 1S : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded
‘asteners. Virsr revision)‘.
1.1 Slotted raised countersunk head screws shall conform to the property class 4.8 specified in IS : 1367-1967.
Note ~ Property class 4.6 is also permitted at the request of the purchaser
1.2 When brass or aliiminium alloy is used for the manufacture of slotted raised countersunk head screws, the
naterial shall have a minimum tensile strength of 300 MPa.
5. Designation
5.1 Slotted raised countersunk head screws shall be designated by name, nominal size, length, the number ofthis
Example:
A slotted raised countersunk head screw of size M3, length IO mm and of property class 4.8 shall be
designated as:
Countersunk Screw M3 X IO IS : 891 I ~ 4.8
5.2 When brass is used for the manufacture of slotted raised countersunk head screws, the word ‘Brass’shall be
given at the end of the designation.
Example:
A slotted raised countersunk head screw of size M5, length 16 mm and made of brass shall be
designated as:
Countersunk Screw M5 X 16 IS : 891 I -- ‘Brass’
6. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
sampling of fasteners (j?rst revision)‘.
7. General Requirements - In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the slotted raised
countersunk head screws shall conform to IS : 1367-1967.
6. ISI Certification Marking ~ Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
174 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART

TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR SLOTTED RAISED COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS
( Clause 2 )
~-+f-l------4
SHANK DIAMETER = PITCH DIAMETER
a and x according to IS : 1369-1975 ‘bimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts (first revision)‘.
Nominal Size MI kl.2 (M1.4) Ml.6 (Ml.@ M2 (M2.2) M2.5 M3 (M3.5) M4 M(4.5) MS M6 MS, Ml0 Ml2 (M14) Ml6 (Ml@ M20
d,
dz h13, d, < 3 /VOWl 1.9 2.3 2.6 3 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.7 5.6 6.5 7.5 ti.3 9.2 II 14.5 I8 22 25 29 33 36
hl4, d2 L 3 Max I .90 2.30 2.60 3.00 3.40 3.80 4.20 4.70 5.60. 6.50 7.50 8.36 9.20 Il.00 14.50 18.00 22.00 25.00 29.00 33.00 36.00
Min I .76 2.16 2.46 2.75 3.10 3.50 3.90 4.40 5.30 6.14 7.14 7.94 8.84 10.57 14.07 17.57 21.48 24.48 28.48 32.38 35.38
k Max 0.6 0.72 0.84 0.96 1.08 1.2 1.32 1.5 I .65 I .93 2.2 2.25 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO
13, n 4 I Nom 0.25 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 I I 1.2, 1.6 2 2.5 3 3 4 4 5
n
cl4. n > I Max 0.45 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 I I 1.2 1.2 1.51 1.91 2.31 2.81 3.31 3.31 4.37 4.37 5.37
Min 0.3 I 0.36 0.36 0.46 0.46 0.56 0.66 0.66 0.86 0.86 1.06 1.06 1.26 1.66 2.06 2.56 3.06 3.06 4.07 4.07 5.07.
I Max 0.55 0.64 0.73 0.8 0.9 I I.1 1.2 I.45 1.7 I .9 2. I 2.3 2.8 3.7 4.5 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1 9
Min 0.4 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.8 q.88 I 1.2 I.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.4 3.2 4 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2 8
c
r;r 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 0.22 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 0.8 I 1.2 I .4 I .6 1.8 2
r2 = 2.1 2.6 2.9 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.4 6 6.8 8 R.7 9.4 12 15 19 22.5 26 30 34 38
.f= 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.75 0.9 I I.1 1.25 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
h +2P * i + 22 24 25 2R 34 40 46 52 58 64 70
15 I5 16 17 18 I9 20
Note 1 - Sires shown in parentheses are of second preference.

Note 2 - Screws with shank diameter = major diameter and chamfered end are also permitted.
*Threaded up to the head.
1s : 8941.. 4978
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS OF SLOTTED RAISED COUNTERSUNK

HEAD SCREWS
(Clause 2.1 )
Nota 1 -Screws with nominal lengths above the broken stepped line are threaded up to the head.
Note 2 -Sizes and lengths shown in parentheses are of second preference.
176
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL’F”AASTENERS-PART 2
is : 8911 - 1978
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard covering slotted raised countersunk head screws has been prepared subsequent to the
revision of IS : 1365 splitting it into two separate standards. Slotted countersunk head screws are now covered in
a separate standard,
In the earlier version of the standard on slotted raised countersunk head screws, the head dimensions and
tolerances had posed certain manufacturing and assembly problems. In order to eliminate these and also to bring
this standard in line with the International Standard on the subject, a revision of the standard has been taken up.
Precision grade (P) specified in 3 would correspond to product grade A as specified in IS : 1367
(Part 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances
(second revision)’ which is to be published in due course.
In deciding the head dimensions, an attempt was made at the international level to relate them to thread
diameter evolving what is termed as an envelope profile (d2 = 2 dl, k = 0.5dl). However, this envelope profile
could not be achieved with smaller sizes due to production difficulties,and the following modifications have been
done.
Dimension, ds, Max, has been arrived at from d2 Min = 1.75 d,, and applying tolerance h13/h14. The
nominal value of dl is thus made equal to its maximum value on which tolerance h13/h14 is applicable.
The head dimension d2 (theoretical) given in IS0 2010 has not been included as it would serve little
purpose in actual production.
The head height dimension, kMaxhas been arrived at from the fohowing:
k MUX = 0.6 dl for sizes up to M2.5

= 0.55 dl for sizes from M3 to M4
= 0.5 dl for sizes above M5
k ~~~ hasnot been specified as it would be redundant in dimensioning the countersunk head.
The minimum dimensions for slot depths correspond to 0.4dl because of the relatively high raised portion
and the maximum dimensions are determined in such a manner as to guarantee a minimum base thickness
between‘the bottom of the slot and the screw shank adequate to ensure the strength of the head.
Sizes of-screws lower than 1.6 mm have been included.
In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from the following publications:
IS0 2010 Slotted raised countersunk (oval) head screws - metric series. International
Din 964 Linsensenkschrauben mit Schlitz [Slotted raised countersunk (oval) head screws].
-Deutsches lnstitut fur Noimung.
RANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 Ii7

SECTION D
Studs and Plugs
IS :1862 - 1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR STUDS
( Second Revision )
. Scope - Covers the requirements for studs in the diameter range from 3 to 39 mm
:. Terminology - As given in Fig. 1 and the following definitions.
!.I Metal End - The end of the stud which is screwed into the component.
1.2 Nut End - The end of the stud which is not screwed into the component.
0 I_
- RUNOUT RUNOUT
i&MFER 1
---- 1 QIA OF
u STUD
,__NUT END_
LENGTH
kc---- NOMINAL LENGTW------4
FIG. I NOMENCLATURE OF STUD
3. Types Three types as follows:
Type A - recommended for use in steel

Type B - recommended for use in cast iron
Type C - recommended for use in aluminium alloys
4. Grade - Precision Grade (P) and Black~Grade (B) as specified in IS : 1367- 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions
for threaded fasteners ($rs! revision)‘.
5. Dimensions
5.1 As given in Table I for the size range M3 to M14.
5.2 As given in Table for 2 forfhe size range Ml6 to M39.
5.3 The preferred length size combinations for Type A and Type B studs shall be as given in Table 3.
5.4 The preferred length size combinations for Type C studs shall be as given in Table 4.
5.5 The screw thread dimensions for the metal end of the stud shall conform to those specified in IS: 2186-1967
‘Dimensions for external interference fit threads’.

181
c
IS :1862 - 1975
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR STUDS (SIZE RANGE 3 TO 14 mm)

( C/ause 5. I )
--r--v
-7- 2
b
-bt- I-
z accordingto 1s : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (first revision)‘.
x according to 1s : 1369-1975 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts Cfirsr WViSiOtl)‘.
*x1 = normal i= 2.5P thread run-out as per IS : 1369-1975.
Nominal Size d M3 (M3.5) M4 (M4.5) M5 M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (ML4)

h13 M8Xl MlOX M12X (M14X
1.25 1.25 1.5) !
, For I< 125 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I8 22 26 30 34 *
b + 2P
-0 125</<200 - - - - - - 32 36 40
Type A Nom 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 8 IO I2 14
Max 3.3 3.88 4.38 4.88 5.38 6.38 8.45 10.45 12.55 14.55
Min 2.7 3.12 3.62 4.12 4.62 5.62 7.55 9.55 I I .45 13.45.
b, ($16) Type B Nom 4.5 5 6 7 7.5 9 I2 I5 I8 21

Max 4.88 5.38 6.38 7.45 7.95 9.45 12.55 15.55 18.55 21.65
Min 4.12 4.62 5.62 6.55 7.05 8.55 Il.45 14.45 17.45 20.35
Type C Nom - - 8 - - I6 - 24 -
Max- - 8.45 - 16.55 24.65
Min - - 7.55 - - - 15.45 - 23.35 -
Note - Sizes shown within brackets are of second preference.

*The run-out in the metal end of the stud is to be considered only up to the last scratch of the thread and does not include any unthreaded
extruded portion adjacent to the run-out.
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR STUDS (SIZE RANGE 16 TO 39 mm)

( Clause 5.2 )
A r
t
_.-- --- +d
\
-z- -qz-- according to IS : 1368-1967.
z
- x1-
r b
*x1 = normal = 2.5P thread run-out as per IS : 1369-1975.
- bt-- 1
1
Nominal Size d Ml6 (MW M20 (M22) M24 (~27) M30 (M33) M36 (M39)
M16X (M18X M20X (M22X M24X (M27X M30X (M33X M36X (M39X
1.5 1.5) 1.5 1.5) 2 2) 2 2) 3 3)
b + 2P For/s I25 38 42 46 50 54 60 66 72 78 84
-0 I25 < 15200 44 48 52 56 60 66 72 78 84 90
For I > 200 57 61 65 69 73 79 85 91 97 103
Type A Nom I6 I8 20 22 24 27 30 33 36 39
Max 16.55 18.55 20.65 22.65 24.65 27.65 30.65 33.8 36.8 39.8
21.35 23.35 26.35 29.35 32.2 35.2 38.2
b, cjsl6) 33 36 40.5 45 49.5 54 57
+ 33.8 36.8 41.3 45.8 50.3 54.95 51.95
32.2 35.2 39.7 44.2 48.7 53.05 56.05
Type C Nom 32 -- 40 _ -
Max 32.8 - 40.8 - -
Min 31.2 - 39.2 - -

*The run-out in the metal end of the stud is to beconsidered only up to the last scratch of the thread and does not include any unthreaded
extruded portion adjacent to the run-out.
182 HANDBODK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2
.
IS : 1862- 1975
TABLE 3 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBiNATIONS FOR TYPE A AND TYPE B STUDS

( C/o(rse 5.3 )
Note I - Sizes shown within brackets are of second preference.

Note 2 - Preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines.
Note 3 - See Fig. 2 and 3 for tolerances on length 1.
TABLE 4 PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR TYPE C STUDS

( Cluuse 5.4 )
Note 1 - Preferred lengths are between the stepped bold lines,

Note 2 - See Fig. 2 and 3 for toltirances on length 1.

IS : 1862- 1975
6. Tolerances ~ As given in Fig. 2 and Fig. 3.
FIG. 2 TOLERANCES FOR PRECISION GRADE STUDS
FIG. 3 TOLERANCES FOR BLACK GRADE STUDS
7.1 Type A and Type B studs, made from steel, shall conform to property classes 4.6,6.6,8.8 and 10.9
df IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditipns for threaded fasteners Cfirst revision)‘.
7.2 Type C studs, made from steel, shall conform toproperty classes 4.6,6.6 and 8.8 of IS : 1367-1967.
8. General Requirements - In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the studs shall
comply with the requirements of IS: 1367-1967. .
9. Sampling - The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners ($rst revision)‘.
10. Designation - Shall be designated by the name, type, size, nominal length, number of this
standard, grade and symbol for mechanical property class.
Example:
A stud for Type A, size MS, nominal length 25 mm, precision grade and mechanical
property class 8.8 shall be designated as:
Stud A MS X 25 IS : 1862 - P-8.8
11. ISI Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standazds Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was originally published in 1961, covering two types of studs in the precision grade. In the
first revision,two grades of studs, namely, precision and black together with two Types A and B in each grade
were included. In the present revision, the following changes have been made:
a) Type C studs for use with aluminium alloys have been included.
b) Tolerances for studs have been specified.
c) Length values as given in IS : 4206-1967 ‘Dimensions for ~nominal lengths and thread lengths for
bolts, screws and studs’ have been incorpcxated.

1s : 5096 - 1969
Indian Standard
DIMENSIONS FOR ROUND LOCATING STUDS
I. Scope - Covers the dimensions and requirements for round locating studs.
2. Dimensions
d, dz d3 4
~6 s7
IO 9.5 M6 5 40 ‘0 12
14 13.5 M8 6. 55 16 I8
16 15.5 MI0 8 62 I8 20
20 19.5 Ml2 IO 70 22 20
25 24.5 Ml6 I2 85 25 28
Note 1 - d&7 to be done on assembly.

Note 2 - DX h2: to be hardened, other portions to be left soft.
Note 3 - Dimensional deviation for untoleranced dimensions : Medium class accroding to IS : 2102-1962.
Designation - A round locating stud having D = 20 mm and d1-z 16 mm shall be designated as:
Round’ Locating Stud 20 X 16 IS : 509’6.
. Material - Case hardening steel, hardness > 59 HRC and case depth 0.3 to 0.5 mm.
. Finish - Free from cracks, burrs and other defects.

IS : 5097 - 1969
Indian Standard
DIMENSIONS FOR DIA-MOND LOCATING STUDS
. Scope - Covers the dimensions and requirements for diamond locating studs.
. Dimensions
wwv)
D d d, dz L d4 b h hl hz
et3 P6 s7
14 13 . IO 9.5 M6 5 5 40 10 12
20 19 14 13.5 M8 6 8 55 16 18
22 21 16 16.5 MI0 8 8 62 18 20
28 27 20 19.5 Ml2 10 10 70 22 20
36 35 25 24.5 Ml6 12 12 85 25 28
Note 1 - d&7 to be done on assembly.

Note 2 - D X b to be hardened, other portions to be left soft.
Note 3 - Dimensional deviation for untoleranced dimensions : Medium class accroding to IS : 2102-1969.
3. Designation - A diamond locating stud having D = 20 mm and dl = 14 mm shall be designated as:

Diamond Locating Stud 20 X 14 IS : 5097.
4.. Material - Case hardening steel, hardness > 59 HRC and case depth 0.3 to 0.5 mm.
5. Finish : Free from cracks, burrs and other defects.

IS :9645 - 1980
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
THREADED PLUGS
Scope- Coverstherequirements for threaded plugs with taper threads in the diameter range g to 60 mm.
Dimensions and Tolerances - As given in Table 1.

TABLE 1 DlMENSIONS FOR THREADED PLUGS
M OF HEXAGON RELIEF IS LEFT

TO THE CHOICE OF MANUFACTURER
Nominal Size d b e t w
js16 P D”,, Min Min
Metric Taper External Pipe Thread
Thread Short Taper to
to IS : 8788-1978* IS : 554-19757
M, 8X1 8 4.7 4 4 2
M< IOX 1 R% 8 5.9 5 4 2
M, 12 X 1.5 - IO 7 6 5 2
- RI/ IO 8.1 7 5 2
M, 14 X 1.5 10 8.1 7 5 2
M, 16 X 1.5 10 9.4 8 5 2
B
R%. 10 9.4 8 5 2
Mr 18 X 1.5 10 9.4 8 5 2
M, 20 X 1.5 - 10 11.7 10 5 2
- RI/ IO II.7 IO 5 2
M, 22 X I.5 - 10 11.7 IO 5 2
M, 24 X I.5 12 I4 12 6 2
M, 27 X 2 R% I2 14 I2 6 2
M, 30 X 1.5 Mc 30 X 2 I2 19.8 17 6 2
Me 33 X 2, RI 12 19.8 I7 6 2
M, 36 X 1.5 M, 36 X 2 I5 22. I 19 7.5 3
M, 39 X 2 I5 22. I 19 7.5 3
M, 42 X 1.5 M, 42 X 2 R 1% I8 25.6 22 Il.5 3
-Me45X I.5 Mc 45 X 2 I8 25.6 22 I I.5 3
M, 48 X I.5 M, 48 X 2 R 1% 20 27.9 24 Il.5 4

Mc 52 X I.5 M, 52 X 2 20 27.9 24 Il.5 4
- M,56X2 22 37 32 13 4
M,60X2 - 22 37 32 13 4
*Dime.nsions for metric external taper and internal parallel screw threads.
tDimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are required on the threads (WNJ& re~j.~jon).
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 I87

IS :9645 - 1980
3. Material
3.1 The plugs shall be manufactured from suitable low carbon steel with a minimum tensile strength of
500 N/mm2.
3.2 When brass is used for the manufacture, the material shall have a minimum tensile strength of 300 N/mm2.
4. Designation
4.1 The threaded plugs shall be designated by the name, nominal size and number of this standard.
Example:
A threaded plug of nominal size MC20 X 1.5 shall be designated as:
Threaded Plug MC20 X 1.5 IS : 9645
4.2 When brass is used for the manufacture, the word ‘Brass’ shall be included at the end of the designation.
Example:
A threaded plug of nominal size MC20 X 1.5 and made of brass shall be designated as:
Threaded Plug MC20 X 1.5 IS : 9645 Brass
4.3 When pipe threads to IS: 554-1975 are used, the threaded plug shall be designated as follows:
Example:
A threaded plug of size R % shall be designated as:
Threaded Plug R % IS : 9645
5. Sampling - The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
6.1 Threaded plugs shall be packed and delivered in accordance with requirements specified for fasteners of
product grade A in IS: 1367 (Part 18)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18
6.2 At the request of purchaser, threaded plugs may be phosphated or zinc plated. The properties shall not be
impaired by the protective coating. Surface protection, when required, shall be included in the designation at 4 in
accordance with IS: 1367 (Part 16)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 16
Designation system and syinbols (second revision)‘.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Threaded plugs with taper threads are intended for pressure-tight applications like oil pressure, stop light
switches, etc. In order to ensure the desired pressure-tightness, it is recommended that a combination of metric
taper external threads and parallel internal-threads be used as specified in IS : 8788-1978.
In the preparation of the standard, assistance has been derived from DIN 906-1973 ‘Verschlu Bschrauben
mit Innensechskant, kegeliges Cewinde’ (Hexagon socket pipe plugs with taper threads), issued by Deutsches
Institut fiir Normung.
i88 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2
SECTION E
Washers
IS :2016 - 1967
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR PLAIN WASHERS
(.First Revision )
0. Foreword
0.1 This lndiqn Standard (First Revision) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 9 November
1967, after the draft finalized by the Screw Threads and Fasteners Sectional Committee had been approved bY
the Mechanical Ewineering Division COUnCil.
0.2 This standard was originally issued in 1962. This revision incorporates the decision taken by the ISO! TC 2
Bolts, Nuts and Accessories.
0.3 This standard is based on:
Draft IS0 Recommendation No. 940 Washers for hexagon bolts and nuts, metric series. International
Dot: ISOjTC 2 (Secretariat-184) 302 First draft proposal on washers for hexagon bolts and nuts --
metric series - 42 up to and including 150 mm thread diameter. International Organization for Standardization.
Dot: lSO/TC 2 (Secretariat-194) 326 First draft proposal for washers for cheese head screws - metric
series - 1 up to and inkluding 20 mm thread diameter. International Organization for Standardization.
DIN 125-1943 Scheiben f;ir Sechskantschrauben und Muttern (Washers for hexagon boltsand nuts).
Deutsches Normenausschuss.
‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (reviseq. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off
1. Scope
1.1 This standard lays down the requirements for plain washers of the following types:
a) Machined washers, for precision and semi-precision grade of general purpose bolts and screws, in the
diameter range 1.7 to I55 mm;
b) Punched washers, type A, for black grade general purpose bolts and screws, in the diameter range 1.8
to 52 mm; and
c) Punched washers, type B, for slotted head screws in the diameter range 1.8 to 22 mm.
2. Manufacture
2.1 Material - Washers shall be made of steel, brass, aluminium or any other suitable metal specified by the
purchaser.
2.2 Workmanship - The washers shall be free from cracks, burrs, pits and other defects. The holes shall be
reasonably concentric with the outer beriphery. All sharp edges shall be removed.
3. Designation
3.1 A washer shall be designated by name, type, size, number of this standard and, material.
Examples:
a) A machined washer of size 10.5 mm made of brass shall be designatedas:
Machined Washer 10.5 IS : 2016-Brass
b) A punched washer, Type B of size 14 mm made of brass shall be designated as:

Punched Washer 814 IS : 2016-Brass
4. Dimensions
4.1 The dimensions for machined washers, punched washers, types A and B, shall be as given in Tables I,2 and 3
respectively. These tables also give the size of bolt or screw for which the washers are suitable.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 Ii1

IS : 2016- 1967
4.2 The tolerance on inner diameter d, outer diameter D, and thickness s for machined and punched washers
shall conform to precision and ordinary washers respectively as specified in IS : 5369-1975 ‘General requirements
for plain washers and lock washers’.
4.3 In respect of concentricity tolerance, permissible deviations for parallelism and flatness, the machined and
punched washers shall conform to ~precision and ordinary washers respectively as specified in IS : 5369-1975.
5. Finish
5.1 The plain washers shall be supplied in natural finish, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. At the
request of the purchaser, washers may be phosphate coated, nickel plated, tinned, galvanized, copper plated,
cadmium plated, etc. The properties of the plain washers shall not, however, be impaired by the protective
coating specified by the p~urchaser.
6.1 In respect of requirements not covered in this standard, machined and punched washers shall comply with
requirements specified for precision and ordinary washers, respectively, according to IS : 5369-1975
7. Marking
7.1 The packages containing washers shall be marked with the size and manufacturer’s name or trade-mark.
7.1.1 The packages may also be marked with the ISI Certification Mark.
Note - The use of the ISI Certification Mark is governed by the provistons of the Indian Standards Institution (Certification Marks)
Act, and the Rules and Regulations made there under. Presence of this mark on products covered by an Indian Standard conveys the
assurance that they have been products covered by an Indian Standard conveys the assurance that they have been produced to comply with
the requirements of that standard, under a well-defined system of inspection, testing and quality control during production, This system,
which is deivsed and supervised by IS1 and operated by the producer, has the further safeguard that the products as actually marketed are
continuously checked by IS1 for conformity to the standard. Details of conditions, under which a licence for the use of the IS1 Certification
Mark may be granted to manufacturers or processors, may be obtained from the Indian Standards Institution.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR MACHINED WASHERS

( Clause 4.1 )
Size D s e For Bolt

d H12* Nom or Screw
Basic Tot Basic TOI Size
1.7 4 +o 0.3 + 0.1 0. I Ml.6

- 0.3
(2) 5 +o 0.3 f 0.1 0. I (M 1.8)
- 0.3
2.2 5 +o 0.3 f 0.1 0. I M2
- 0.3
(2.4) 6 +o 0.5 f 0.1 0.2 (M2.2)
- 0.3
2.7 6.5 +o 0.5 f 0.1 0.2 M2.5

- 0.3
3.2 7 +0 0.5 f 0. I 0.2 M3

- 0.3
Note - Sizes in brackets are of second preference.

*See IS : 919-1966 ‘Recommendations for limits and fits for engineering (revised)‘. (Conrinuetf)

IS 2016- 1967
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR MACHINED WASHERS - Contd.
Size ‘e For Bolt

d H12* Nom or Screw
Size
(M3.5)
0.3 M4
(4.8) 0.4 (M4.5)
0.4 MS
-
6.4 0.6 M6
0.6 (M7)
8.4 0.6 M8
10.5 0.6 MI0
13 0.6 Ml2
(15) 0.6 (M14)
17 0.6 Ml6
(19) 1.0 (M18)
21 1.0 M20
\
(23) 1.0 M22
25 1.0 M24
(28) 1.0 (~27)
31 1.0 M30
- 1.0
(34) 60 +o 5 & 0.6 I.0 (M33)

- 1.0
37 66 +o 5 f 0.6 1.6 M36

- 1.0
-
(40) 72 +o 6 + 0.6 1.6 (M39)
- 1.0
43 78 $0 7 f 1.0 1.6 M42

- 1.0
(46) 85 +o 7 f 1.0 1.6 (M45)

- 1.5
-
50 - 92 +o 8 f 1.0 1.6 M48
- 1.5
(54) 1.6 (~52)
58 1.6 M56
Note - Sizes in brackets are of second preference. (Continued)

IS :2016 - 1967
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR MACHINED WASHERS - Conrd
For Bolt
or Screw
Size
(M60)
M64
(M68)
M72
(M76)
MB0
(M85)
M90
(M95)
M 100
(M 105)
- 1.8
114 185 +o 14 f 1.2 3.0 Ml10

-2
(119) 200 +o 14 f 1.2 3.0 (M115)

-2
(124) 210 +o 16 f 1.2 3.0 (M 120)

-2
129 220 +o 16 f 1.2 3.0 Ml25

-2
(134) 230 +o 16 f 1.2 3.0 (M130)

-2
144 240 +o 18 * 1.2 4.0 -M 140

-2
(155) 250 +o 18 f 1.2 4.0 (M 150)

-2

IS :2016 - 1967
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR PUNCHED WASHERS, TYPE A,

FOR HEXAGONAL BOLTS AND SCREWS
Size D s For Bolt or

d Nom Nom Screw Size
I 1.8 4
-I
(2.1) 5
I----
2.4 5
(2.6) 6
2.9 6.5
3.4 7
(4.0) 8 0.5 (M~3.5)

4.5 9 0.8 M4
(5.0) 10 1 (M4.5)
5.5 10 1 M5
6;6 12.5 1.6 M6
(7.6) 14 1.6 (M7)
9 17 1.6 M8
II 21 2 MI0
14 24 2.5 Ml2
(16) 28 2.5 (M 14)

18 30 3.15 Ml6
(20) 34 3.15 (Ml8)
22 37 3.15 M20
(24) 39 3.15 (M22)
26 44 4 M24
(30) 50 4 (~27)
33 56 4 M30
(36) 60 5 (M33)
39 66 5 M36
(42) 72 6 (M39)
45 78 6 M42
(48) 85 8 (M45)
52 92 8 M48
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 I95

.
IS :2016 - 1967
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS FOR PIJNCHED WASHERS, TYPE B,

FOR ROUND AND CHEESE HEAD SCREWS
I I
Size D s For
d Nom Nom Screw Size
._--
1.8 3.5 0.4 Ml.6
(2.1) 3.5 0.4 (M1.8)
2.4 4.5 0.4 M2
(2.6) 4.5 0.5 (M2.2)

2.9 5.0 0.5 M2.5
3.4 6.0 0.5 M3
(4.0) 7.0 0.5 (M3.5)

4.5 8.0 0.8 M4
(5.0) 9.0 0.8 (M4.5)
5.5 9.5 1.0 M5

6.6 II 1.6 M6
(7.6) 13 1.6 (M7)
9 14 1.6 M8
II 18 2 MI0
14 20 2.5 Ml2
(16) 24 2.5 (M14)

18 27 3.15 Ml4
(20) 30 3.15 (M18)
22 33 3.15 M20

IS :3063 - 197i
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR SINGLE COIL RECTANGULAR SECTION
S-PRING WASHERS FOR BOLTS, NUTS AND SCREWS
( First Revision )
I. Scope - Covers the requirements for single coil rectangular section spring washers in the size
range 2 to 100 mm.
2. Types - Two types of spring washers are covered as given below:
Type A -- Spring washers with bent ends, and

Type B - Spring washers with flat ends.
3. Dimensions - These shall be as given in Table 1.
4. Material -The spring washers shall be made from suitable steel according to IS : 4072-1975 ‘Specification for
steel for spring washers (first revision)’ to meet requirements specified in 5.
5. Heat Treatment --- Spring washers after coiling shall be suitably heat treated so as to result in the finished
washer having a hardness in the range of 43 to 50 HRC, when tested in accordance with IS : 1586-1968 ‘Methods
for Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel wrst revision)‘.
6. Finish -- Spring washers shall be supplied in natural finish, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. At the
request of the purchaser, washers may be phosphate coated, nickel plated, tinned, galvanized, copper plated,
cadmium plated, etc. The functional properties of the spring washers shall not be impaired as a result of the
protective coatings. These coated washers shall be subjected to appropriate treatment to avoid hydrogen
embrittlement.
7. Designation - Spring washers shall be designated by the nominal size, type, the number of this standard and
the surface protection, if any.
Example:
A single coil spring washer having a nominal size 10 mm of Type A with phosphate coating shall be
designated as follows:
Spring Washer A 10 - IS : 3063 Phosphate coated
7.1 In case the spring washer is intended for use with left hand thread, the designation shall be modified as
follows:
Spring Washer LH-A 10 -- IS : 3063 Phosphate coated

8. General Requiremets
8.1 The surface of the washers shall be free of scale and burrs. The washers shall be coiled without any kinks
(except for the shape with turned up ends). The outer edges may be slightly rounded or sharp. The ends of the
washers shall not abut when the washers are compressed. The ends shall be so severed as to prevent tangling.
8.2 For other requirements, spring washers covered in this standard shall conform to IS : 1387-i967 ‘General
requirements for the supply of metallurgical materials (fkst revision)‘.
9. Sampling and Acceptance - Sampling size and acceptance criteria shall be determined in accordance with
IS : 6821-1973 ‘Methods for sampling non-threaded fasteners’.
10. Tests
10.1 Hardness Test - For determining the hardness specified in 5, the cone impression shall be applied at the
centre position of a face of the spring washer.
10.2 Permanent Set Test -- The spring washer under test shall be compressed flat for 3 min duration and
released between two test plates having a hardness of 60 HRC, Min. On release of the pressure, the free height of
the washer shall not be less than that given in Table 2. This compression and removal of pressure shall then be
repeated 20 times in quick succession titer which the free height shall not have been further reduced.

IS :3063 - 1972
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SPRING WASHERS

( Clause 3 )
All dimensions in ~miliimetres.
4
CHAIN LINE IS SHOWN
FOR FLAT EN0 SPRMG
1
DETAIL ATA
LX SECTION XX
h,-(2s*2k) h,- 2s
TYPE A TYPE B
lomi-
naI
l- dl dz b
r S I k* Weight
Approx
(7.85 kg/
For Bolt,
Nut or
Screw
Size Basic To1 Max Basic To1 Basic To1 Nom
+ f f dm+) Id Size
1 000 pcs
2 2.1 0.3 4.4 0.9 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.033 M2

2.2 2.3 0.3 4.9 1 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.1 - 0.050 M2.2
2.5 2.6 0.3 5.1 I 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.1 0.053 M2.5
3.1 0.3 6.2 I.3 0.1 O$ 0.1 0.2 0.112 M3
(i.5) 3.6 0.3 6.7 1.3 0.1 0~8 0.1 0.2 0.15 0.12 M3.5
4 4. I 0.3 7.6 I.5 0.1 0.9 0.1 0.2 0.15 0.18 M2

5 5.1 0.3 9.2 1.8 0. I I.2 0.1 0.2 0.15 0.36 M5
6.1 0.4 11.8 2.5 0.15 1.6 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.83 M6
(k 7.1 0.4 12.8 2.5 0.15 1.6 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.93 M7
8 8.2 0.4 14.8 3 0.15 2 0.1 0.5 0.3 I .60 M8
10 10.2 0.6 18.1 3.5 0.2 2.2 0.15 0.5 0.3 2.53 MI0
12 12.2 0.8 21.1 4 0.2 2.5 0.15 I.0 0.4 3.82 Ml2
(14) 14.2 0.8 24. I 4.5 0.2 2 0.15 1.0’ 0.4 6.01 Ml4
16 16.2 0.8 27.4 5 0.2 3.5 0.2 1.0 0.4 8.91 M I5
(18) 18.2 0.8 29.4 5 0.2 3.5 0.2 1.0 0.4 9.73 Ml8
20 20.2 1 33.6 6 0.2 4 0.2 1.0 0.4 15.2 M20

(22) 22.5 I 35.9 6 0.2 4 0.2 1.0 0.4 16.5 M22
24.5 I 40 7 0.25 5 0.2 1.6 0.5 26.2 M24
(z;) 27.5 1 43 7 0.25 5 0.2 1.6 0.5 28.7 M27
30 30.5 1.2 48.2 8 0.25 6 0.2 1.6 0.8 44.3 M30
(33) 33.5 1.2 55.2 IO 0.25 6 0.2 1.6 0.8 63.0 M33
36 36.5 1.2 58.2 10 0.25 6 0.2 1.6 0.8 67.3 M36
(39) 39.5 1.2 61.2 IO 0.25 6 0.2 I.6 0.8 71.7 M39
42.5 1.2 68.2 I2 0.25 7 0.25 2 0.8 III M42
(Z) 45.5 1.2 71.2 I2 0.25 7 0.25 2 0.8 117 M45
48 49 1.5 75 I2 0.25 7 0.25 2 0.8 123 M48

52 53 I.5 83 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 182 M52
56 57 1.5 87 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 193 M56
60 61 1.5 91 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 203 M60
64 65 1.5 95 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 218 M64
72 73 I.5 103 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 240 M72

76 77 I.5 109 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 253 M76
80 81 1.5 III I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 262 M80
90 91 I.5 121 14 0.25 8 0.25 2 I 290 M90
100 101 1.5 I31 I4 0.25 8 0.25 2 1 318 Ml00

*The bend k shall be made on the last tenth of the washer circumference without any sharp angle.

IS :3063 - 1972
TABLE 2 COMPRESSION LOAD AND FREE HEIGHT OF WASHERS AFTER COMPRESSION

(Chse 10.2 1
Nominal Compression h Nominal Comprezzion h

Size Load Size Load
mm Newtons mm mm Newtonz mm
2 650 0.85 16 52 200 5.95

2.2 800 I .02 18 64000 5.95
2.5 900 1.02 20 81 000 6.8
3 I 700 1.36 22 101000 6.8
3.5 2200 1.36 24 117000 8.5
4 2900 1.53 21 153000 8.5
5 4 700 2.04 30 187000 10.2
6 6 700 2.72 33 251000 10.2
7 9600 2.72 36 272000 10.2
8 12200 3.4 39 325000 10.2
10 19300 3.74 42 to 48 350000 11.9
12 28 000 4.25 52 to 100 350000 13.6
14 38 200 5.1
10.3 Twist Test ,- A portion of the washer shall be gripped in vice jaws and t.hen equal portion shall be gripped in
wrench jaws as shown id Fig. 1. Edges of the wrench jaws shall be sharp and parallel to the vice jaws. The wrench
shall then be rotated in a direction that increases the free height of the spring washer till the washer is twisted
through an angle -of 90°. The washer shall show no sign of fracture.
11. Packing - Unless otherwise specified, spring washers shall be packed in cartons of 100,500 or 1000. Each
carton shall contain spring washers of one size only.
/-:LWRENC” JAW
ROTPTE
CLOCKWISE
3
VICE JAW
FIG. 1 TWISTTEST
12. Marking - Each carton containing the spring washers shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name or
trade-mark, type, nominal size and quantity of the washers.
12.1 IS1 Certification Marking - Details available with the lndian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
IS : 3063 was originally issued in 1965 and it covered the requirements of washers in the size range 2 to
39 mm. In this revision, the size range has been extended to 100 mm. Moreover, the designation system for
the spring washers in the revision has been based on the size of the washer rather than the size of the corres-
ponding bolt, screw or nut with which the washer may be used. For materials, reference has been made to
IS : 4072- 1967 ‘Specification for steel for spring washers’. In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been
derived from DIN 127-1970 ‘Federringe, aufgebogen oder glatt mit rechteckigem Quers.chnitt’.
199
HANDBOOK ON 1NDUSTRlAL FASTENERS--PART2
c
IS :4291- 1967
Indian Standard
DIMENSIONS FOR C-WASHERS
. Foreward
1.1 This Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 27 September 1967, after the draft
inalized by the Machine Tools Sectional Committee had been approved by the Mechanical Engineering
)ivision Council.
I.2 This is one of a series of Indian Standards being prepared relating to the elements of jigs and fixtures. This
las been undertaken to prevent an unnecessarily large variety of shapes and dimensions of these elements being
Ised, as well as to obtain interchangeability of these elements.
I.3 While preparing this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from JIS B 521 l-1961 ‘C-washers
‘or jigs’ issued by the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee.
I.4 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final
1. Scope
1.1 This standard specifies the material and dimensions for C-washers for jigs and fixtures.
2. Material
2.1 C-washers shall be manufactured from suitable quality case hardening steel.
3. Dimensions
3.1 The dimensions for C-washers shall be as given in Table I.
4. Tolerance
1.1 The dimensional d’eviatiofi for hntoleranced dimensions shall be of coarse class in accordance with 1S : 21&Z-
1969 ‘Allowable deviations for dimensions without specified tolerances (first revision):
5. Designation
5.1 The C-washers shall be designated by the dimensions tl. D and the number of this standard.
Example:
A C-washer having d = 13 mm and D = 50 mm shall be designated as:

C-Washer 13 X 50 IS : 429~1
6. Hardness
6.1 The C-washers shall be hardened all over to a hardness of 30 to 40 HRC [see IS : 1586-1963 ‘Methods for
Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel].
7. Finish
7.1 The C-washers shall be free from cracks, burrs, pits and other defects.
8. Preservation and Packing
8.1 A suitable anti-corrosive surface treatment shall be given to C-washers.
8.2 The C-washers shall be packed in accordance with the best trade practice.
9. Marking
9.1 The packages containing C-washers shall be marked with the dimensions tl and D, and the manufacturer’!
name or trade-mark.
200 HANDBOOKONlNDUSTRlALFASTENERS-PART
IS :4291 - 1967
TABL.E 1 DIMENSIONS FOR C-WASH~ERS

( Clcruse 3. I )
- (v w>
t------D- t-t-4
For Bolt or
I I I I I I I
I
Note - The dimension D is before knurling.
201
IS : 4297 - 1967
Indian Standard
DIMENSIONS FOR SPHERICAL
WASHERS AND CONICAL SEATS
1. Foreword
Al This Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 27 September 1967, after the draft
‘inalized by the Machine Tools Sectional Committee had been approved by the Mechanical Engineering
Division Council.
I.2 Spherical washers and conical seats are used for transmitting clamping forces in cases where the clamping
devices have to adapt themselves to uneven surfaces. The combination of spherical washers with conical seats
mable the clamping bolt to swivel through an angle.
I.3 This is one of a series of Indian Standards being prepared by ISI relating to the elements ofjigs and fixtures.
This has been undertaken to prevent an unnecessarily large variety of shapes and dimensions of these elements
)eing used, as well as to obtain interchangeability of these elements.
I.4 While preparing this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 6319-1963
Kugelscheiben, Kegelpfanncn (spherical washers. conical seats)‘, issued by the Deutscher Normenausschuss.
1.5. For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final
value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off inaccordance with IS : 2-1960.
Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in’the rounded off
Jalue should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
I. Scope
1.1 This standard specifies the material and dimensions for spherical washers and conical seats for jigs.
2. Material
2.1 Spherical washers and conical seats shall be manufactured from rolled steel, the choice of grade being left to
:he manufacturer.
3. Dimensions
3.1 The dimensions for spherical washers and conical seats shall be as given in Table I.
4. Tolerance
1.1 The dimensional deviations for untoleranced dimensions shall be of medium quality in accordance with
IS : 2102-1962 ‘Allowable deviations for dimensions without specified tolerances.’
5. Designation
5.1 The spherical washer shall be designated by the diameter dr and the number of this standard.
Example:
A spherical washer having r/r = 25 mm shall be designated as:

Spherical Washer 25 IS : 4297
5.2 The conical seat shall be designated by the diameter dz and the number of this standard.
E.~ample:
A conical seat having dz = 28 mm shah be designated as:
Conical Seat 28 IS : 4297
6. Hardness
6.1 The spherical washers and conical seats shall be hardened all over a hardness of40 to45 HRC[.see IS : 1586-
1962 ‘Methods for Rockwell hardness test (13 and C scales) for steel’].
7: Finish
7.1 The spherical washers and conical seats shall be free from cracks. burrs. pits and other defects.
c
IS :4297 - 1967
TABLE I DIMENSIONS FOR SPHERICAL WASHERS AND CONICAL SEATS

( Ckuuw 3. I )
SPHERICAL WASHER CONICAL SEAT
SPHERICAL WASHER --
i-CONICAL SEAT ---
SPHERICAL WASHER AND CONICAL SPHERICAL WASHER AND CONICAL

SEAT IN CENTRAL POSITION SEAT IN MAXIMUM SWING POSITION
dl d2 dz d, f h, hz hs hq rl For Bolt
HI2 H12 Approx Approx Size
6.4 7 12 12 11.0 0.3 0.6 2.3 2.8 4.0 9 tvl 6
8.4 IO 17 I7 14.5 0.5 0.6 3.2 3.5 5.0 I2 M8
10.5 I2 21 21 18.5 0.5 0.X 4.0 4.2 6.3 15 M IO
I3 I5 24 24 20 0.5 I. I 4.6 5.0 8.0 17 M I2
17 I9 30 30 26 0.5 1.3 5.3 6.2 9.3 22 Ml6
21 24 36 36 31 0.5 2.0 6.3 7.5 Il.5 27 M20
25 28 44 44 37 0.8 2.4 8.2 9.5 15.0 32 M24
31 35 56 56 49 0.8 3.6 Il.2 I2 19.7 41 M 30
37 42 68 68 60 I 4.6 I4 I5 23 50 M36
43 48 78 78 70 I 6.5 I7 IX 29 58 M42
50 56 92 92 82 I 8.0 21 22 36 67 M48
8.1 A suitable anti-corrosive surface treatment shall be given to spherical washers and conical seats.
8.2 The spherical washers or conical seats shall be packed in accordance with the best trade practice.
9. Marking
9.1 The packages containing spherical washers shall be marked with dimension dk and conical seats with
dimensions Li2and the manufacturer’s name or trade-mark.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 2Q3

.
IS : 4298- 1967
-u xI,.
Indian Standard
DIMEN~SIONS FOR
SWING C-WASHERS
1.Foreward
!.I This Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 27 September 1967, after the draft
inalized by the Machine Tools Sectional Committee had been approved by the Mechanical Engineering
Xvision Council.
1.2 This is one of a series of Indian Standards being prepared relating to the elements of jigs and fixtures. This
ias been undertaken to prevent an unnecessarily large variety of shapes and dimensions of these elements being
ised, as well as to obtain interchangeability of these elements.
1.3 While preparing this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from JIS B5212-1961 ‘Swing C-
vashers for jigs’ issued by the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee.
/alue should be the same as that of the snecified value in this standard.
I. Scope
1.1 This standard specifies the material and dimensions for swing C-washers for jigs and fixtures.
1. Material
2.1 Swing C-washers shall be manufactured from rolled steel, the choice of grade being left to the manufacturer.
3. Dimensions
3.1 The dimensions for swing C-washers shall be as given in Table 1.
4. Tolerance
4.1 The dimensional deviations of cli and R shall be of medium class in accordance with IS : 2102-1962
‘Allowable deviations for dimensions without specified tolerances’.
4.2 The dimensional deviations for untoleranced dimensions shall be of coarse class in accordance with
IS : 2102-1962.
5. Designation
5.1 The swing C-washer shall be designated by the dimension d and the number of this standard.
Example:
A swing C-washer having d = 14 mm shall be designated as:
Swing C-Washer 14 IS : 4298
6. Hardness
6.1 The swing C-washers shall be hardened all over to a hardness of 40 to 45 HRC[see IS : 1586-1968 ‘Methoc
for Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel’].
7. Finish
7.1 The swing C-washers shall be free from cracks, burrs, pits and other defects.
8.1 A suitable anti-corrosive surface treatment shall be given to swing C-washers.
8.2 Swing C-washers shall be packed in accordance with the best trade practice.
9. Marking
9.1 The packages containing swing C-washers shall be marked with the dimension d and the manufacturer’
name or trade-mark.

IS :4298 - 1967
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SWING C-WASHERS

( Clause 3.1 )
Iv=--
__
_-
_-
i
d di R RI R2 R3 R4 , I For Bolt or
H13 Nom Screw Sizes
6.6 8.5 18 8 21.3 14.7 10.0 2.0 6 M6
9.0 8.5 21 8 25.5 16.5 13.0 2.5 6 M8
II 8.5 24 8 29.5 18.5 16.0 2.5 6 MI0
14 10.5 27 10 34.0 20.0 20.0 3.0 8 Ml2
18 10.5 33 10 42.0 24.0 25.0 3.0 8 Ml6
22 10.5 38 IO 49.0 27.0 30.0 3.0 8 M20
26 12.5 42 12 55.0 29.0 32.5 4.0 10 M24
30 12.5 45 12 60.0 30.0 35.0 4.0 IO M27
Note -~ The outer edge of both faces shall have a chamfer of 0.5 X 45O

IS :5370 - 1969
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR PLAIN WASHERS WITH
OUTSIDE DIAMETER = 3 X INSIDE DIAMETER
scope - Covers the requirements for plain washers with ouside diameter approximately equal to thrice inside
liameter.
8. Types - The washers shall be of two types, namely, Type A washers which are unmachined; and Type B
rashers which are machined.
1. Dimensions
ld$JjT @I
TYPE A UNMACHINED TYPE B MACHINED

Nominal Size D s For Bolt Size

d
(2.5) 7 0.8 M2.2

2.8 8 0.8 M2.5
3.2 9 0.8 M3
(3.7) 11 0.8 M3.5

4.3 12 1 M4
5.3 15 1.5 MS
18 1.5 M6
(7p; 22 2 M7
8.4 25 2 M8
10.5 30 2.5 Ml0

40 3 Ml2
ih 45 3 Ml4
17 50 3 Ml6
19 56 4 Ml8
21 60 4 M20
4. Material - Washers covered in this standard shall be made from steel, brass, aluminium or any other suitable
material as specified by the purchaser.
5. Designation - The washers shall be designated by the type, nominal size, the number of this standard and
material.
Example:
A plain washer (outside diameter w 3 X inside diameter) or Type B having a nominal size of 4.3 mm
and made of steel shall be designated as:
Washer B 4.3 1s : 5370 Steel.
6. Other Requirements - Other requirements for machined and unmachmed washers not covered in this
standard, shall conform to precision and ordinary washers respectively, as specified in IS : 5369-1975 ‘General
requirements for plain washers and lock washers (Jrst revision)‘.
This Standard is based on DIN 9021-1956
c-
IS : 5371- 1982
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
MULTI-TOOTH LOCK WASHERS
( First Revision )
. Scope - Covers the requirements for multi-tooth lock washers for use with screws in the diameter range 1.6 to
0 mm.
. Types - The multi-tooth lock washers shall be of the following three types:
Type A - Externally toothed

Type B - Internally toothed
Type C - Countersunk
. Grades - The multi-tooth lock washer shall conform to precision grade of IS : 5369 - 1975 ‘General
equirements for plain washers and lock washers yirst revision)‘.
I. Dimensions - The dimensions and tolerances for multi-tooth lock washers shall be as given in Table I.
1.1 Details not specified shall be left to the choice of the manufacturer.
i. Material - The multi-tooth lock washers shall be made from carbon spring steel of any suitable grade
pecified in IS : 4072-1975 ‘Specification for steel for spring washers Cfirst revision)‘.
i. Hardness - The multi-tooth lock washers made of spring steel shall be suitably hardened and-tempered to
,esult in a hardness range of 410 to 490 HV or 42 to 49 HRC. Vicker’s hardness tested in accordance with IS :
501-1968 ‘Method for Vicker’s hardness test for steel (first revision)’ shall be taken as the reference value.
r. Finish - The multi-tooth lock washers shall be supplied in natural black finish,unless otherwise specified by
he purchaser. At the request of the purchaser, lock washers may be phosphated, tinned, galvanized, nickel
)lated, copper plated, cadmium plated, etc.
7.1 Plated lock washers shall be stress relieved after plating to avoid hydrogen embrittlement and shall be
subjected to an embrittlement test (see 9.3).
#.,-Designation - The multi-tooth lock washers shall be designated by the name, type, nominal size, number of
:his standard, and the surface protection, if any.
Example:
A multi-tooth lock washer of type A, nominal size 2.8 mm, and phosphate coated shall be designated
as:
Multi-Tooth Lock Washer A 2.8 IS : 5371 Phospate Coated
In case the lock washer is intended for screws with left hand threads, the designation shall be:
Multi-Tooth Lock Washer A 2.8 LH IS : 5371 Phosphate Coated
9. Tests
9.1 Temper Test -- Washers, after being compressed to a height equal to the actual material thickness plus
0.127 mm and then released, shall have a free height greater than the compressed height. Compression shall be
accomplished between parallel flat surfaces for flat varieties of tooth washers. The hardness of surfaces, betweer
which the washers are compressed, shall be more than that of the washers under test.
9.2 Spread Test - The rim of the lock washer shall be cut or severed with a cold chisel or cutting pliers and the
severed ends shall be gripped by pliers or vice and pliers. Separation of the ends in the form of a helix to a distance
equal to the inside diameter of the washer shall not result in fracture. When the ends are separated to a greatei
distance and the washer fractures, the structure at the point of fracture shall show a fine grain, and the washer up
to the instant of fracture shall deliver a tough, springy reaction.
9.3 Embt-ittlement Test- Plated washer shall be clamped to a height equal to the actual material thickness pm
B. 127 mm for a minimum period of 24 hours without breaking. The clamping shall be accomplished betweer
Parallel flat surfaces for flat varieties of tooth washers and between mating countersunk holes and cones fo,
countersunk tooth washers. The hardness of surfaces, between which the washers are compressed, shall be morr
than that of washers under test.

287
IS :5371- 1982
t
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR MULTI-TOOTH tOCK WASHERS

( Clause 4 )
Sl
-ci
i’
i- i_--- Q d, ---A
2 51 min. min.
TYPE A EXTERNALLY TOOTHED TYPE B INTERNALLY TOOTHED TYPE C COUNTERSUNK
Nominal d1 d, SI S: Number of Teeth Suitable

Size Min Screw
d\ Types Size
HI3 hl4 e. . A and B C
1.7 3.6 - 0.3 6 a Ml.6
(1.9) 4 0.3 6 M 1.8
2.2 4.5 4.2 0.3 0.2 6 6 M2
2.7 5.5 5.1 0.4 0.2 6 6 M 2.5
(7.4) 12.5 0.8 - 8 M7
8.2’ 14 0.8 - 8 ME
8.4 15 15.3 0.8 0.4 8 10 M8
10.5 18 19 0.9 0.5 9 10 M‘IO
12.5 20.5 23 I 0.5 10 10 Ml2
(14.5) 24 26.2 I 0.6 10 12 Ml4
16.5 26 30.2 1.2 0.6 12 i2 Ml6
(19) 30 1.4 12 - Ml8
21 33 1.4 - 12 M20
(23) 36 1.5 14 M22
25 38 - 1.5 - 14 M24
(28) 44 I.6 14 M27
31 48 - 1.6 - 14 - M30
Note - Sizes shown within the brackets are non-preferred.

*Only for hexagon head bolts.
20s HANDBOI)K ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS :5371 - 1982
10 General Requirements
10.1 The surface of washers shall ,be free from scales and burrs.
10.2 For other requirements like packing and marking, not covered in this standard, the lock washers shall
conform to IS : 5369-1975.
11. Sampling and Acceptance -- The sampling and acceptance criteria for testing and inspection of lock washers
shall be in accordance with IS : 6821-1973 ‘Methods for sampling non-threaded fasteners’.
12. IS1 Certification Marking -- Details available with Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Multi-tooth lock washers are used with screws.and nuts to effectively add spring take-up to the screw
elongation and to increase the frictional resistance under the screw head or nutiace. These are normally used
where security of assembly is critical.
Lock washers of Type A (externally toothed) are used with normal hexagon head and other screws where
projection or teeth beyond screw head or nut is not objectionable.
Lock washers of Type B (internally toothed) are used where projection of teeth beyond screw head or nut
is objectionable, that is, with cheese head screws or cap screws used in counter bores.
This standard was first published in 1969. The following changes have been made in the present revision:
a) Tolerances have been added to the internal and external diameters.
b) Lock washers suitable for screws of sizes M2.2 and M4.5 have been deleted. Sizes M5 and MS have
been added for lock washers of Type C.
The outside diameters for toothed lock washers of Type C have been altered for some sizes to suit the
slotted countersunk screws [IS : 1365-l 978 Specification for slotted countersunk head screws (third revision), IS :
8911-1978 ‘Specification for slotted raised countersunk head screws], and recessed screws [IS : 7485-1974
Specification for cross recessed countersunk head screws (dia 2.5 to IO mm), IS : 7486-1974 Specification for
cross recessed raised countersunk head screws (dia 2.5 to 10 mm)].
Reference to material has been updated and provisions for surface protection of lock washers included
not covered in the earlier edition. In the revision, a reference is also made to IS : 682 1-I 973 for sampling plans and
acceptance criteria.
Embrittlement test has beenincorporated to check the stress relieving and also method of conducting
temper test has been simplified.
In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been taken from DIN 6797-1971 ‘Toothed lock
washers’ issued by Deutsches Institut fur Normung (DIN).
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
LOCK WASHERS WITH LUG
Scope - Prescribes the requirements for lock washers with lug in the diameter range 3 to 100 mm.
Dimensions
Nominal Size D ~d,(H13) f(hI3) g s t Suitable for Bolts Size

-il
3.2 I2 3 2.5 4.5 0.4 2.5 M3

(3.7) I2 3 2.5 4.5 0.4 2.5 M3.5
4.3 I4 3 2.5 5.5 0.4 2.5 M4
5.3 17 4 3.5 7 0.5 3.5 M5
6.4 I9 4 3.5 7.5 0.5 3.5, M6
(7.4) I9 4 3.5 7.5 0.5 3.5 M7
8.4 22 4 3.5 8.5 0.8 4 M8
10.5 26 5 4.5 IO 0.8 4.5 MI0
I3 32 5 4.5 I2 I 6 Ml2
(15) 36 5 4.5 I3 I 6 Ml4
I7 40 6 5.5 15 I 6 Ml6
(19) 45 7 6 I8 I 7 Ml8
21 45 7 6 I8 I 7 M20
(23) 50 8 7 20 I 7 M22
25 50 8 7 21 I 7 M24
(28) 58 9 8 23 1.6 9 M27
31 63 9 8 25 1.6 9 M30
(34) 68 IO 9 28 I.6 9 M33
37 75 12 II 31 1.6 IO M36
(40) 82 12 II 33 1.6 II M39
43 88 I2 II 36 I.6 II M42
46 95 14 I3 38 1.6 I2 M45
50 100 14 I3 40 I.6 13 M48
54 I05 14 I3 42 1.6 I4 M52
58 II2 I7 I5 45 2 14 M56
62 II8 I7 I5 48 2 14 M60
66 I25 I9 I6 52 2 I4 M64
70 132 I9 I6 55 2 18 M68
74 138 I9 I6 58 2 18 M72
78 145 22 I8 60 2 18 M76
82 I50 22 I8 62 2 I8 M80
88 I55 22 I8 65 2 18 M85
93 I65 24 20 70 2 18 M90
98 I75 24 20 75 2 I8 M95
I04 185 24 20 80 2 18 Ml00
Nore I - The sizes in brackets are of second preference.

Note 2 - The tolerance on thicknesses shall be the same as that specified for the material of the washer. For example, in case of steel sheet
IS : 513-1963 ‘Specification for cold rolled carbon steel sheet’, tolerance to conform to IS : 513-1963.
his Stagdard is based on DIN 432-1954.
210 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART2

IS :5554 - 1970
3. Material -~ The lock washers with lug shall be made from.steel, brass or any other material as specified by the
ourchaser.
4. Designation -.- The washers shall be designated by the nominal size, number of this standard and material.
Example:
A lock washer with lug having nominal size 25 mm and made of steel shall be disignated as:
Lock Washer with Lug 25 IS : 5554 Steel.
Other Requirements - Other requirements for the lock washers with lug, not covered in the standard, shall
onform to the ordinary grade of washer as specified in IS : 5369-1975 ‘General requirements for plainwasheres
and lock washers t-first revision)‘.
.HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

‘IS : 5556 - 1970
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR FAN DISC WASHERS
Scope ~~ Prescribes the requirements for fan disc washers in the diameter range 1.6 to 30 mm.
Types ~ The fan disc washers shall be of the following three types:
Type A Externally toothed,
Type B Internally toothed, and
‘Type C Countersunk.
Dimensions
TYPE A EXTERNALLY TOOTHED TYPE I3 INTERNALLY TOOTHED TYPE C COUNTERSUNK
Nominal D DI SI SZ Number of Teeth. Min Suitable For

Size Type Bolt Size
d A R C
1.7 3.1 0.3 9 7 Ml.6

1.9 4.0 0.3 9 7 -_ Ml.8
2.2 4.5 4.6 ’ 0.3 0.2 9 7 IO M2
(2.4) 4.x 4.9 0.4 0.2 9 7 IO M2.2
2.7 5.4 5.5 0.4 0.2 9 7 10 M2.5
3.2 6 6.2 0.4 0.2 9 7 12 M3
3.7 7 6.7 0.5 0.25 IO 8 12 M3.S
4.3 x 7.8 0.5 0.25 II 8 14 M4
(4.7) 8.5 x.2 0.5 0.25 II 8 14 M4.S
5.1 9 0.5 _~ II 8 - MS
6.4 I! II 0.7 0.4 I2 9 I6 M6
(7.4) 12.5 0.8 14 10 - Ml
8.2 14 0.8 14 IO M8
10.5 IX I8 0.9 0.5 16 12 20 MI0
12.5 20.5 26 I 0.5 16 I2 26 Ml2
(14.5) 24 29 I 0.6 I8 14 28 Ml4
16.5 26 32 1.2 0.6 18 I4 30 Ml6
(19) 30 I .4 18 14 - Ml8
21 33 I.4 20 16 -_ M20
(23) 36 I.5 __ 20 16 - M22
2s 38 I.5 20 16 M24
(28) 44 1.6 22 I8 - M27
31 48 I .6 22 I8 M30
Note Si7es within brackets are of second preference.
, Material -- The fan disc washers shall be made from suitable steels, such as conforming to TS : 4072 - 1967
ipecification for steel forspring washers’with hardness between410 to490 HV(see IS : 1501- 1959‘Methodsfor
‘icker’s hardness test for metallic materials) or bronze, such as Pbz grade of IS : 28 - 19% ‘S@fication for
hosphor bronze ingots and castings (revised)‘or any other material specified by the purchaser.
, Designation - The fan disc washers shall be designated by the type, the nominal size, number of this standard
nd the material.

/
IS :5556 - 1970
I
(
Example:
A fan disc washer of Type A and nominal size 5.1 mm and of spring steel shall be designated as:
Fan Disc Washer A 5.1 IS : 5556 Steel.

If the fan disc washers for screw with left hand thread are required, the designation shall be:
Fan Disc Washers A 5.1 LH IS : 5556 Steel.
6. Other Requirements - Other requirements for the fan disc washers, not covered in this standard, shall
conform to IS : 5369- 1969 ‘General reauirements for plain’ washers and lock washers’.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL~FASTENERS-PART 2
213 1
IS : 6735- 1972,
Lndian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SPRING WASHERS FOR SCREWS WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
Scope- Covers the requirements for single coil square section spring washers in the size range 3 to 48 mm
Dimensions - Shall be as in Table 1
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SPRING WASHERS FOR SCREWS WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
S
I
r-
Nominal
size
Nom
d,
Tol
+
r
ENLARGED
SECTION
r d2
XX
Max
.r
r
Min
h
Max
r
Nom
S
lsi
d2@
To1
f
-
l-h-l
l- I
Nom
Weight
(7.85 kg/
dm? kg/
1000 PCS
Screw
Size
2+ 2.1 0.3 44 1.2 1.40 0.9 0.1 0.1 0.033 M2

2.2* 2.3 0.3 4.8 1.6 1.80 I 0.1 0.1 0.049 M2.2
2.5* 2.6 0.3 5.1 1.6 1.80 I 0.1 0.1 0.053 M2.5
3.1 0.3 5.6 2 2.36 I 0. I 0.2 0.105 M3
c:ls,* 3.6 0.3 6.1 2 2.36 1 0.I 0.2 0.114 (M3.5)
4’ 4.1 0.3 7 2.4 2.83 1.2 0.1 0.2 0.195 M4
(4.5); 4.6 0.3 7.5 2.4 2.83 I.2 0. I 0.2 0.204 (M4.5)
5* 5.1 0.3 8.8 3.2 3.78 I.6 0.1 0.2 0.370 M5
b+ 6.1 0.4 9.9 3.2 3.78 1.6 0.1 0.3 0.425 M6
(7) 7.1 0.4 11.7 4 4.72 2 0.1 0.5 0.968 (M7)
8 8.1 0.4 12.7 4 4.72 2 0.1 0.5 1.05 M8
IO 10.2 0.5 lb.0 5 5.9 2.5 0.15 0.8 1.96 MI0
12.2 0.5 18.0 5 5.9 2.5 0.15 0.8 2.28 Ml2
(::I 14.2 0.5 21.1 6 7.1 3 0.2 I.0 3.8 (Ml4)
lb 16.2 D.8 24.4 7 8.25 3.5 0.2 I.0 5.94 Ml6
(18) 18.2 0.8 26.4 7 8.25 3.5 0.2 1.0 6.6 (Ml8)
20.2 1.0 30.6 9 10.6 4.5 0.2 I.0 12.3 M20
(E) 22.5 I.0 32.9 9 IO,6 4.5 0.2 I.0 13.6 (M22)
24 24.5 1.0 35.9 IO 11.8 5 0.2 I.6 18.1 M24

(27) 27.5 1.0 38.9 IO 11.8 5 0.2 I.% 20.6 (~27)
30 30:5 1.2 44. I I2 14.2 6 0.2 1.6 32 M30
(33) 33.5 I.2 47.2 12 14.2 6 0.2 I.6 35 (M33)

36 36.5 I.2 52.2 I4 16.5 7 0.25 I.6 52.5 M36
(39) 39.5 1.2 55.2 I4 16.5 7 0.25 1.6 56. I (M39)
42 425 1.2 60.2 16 18.9 8 0.25 2 80 M42

(45) 46 1.5 64 I6 18.9 8 0.25 2 85.3 (M45)
48 49 1.5 67 I6 18.9 8 0.25 2 90 M48
Note - Nominal sizes in brackets are of second preference.

*These sizes are almost identical with the corresponding sizes covered in IS : 3068-1972 ‘Specification for single coil rectangular section
Iring washers for bolts, nuts and screws cfirsf revision)‘.

IS :6735 - 1972
3. Material - The spring washers shall be made from suitable spring steel according to IS : 4072- 1967
‘Specification for steel for spring washers’ having a tensile strength of 700 MPa after normalizingand at least 15
percent elongation (gauge length = 5.65dA), when tested in accordance with IS : 1521- 1966~‘Method for tensile
testing of steel wire’.
4. Heat Treatment - Spring washers after coiling shall be suitably heat-treated so as to result in the finished
washer having a hardness in the range of 43 to 50 HRC, when tested in accordance with IS : 1586 - 1968 ‘Methods
for Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel first revision)‘.
5. Finish - Spring washers shall be supplied in natural finish, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. At the
request of the purchaser, washers can be phosphate-coated, nickel-plated, tinned, galvanized, copper-plated,
cadmium-plated, etc. The functional properties of the spring washers shall not be impaired as a result of the
protective coatings. These coated washers shall be subjected to appropriate treatment to avoid hydrogen
embrittlement.
6. Designation
6.1 Spring washers shall be designated by the nominal size and the number of this standard and surface
protection, if any:
Example:
A single coil spring washer having nominal size 10 mm with phosphate coating shall be designated as:
Spring Washer 10 IS : 6735 Phosphate-coated
6.1.1 In case the washer is intended for use with left hand threads, the designation shall be modified as follows:
Spring Washer LH 10 IS : 6735 Phosphate-coated

7.1 The surfaces of the washers shall be free of scale and burrs. The washers shall be coiled without any kinks.
The outer edges may be rounded or sharp. The ends of the washers shall not abut when the washers are
compressed. Theends shall be so severed as to prevent tangling.
7.2 In regard to other requirements, spring washers covered in this standard, shall conform to IS : 1387 - 1967
‘General requirements for the supply of metallurgical materials Cfirst revision)‘.
8. Sampling and Acceptance - Sampling and acceptance shall be determined in accordance with IS : 6821-
1973 ‘Methods for sampling non-threaded fasteners’.
9. Tests
9.1 Hardness Test - For determining the hardness specified in 4, the core impression shall be applied at the
centre position of a face of the spring washer.
9.2 Permanent Set Test - The spring washer under test shall be compressed flat for 3 minutes duration and
released between 2 test plates having a hardness of 60 HRC, Min. On release of the pressure, the free height of the
washer shall not be less than the values given in Table 2. This compression and removal of pressure shall then be
repeated 20 times in quick succession after which time the free height shall not have been further reduced.
9.3 Twist Tesr - A portion of the washer shall be gripped in vice jaws and then equal portion shall be gripped in
wrench jaws as shown in Fig. 1. Edges of the wrench jaws shall be sharp and parallel to vice jaws. The wrench
shall then be rotated in a direction that increases the free height of the spring washer till the washer is twisted
through an angle of 90”. The washer shall show no sign of fracture.
10. Packing - Unless otherwise specified, the spring washers shall be packed in cartons of 100, 500 or 1 000.
Each carton shall contain spring washers of one size only.
11. Marking
11.1 Each carton shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade-mark, nominal size and quantity of
washers.
11.1.1 151 Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS : 6735 - 1972
TABLE 2 COMPRESSION LOAD AND FREE HEIGHT OF SPRING WASHER AFTER COMPRESSION
( Clause 9.2 )
Nominal Size Compression Load Height

Newtons mm
2 650 1.0
2.2 800 1.4
2.5 900 1.4
3 1 700 1.7
3.5 2 200 1.7
4 2 900 2.04
5 4 700 2.55
6 6 700 2,72
8 12 200 3.4
IO 19 300 4.25
12 28 000 4.25
14 38 200 5.1
16 52 200 6
18 64 000 6
20 81 000 7.65
22 I01 000 7.65
24 117000 8.5
27 I 53 000 8.5
30 I 87 000 10.2
33 2 51000 10.2
36 2 72 000 11.9
42 350000 13.6
48 350000 13.6
b+- .--WRENCH
VICE JAW
JAW
FIG. I. TWIST TEST
EXPLANATORY NOTE
These washers are intended for use in general engineering applications with slotted cheese head and
hexagon socket head cap screws in the size range M2 to M48. In the preparation of this standard, considerable
assistance has been derived from DIN 7980 : 1970 Federringe fur Zylinder Schrauben (Single coil square section
spring washers for screws with cylindrical heads), issued by Deutscher Normenausschuss.

IS : 6755- l-980
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR DOUBLE COIL
HELICAL SPRING WASHERS
( First Revision )
t t
1. Scope -- Covers the requirements for double coil helical spring washers in the size range 4 to 36 mm.
2. Dimensions - Shall be as given in Table 1.
3. Material --- The spring washers shall be made from suitable grade, according to IS : 4072 - 1975 ‘Specification
for steel for spring washers first revision)‘, having a minimum tensile strength of 700 N/ mm2 after normalizing
and at least I5 percent elongation (gauge length = 5.65JA, where A is area of cross-section) when tested in
accordance with IS : 1521 - 1972 ‘Methods for tensile testing of steel wire (first revision).’
4. Heat Treatment - The spring washers after coiling shall be suitably heat-treated so as to result in the finished
washer having a hardness in the range of 43 to 50 HRC when tested in accordance with IS : 1586 - 1968 ‘Methods
for Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel ($+-St revision)‘.
5. Finish - The spring washers shall be supplied in natural finish unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. At
the request of the purchaser, washers may be phosphate coated, nickel plated, tinned, galvanized, copper plated
or cadmium plated. The functional properties of the spring washers shall not be impaired as a result of the
protective coatings. The spring washers, when coated, shall be subjected to appropriate treatment to avoid
hydrogen embrittlement.
Note - A list of Indian Standards on metallic finishes and coatings on steel including the methods of test is given in Appendix A.
6. Accuracy - The chamfered ends of the spring washers shall not increase the diameter when the washer is
compressed. The washers shall not interlink.
7. Designation - The spring washers shall be designated by the nominal size, the number of thisstandard and
the surface protection, if any.
Example:
A double coil helical spring washer having a nominal size 10 mm with phosphate coating shall be
designated as:
Spring Washer 10 IS : 6755 Phosphate Coated
7.1 In case the spring washer is intended for use with left hand threads, the designation shall be modified as
follows:
Spring Washer LH 10 IS : 6755 Phosphate Coated
8. General Requirements - The flat faces of the spring washer and the inner and outer peripheries shall be
smooth and free from knurling serrations, die marks, deep scratches, etc, although slight free roll marks shall be
permissible.
8.1 The spring washer shall also be free from burrs, rust, pit marks and loose scale. The internal and external
circumferential edges shall be rounded sufficiently to avoid checks.
8.2 The spring washer shall be cranked in such a manner that the washer lies flat when closed under compression.
8.3 During use the spring washers shall remain circular and their section shall be such as not to cause them to
spread, when set down by a nut under normal service conditions.
8.4 In regard to other requirements, not covered in this standard, the spring washers shall conform to precision
grade of IS : 5369-1975 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock washers Cfirst revision)‘.

IS :6755 - 1980 .
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR DOUBLE COIL HELICAL SPRING WASHKRS

( Clause 2 )
Note - The spring washer shown is for use with right hand threads.
Nominal Internal Diameter dl Outside Width b Thickness For Bolt

Size Diameter s Diameter
Nom Tol h Nom TO1 Nom
Nom f
4 4.1 +0.3 7.1 1.5 0.1 0.8 M4

5 5.1 +0.3 8.7 1.8 0.1 0.8 MS
6 6.1 +0.4 11.1 2.5 0.15 I M6
8 8.2 +0.4 14.2 3 0.15 I.2 M8

10 10.2 to.6 17.2 3.5 0.2 1.2 MI0
I2 12.2 +0.8 20.2 4 0.2 1.6 Ml2
16 16.2 +1.0 26.2 5 0.2 2 Ml6

20 20.2 bl.0 32.2 6 0.2 2.5 M20
24 24.5 +I.0 38.5 7 0.25 3 M24
30 30.5 t1.3 46.5 8 0.25 3 M30

36 36.5 tl.3 56.5 IO 0.25 3 M36
I-
9. Sampling - Sampling size and acceptance criteria shall be. determined in accordance with IS : 6821-1973
‘Methods for sampling of non-threaded fasteners’.
10. Tests
10.1 Compression Test - The spring washers shall be loaded with the following weights for three minutes:
*
iI HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS :6755-1980
Nominal Size mm Load

:N‘.
Above Up to and
including
- 4 200
4 6 500
6 12 1 000
12 20 2 000
20 30 3 000
30 - 5 000
After release of load, the free height of the spring washer shall not be less than three times the sectional
thickness.
10.1.1 The above application and removal of load shall be repeated twenty times in quick succession after
which the free height shall not have been further reduced.
10.2 Twist Test
10.2.1 The spring washer shall be broken into two equal halves and both the halves shall be tested separately as
a single coil washer as described in 10.2.2.
10.2.2 A portion of the spring washer shall be gripped in vice jaws and then equal portion shall be gripped in
wrench jaws as shown inFig. 1 (edges of the wrench jaws should be sharp and parallel to vice jaws). The wrench
shall then be rotated in a direction that increases thefree height of the spring washer till the washer is twisted
through an angle of 90’. It shall be slowly and evenly bent (not jerkily) taking precaution to prevent injuries
through fly spliters. The spring washer shall show no signs of fracture.
I I
I _I WRENCH JAM
I
b +-
FIG. I. TWIST TEST
10.23 The spring washer shall be notched and then fractured. The fractured ends shall appear evenly grained
and without any cracks.
11. Packing - Unless otherwise specified, spring washers shall be packed in carton of 100,500 and 1000. Each
carton shall contain spring Washers of one size only.
12. Marking - Each carton shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade-mark, nominal size,
quantity of spring washers and particulars of coating/plating, if any.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 219,

IS : 6755 - 1980
APPENDIX A
LIST OF RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARDS ON METALLIC FINISH-ES AND COATINGS ON STEEL
IS : 1068-1968 Electroplated coatings of nickel and chromium on iron and steel Cfirst revision)
IS : 1359-1977 Electroplated coatings of tin (second revision)
1S : 1572-1963 Electroplated coatings of cadmium on, iron and steel (first revision)
IS : 1573-1970 Electroplated coatings of zinc on iron and steel (first revision)
IS : 1772-1973 Electroplated coatings of copper Cfirst revision)
IS : 3202-1965 Code of practice for climate proofing of electrical equipment
IS : 3618-1966 Phosphate treatment of iron and steel for protection against corrosion
IS : 6012-1971 Method for measurement of coating thickness by eddy current
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Double coil helical spring washers made of steel are for use with bolts~and nuts intended for automobile
and general engineering purposes. These washers provided not only the necessary reactive pressure to meet most
service conditions but also provide reactive resiliency to prevent frozen bolted assembly conditions.
This standard wasfirst issued in 1972. In the present revision, the following changes have been made:
The clause on cranking had been found to be contradictory to the stipulation that the spring washers be
evenly wound with uniform pitch and without,sharp ends. Hence the latter stipulation has been deleted. Also
deleted is the requirement that ends of washers should not abutt when the washers are in a closed condition since
for double coil washers the above condition does not arise.
The figure of washer has been modified to one that is used with right hand threads. The included angle
between the two ends has been specified with tolerance.
The material for spring washers has also modified in line with the revised Indian Standard on the subject.
220 HANDBOOKONINDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PART2
IS-:8068 - 1976
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR TAB WASHERS
. Scope - Covers the requirements for tab washers of two~types for locking bolts and nuts in the bolt diameter
ange 3 to 52 mm.
!. Types - The following are the two types:
Type A - Tab washers with long tab, and
Type B - Tab washers with long tab and wing.
1. Grade - Precision grade conforming to IS : 5369-1975 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock
vashers Cfirst revision)‘.
1. Dimensions - As given in Table 1 for Type A and in Table 2 for Type -B.
1.1 Dimensional tolerances as well as tolerances for form and position shall conform to precision washers of
S : 5369-1975.
i. Material -- Tab washers with long.tab shall be made from cold rolled carbon steel, grade 0 of IS : 513-1973
Specification for cold rolled carbon steel sheets (second revision)’ Tar brass CuZn37 of IS : 410-1967
Specification for rolled brass plate, sheets, strip and foil (second revision)’ (tKe choice of temper being left to the
nanufacturer) or any other suitable ~material as specified by the purchaser.
i. Designation
i.1 Tab washers shall be designated by,the name, type, nominal size and the number of this standard.
Example:
A tab washer of Type A, size 19 mm shall be designated as:
Tab Washer A 19 IS : 8068
5.2 When a non-ferrous material, for example, brass is used for the manufacture, the word ‘Brass’shall come at
the end of the designation:
Example:
A tab washer of Type B, size 19 mm and made of brass shall be designated as:
Tab Washer B 19 IS : 8068 Brass
7. General Requirements - In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, they shall conform to the

IS :8068 - 1976
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR TAB WASHERS, TYPE A
( Clause 4 j
WS
f
b -
Nominal dz b 1 1 s Suitnblelor
Size Bolt Size
dl
3.2 12 4 13 2.5 0.4 M3

(3.7) 12 4 13 2.5 0.4 (M3.5)
4.3 14 5 14 2.5 0.4 M4
5.3 17 6 16 2.5 0.5 M5

6.4 19 7 18 4 0.5 M6
(7.4) 19 7 18 4 0.5 (M7)
8.4 22 8 20 4 0.8 M8
10.5 26 10 22 6 0.8 Ml0
13 30 12 28 10 1 Ml2
(15) 33 12 28 10 1 (Ml4)
17 36 15 32 10 1 Ml6
(19) 40 18 36 10 1 (Ml81
21 42 18 36 10 1 M20
(23) 50 20 42 10 1 (M22)
25 50 20 42 10 1 M24
28 58 23 48 16 1.6 (~27)
31 63 26 52 16 1.6 M30
(34) 68 28 56 16 1.6 (M33)
37 75 30 60 16 1.6 M36
(40) 82 32 64 16 1.6 (M39)
43 88 35 70 16 1.6 M42
46 95 38 75 16 1.6 M45
50 100 40 80 16 1.6 M48
54 105 44 85 16 1.6 M52
1

1s:8068 - 19.?6
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR TAB WASHERS, TYPE B
( Clause 4 \
All dimensions in, millimetres.
b-b-I
Nominal h b h h r s Suitable for

Size Bolt Size
dl
3.2 7 4 13 5 1.6 0.4 M3
(3.7) 8 4 13 5.5 1.6 0.4 (M3.5)
4.3 9 5 14 6.5 2.5 0.4 M4
5.3 10 6 16 8 2.5 0.5 M5

1 6.4 1 12.5 t 7 1 18 1 9 / 4 I 0.5 I M6
(7.4) 14 7 I8 10 4 0.5 (M7)
8.4 17 8 20 I1 4 0.8 MS
10.5 21 10 22 13 4 0.8 Ml0
13 24 12 28 15 6 1.0 Ml2
(15) 28 12 28 16 6 1.0 (M14)

17 30 I5 32 I8 6 1.0 Ml6
(19) 34 18 36 20 6 1.0 (M18)
21 37 18 36 21 6 1 .O M20
(23) 39 20 42 23 6 1.0 (M22)
25 44 20 42 25 6 1.0 M24
(28) 50 23 48 29 6 1.6 (~27)

31 56 26 52 32 10 1.6 M30
(34) 60 2ti 56 34 10 1.6 (M33)
37 66 30 60 38 10 1.6 M36
(40) 72 32 64 41 10 1.6 (M39)
43 78 35 70 44 10 1.6 M42
46 85 38 75 48 10 1.6 M45
50 92 40 80 50 10 1.6 M48
54 98 44 85 53 10 1.6 M52
EXPLANATORY NOTE
In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from the following standards
issued by the Deutsches Institut fiir Normung:
DIN 93-1974 Scheiben mit Lappen (Tab washers with long tab)
DIN 463-1974 Schieben mit 2 Lappen (Washer with 2 tabs)

SECTION F
Fasteners for Steel Structures
IS z 3757- 1985
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTURAL BOLTS
( Second Revision )
1. Scope and Field of Application - Covers the requirements for large series hexagon, high strength structural
steel bolts in property classes 8.8 and 10.9 and in the size range M 16 to M36 with short thread lengths suitable for
use in both friction-type and bearing-type structural steel joints. Bolts to this standard when matched with the
appropriate nuts, have been designed to provide an assembly with a high level of assurance against failure by
thread stripping on overtightening.
Note - Attention is drawn to the importance of ensuring that the bolts are correctly used if satisfactory results are to be obtained.
2.1 The dimensions of the bolts shall be as given in Table 1.
2.2 The recommended length-size combinations shall be as given in Table 2.
2.3 Threads shall conform to tolerance class 6 g of IS : 4218 (Part 6) - 1978 ‘IS0 metric screw threads: Part 6
Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to 52 mm) (Jrst revision)‘. In case of hot-dip
galvanized bolts, the specified tolerance class shall apply before hot-dip galvanizing.
3. Grade - Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be of product grade C as specified in IS : I367 (Part 2) -
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second
revision)‘.
4. Mechanical Properties - The bolts shall be of property class 8.8 or 10.9 as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 3) - 1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test methods for
bolts, screws and studs with full loadability (second revision )‘.
4.1 For tensile, proof load and wedge loading test on full size bolts, onlyfour threads shall be exposed between
the grips. This is obtained by freely running the nut or fixture to the fullest extent and then unscrewing the
specimen four full turns.
4.2 For test pruposes, the screw threads on hot-dip galvanized bolts shall be chemically stripped to permit
assembly with a standard threaded grip or nut, that is, thread class 6H.
5. Finish
5.1 Unless specified otherwise, the bolts shall be supplied in the dull black heat-treated condition with a residual
coating of light oil.
5.2 Where property class 8.8 bolts are required to be hot-dip galvanized, they shall be galvanized in accordance
with the requirements of IS : 1367 (Part 13)- 1983 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners:
Part 13 Hot-dip galvanized coatings on threaded fasteners (second revision )‘. For fasteners with hot-dip
galvanized coatings, the bolts or the mating nuts shall be provided with a suitable lubricant which shall be clean
and dry to the touch to ensure that-seizure shall not take~place in assembly. The hot-dip galvanized bolts shall be
subjected to the anti-seizing test as specified in Appendix A.
Note -- Bolts of property class 10.9 should not be hot-dip galvanized since this may cause hydrogen embrittiement.
6.1 In regard to permissible surface discontinuities, the bolts shall conform to IS : I367 (Part 9) - 1979 ‘Technical
supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 9 Surface discontinuities on bolts, screws and studs (seconu
revision )‘.
6.2 In regard to requirements not covered in the standard, the bolts shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part I)- 1980
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I Introduction and general information (secona
revision )‘.
6.3 The high strength structural nuts to be used with these bolts shall conform to the requirements of
IS : 6623 - 1985 ‘High strength structural nuts Cfirst revision).’

IS :3757 - 1985
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HIGH STRENGTH STUCTURAL BOLTS*

( Clolrse 2. I )
f
dw
t e
--H--c
DETAIL X
@ S
max
I
--h+-I-- DIFFERENCE BETWEEN IS, Min

HEAD TYPE FOR BOLTS OF ROUND BOLT END AND lg, Max SHALL NOT BE
THREAD SIZE d > M20 ALTERNATIVES LESS THAN 1.5P
I I I
do Mm 18.7 23.24 25.24 27~64 31.24 34.24 4 I .oo
ds Max 16.70 20.84 22.84 24.84 27.84 30.84 37.00
Min 15.30 19.16 21.16 23.16 26.16 29.16 35.00
Mau t t t t + t t
dw
Min 24.9 31.4 33.3 38.0 42.8 46.5 55.9
e Mifl 29.56 37.29 39.55 45.20 50.85 55.37 66.44
NW?1 IO 12.5 14 15 17 18.7 22.5
k Max 10.75 13.40 14.90 15.90 17.90 19.75 23.55
Min 9.25 II.60 13.10 14.10 16.10 17.65 21.45
k’ Min 6.5 8.1 9.2 9.9 II.3 12.4 15.0
r Min 0.6 0.8 0.8 I .o I.2 1.2 I.5
MU 27 34 36 41 46 50 60
s
Min 26.16 33 35 40 45 49 58.8
Chemfer length ; MU 3 3.8 3.8 4.5 4.5 5.3 6

*For hot-dipped galvanized bolts, the above dimensions apply before galvanizing.
tdw, Max = s actual.

TABLE 2 RECOMMENDED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS FOR HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTURAL BOLTS
( Clausr 2.2 )
I_
Thread
__
Size d
Length i
T___ Ml6
T M20
T (M22)
-r M24
T (~27)
T
I
T M36
I, I, 4 I, 4 I, IX I\ I I, I, I8
.Yot,r Mi?l Ma.r Min Mit? M&V Mill Ma \. Min M0.r Min M:.u Min .Min .Lf0.\-
-__
40 38.75 41.25 3 Y
45 43.75 46.25 8 I4 4 Il.5
50 48.75 51.25 13 I9 6.5 I4 4 Ii.5
55 53.5 56.5 18 24 I I.5 I9 9.5 I7 5 I4
60 58.5 61.5 23 29 16.5 24 14.5 22 IO I9 5 I4
65 63.5 66.5 28 34 21.5 29 19.5 27 15 24 12 21 6 16.5
70 68.5 71.5 33 39 26.5 34 24.5 32 20 29 17 26 10.5 21
75 73.5 76.5 38 44 31.5 39 29.5 37 25 34 22 31 15.5 26 6 IX
X0 78.5 81.5 43 49 36.5 44 34.5 42 30 39 27 36 20.5 31 12 24
85 83.25 86.75 48 41.5 49 39.5 47 35 44 32 41 25.5 36 17 29
90 88.25 91.75 53 :;. 46.5 54 44.5 52 40 49 37 46 30.5 41 22 34
95 93.25 96.75 58 64 51.5 59 49.5 57 45 54 42 51 35.5 46 27 39
too 98.25 101.75 63 69 56.5 64 54.5 62 50 59 47 56 40.5 51 32 44
I IO 108.25 III.75 66 72 59.5 67 57.5 65 53 62 50 59 43.5 54 35 47
120 118.25 121.75 76 82 69.5 77 67.5 75 63 72 60 69 53.5 64 45 57
130 I28 132 86 92 79.5 87 77.5 85 73 82 70 79 63.5 74 55 67
140 138 142 96 102 89.5 97 87.5 95 83 92 80 89 73.5 84 65 77
I50 I48 152 106 II2 99.5 107 97.5 105 93 102 90 99 83.5 94 75 87
I60 I56 I64 II6 122 109.5 II7 107.5 II5 103 II2 100 109 93.5 104 85 97
170 166 74 126 132 119.5 127 117.5 125 I I3 122 I IO I I9 103.5 II4 95 107
I80 176 84 I36 142 129.5 137 127.5 135 123 132 120 129 113.5 124 I05 II7
190 I86 94 146 I52 139.5 147 137.5 145 133 142 130 139 123.5 134 II5 127
200 196 104 I56 162 149.5 I57 147.5 155 143 152 140 149 133.5 144 I25 I37
210 206 !I4 166 172 159.5 167 157.5 165 I53 I62 I50 159 143.5 154 I35 147
220 216 124 176 182 169.5 177 167.5 I75 I63 172 160 169 153.5 I64 I45 t57
230 226 134 186 192 179.5 I87 177.5 I85 I73 IX2 170 179 163.5 174 I55 I67
240 236 :44 196 202 189.5 197 187.5- I95 IX3 192 IX0 IX9 173.5 1x4 I65 177
250 246 :54 206 212 199.5 207 197.5 205 192 202 190 199 1x3.5 ‘Y4 I75 I87
260 256 64 216 222 209.5 217 207.5 215 203 212 200 209 193.5 !04 I85 197
270 266 74 226 232 219.5 227 217.5 225 213 222 ?I0 219 203.5 !I4 I95 207
2x0 276 84 236 242 229.5 237 227.5 235 223 232 2 20 229 213.5 !24 205 217
290 276 94 246 252 239.5 247 237.5 I 245 233 242 230 239 223.5 134 215 2’7
04 256 262 249.5 257 247.5 245 252 249 233.5 225
300 296
Note I ~ Recommended lengths are below the bold stepped line. Formulae
I: /R, Mdx =
243
I,,, - h,,/ For

240
bolts
144
with lengths above the bold line,

237
Note 2 - Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference. ,r, Min = I,, Max - 3 P 1, Min = I .5 P and lg. Max = I,, Min + 3 p
IS :3757 - 1985
6.3.1 These nuts shall be of the property class and finish for each type of bolt as follows:
Bolt Property Class and Finish Nut Property Class and Finish
8.85 dull black 8S or lOS, dull black

8.8S, hot-dip galvanized lOS, hot-dip galvanized
10.95 dull black IOS, dull black
6.4 Hardened and tempered washers to be used with these bolts shall conform to the requirements of IS : 6649 -
1985 ‘Hardened and tempered washers for high strength structural bolts and nuts Cfirst revision)‘.
7. Designation -- High strength structural bolts shall be designated by name, size, nominal length, the number
of this standard and the property class identification symbol 8.8s or 10.9S-the suffix letter S denotes a high
strength structural bolt with a large series hexagon head. In case of hot-dip galvanized bolts, the word
Ygalvanized shall be added to the designation.
Example:
A high strength structural bolt of size M24, length 140 mm, property class 8.8 and galvanized shall be
designated as:
High Strength Structural Bolt M24 X 140 IS : 3757-8.8s galvanized
7.1 If the bolt in the above example is required with a hot-dip galvanized high strength structural nut (see
IS : 6623-1985), the letter N shall be added to the designation as follows:
High Strength Structural Bolt M24 X 140 N IS : 3757 ~ 8.8s galvanized
8. Sampling ~ Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for
9. Marking - High strength structural bolts shall be marked with the following symbols on the top surface of
the bolt head, either embossed or indented, as shown below:
a) The manufacturer’s identification symbol, and

b) The property class indentification symbol 8S for 8.8s or IOS for 10.9s.
Minimum height of markings shall be 4.0 mm. When embossed, markings shall project not less than 0.3
mm above the surface of the head and total head height (head plus markings) shall not exceed the specified
maximum head height plus 0.4 mm.
10. Mode of Delivery-The bolts shall be delivered in accordance with IS : 1367 (Part 18) - 1979 ‘Technical
supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery (second revision )‘.

IS : 3757 - 1985
APPENDIX A
( Clause 5.2 )
ANTI-SEIZING TEST FOR HOT-DIP GALVANIZED FASTENERS
A-l. Where bolts and the mating nuts and washers with-hot-dip galvanized coating are specified, these shall be
subject to the following anti-seizing test for testing the effectiveness of the lubrica,nt coating applied to the hot-dip
galvanized bolts or nuts:
a) The test shall be carried out on bolts, nuts and washers in the condition as supplied by the
manufacturer and shall be in accordance with, and include a lubricant coating as required by 5.2.
There shall be no other lubricant applied for the purpose of this test. If the test is performed by the
user, it shall be carried out immediately after receipt of the bolts, nuts and washers from the
manufacturer.
b) The bolt with nut and washer selected for testing shall be placed with the washer directly under the nut
in a steel joint with total thickness so that three to five full threads of the bolt are located between the
bearing surfaces of the bolt head and nut. The diameter of the holes in the assembly shall have the
same nominal diameter as the hole in the washer.
c) The nut shall be initially tightened to produce a load in. the bolt not less than 10 percent of the
specified proof load. After this initial tightening, the bolt and the nut position shall be marked to
provide the starting point for the rotational movement to be measured. During nut rotation the bolt
head shall be restrained from turning, and the final tensioning shall be completed without stopping
the motion of the nut. The nut shall be rotated in accordance with the requirements of Table 3 from
the initial tightening position without fracture of the bolt or stripping of the bolt or nut thread.
TABLE 3 NUT ROTATION REQUIREMENTS

Bolt Length (Nominal) Nut Rotation (&fin)
152d 180”
2d<153d 240°
3d<114d jooo
4d</58d 360°
/>8d 420°
EXPLANATORY NOTE
IS : 3757 ‘Specification for high tensile friction-grip fasteners for structural engineering purposes’ was
originally published in 1966. The first revision of IS : 3757 catered for high tensile friction-grip bolts only; th.e
corresponding nuts and washers were covered by separate standards. In the present revision of IS : 3757, the title
of the standard has-been changed to ‘High strength structrual bolts’to enable them to be used for both friction-
type and bearing type of structural steel connections with the same bolting installation procedure. Further,
shorter thread lengths have been provided to ensure no thread protrusion in the shear plane so that higher
working stresses can be adopted for bearing-type connections. Also due to technical reasons, the width across
flats for M20 size has been changed from 32 to 34 mm in line with IS : 9519 - 1980 ‘Width across flats for hexagon
head bolts and nuts’. It is, however, recognized that some transition period would be essential during which the
new across flat size would be introduced and the old across flat size phased out. During this transition period, the
bolts may be supplied with the old across flat size and other related dimensions as mentioned below as being
functionally equivalent. However, bolts with old across flat size should not be supplied with nuts with new across
flat size and vice-versa.
Thread Size d M20
Max 32
s
Min 31
.
e A4in 35.03
Max s actual
dw
Min 29.5
The standard is based on ISO/ DIS 7412 ‘High strength structural bolts (short thread length type),‘issued
by the International Organization for Standardization.
231
HANDBQDK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS--PART 2
IS : 5372 - 1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
TAPER WASHERS FOR CHANNELS (ISMC)
( First Revision )
. Scope - Covers the requirements for taper washers for use with Indian Standard Medium Weight Channels
ISMC) with bolts in the diameter range of 10 to 39 mm.
. Dimensions ~- As given in Table I.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF TAPER WASHERS FOR CHANNELS (ISMC)
IOENTIFICATION
C t
I ’ I S
I
96’
w
TAPER WASHER FOR
CHANNELS (ISMC 1
Nominal (I b c r s t For Bolt

size Approx Size
d
II 22 22 2 2.4 4.3 0.7 M IO

14 26 30 2.5 2.4 5.7 0.7 Ml2
I8 32 36 3 2.4 6.8 0.8 Ml6
22 40 44 3.5 3.2 8.1 0.9 M20

(24) 44 50 4 3.2 9.2 I (M22)
26 56 56 4 4.0 9.9 I M24
(30) 56 56 4 4.0 9.9 I (~27)

33 62 62 4 4.0 10.5 1.2 M30
(36) 68 68 4 4.0 Il.2 1.2 (M33)
39 75 75 4 4.8 Il.9 1.2 M38

(42) 80 80 4 4.8 12.4 1.2 (M39)
Note - Sizes shown within parentheses are of second preference.

IS : 5372 - 1975
3. Material - The taper washers shall be made from any suitable low carbon steel.
Note ~~ Suitable low carbon steels are indicated in IS : 1570-1961 ‘Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering pruposes.
4. Grade - The taper washers shall conform to ‘ordinary’ grade specified in IS : 5369- 1975 ‘General
requirements for plain washers and lock washers first revision)‘.
5. Designation - Shall be designated by the name, size and the number of this standard.
Example:
A taper washer of nominal size 18 mm shall be designated as:
Taper Washer 18 IS : 5372
6. Sampling ~- The sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 682 1 - 1973 ‘Methods for
sampling non-threaded fasteners’.
~7. General Requirements - In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
requirements of ordinary grade washers of IS : 5369- 1975.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was first published in 1969. In the present revision, the nominal sized has been modified to
the medium series of clearance holes given in IS : 1~821- 1967 ‘Dimensions for clearance holes for metric bolts
(first revision)‘. In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 434-
1970 Scheiben: Vierkant, fur U - Trager (Square taper washers for channels), issued by Deutsches lnstitut fur
Normung.

Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
TAPER WASHERS FOR I-BEAMS (ISMB)
( First Revision )
I. Scope - Covers the requirements for taper washers for use with Indian Standard Medium Weight Beams
:ISMB) with~bolts in the diameter range IO to 39 mm.
2. Dimensions
TAPER WASHER FOR

I-BEAMS IISMBI
Nominal a b c r s t For Bolt

Size Approx Size
d
-
II 22 22 1.5 2.4 4.6 0.5 M IO
14 26 30 2 2.4 6.2 0.7 Ml2
18 32 36 2.5 2.4 1.6 0.8 Ml5
22 40 44 3.2 9.2 0.9 M20

(24) 44 50 3.2 10.0 I (M22)
26 56 56 4.0 10.8 I M24
(30) 56 56 4.0 10.8 I (M27)

33 62 62 4.0 I I.7 1.2 M30
(36) 68 68 4.0 12.6 1.2 (M33)
39 75 75 4.8 13.6 I.2 M36

(42) 80 80 4.8 14.2 1.2 (M39)
L
3. Matefial - The taper washers shall be made from any suitable low carbon steel.
Note - Suitable low carbon steels are indicated in IS : 1570-1961 ‘Schedules for wrought steels for general enginering purposes
4. Grade - The taper washers shall conform to ‘ordinary’ grade specified in IS : 5369-1975 ‘Genera
requirements for plain washers and lock washers (first revision)‘.

IS : 5374 - 1975
5. Designation Shall be designated by the name, size and the number of this standard.
t:vNtIl~3ic:
A taper washer of nominal size 18 mm shall be designated as:
Taper Washer I8 IS : 5374
6. Sampling The sampling and criteria for acceptance shall be in accordance withIS : 682 I -I 973 ‘Methods for
sampling non-threaded fasteners’.
7. General Requirements ~ In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
requirements of ‘ordinary’ grade washers of 1S : 5369-1975.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Standard was first published in 1969. In the present revision, the nominal size ,d has been modified
to the medium series of clearance holes given in IS : 1821-1967 ‘Dimensions for clearance holes for metric bolts
(j?rs~ revision)‘. In the preparation of this standard, considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 435-1970
Scheiben; vierkant, fur I ~Trager (Square taper washers for I-Sections) issued by Deutsches Institut fur
Normung (DIN).

IS :6610 - 1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEAVY WASHERS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES
I. Scope -- Covers the requirements for heavy washers for use in steel structures in the diameter range 14 to 42 mm.
2. Dimensions ~~ The dimensions of heavy washers shall be according to Table I.
3. Material _ Washers covered in this standard shall be made from steel.

4. Designation ~~~ The washers shall be designated by the nominal size and the number of this standard.
Example:
A heavy washer having a nominal size of 14 mm and conforming to thisstandard shall bedesignated
as:
Washer I4 IS : 6610
3. Other Requirements Other requirements for the heavy washers not covered in this standard shall conform
to the requirements applicable for black washers specified in IS: 5369-1969 ‘General requirements for plain
washers and lock washers’.
TABLE I DIMENSIONS~FOR HEAVY WASHERS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES
I 1
I s
I
@G
I
\ F
I-
&0 _~ + dl+
!@,
0 21115
--[_r_t 1
Nominal Size, dl 6 s Suitable for

Bolt Size
Basic Tolerance Basic Tolerance
(H14) (H16)
14 + 0.43 24 - 1.30 8 Ml2
I8 i 0.43 30 - 1.30 8 Ml6
22 + 0.52 37 - 1.60 8 M20
24 + 0.52 39 -- 1.60 8 M22
26 + 0.52 44 - 1.60 8 M24
30 + 0.52 50 - 1.60 R M27
33 + 0.62 56 - 1.90 8 M30
36 + 0.62 60 - 1.90 8 M33
39 + 0.62 66 - 1.90 8 M36
42 + 0.62 72 ~-- 1.90 8 M39
EXPLANATORY N-OTE
In thePreparation of this standard. assistance has been derived from DOC : I so/ Tc 2(457) ‘Proposal fat
high washers for hexagon bolts for steel structures, metric series’.

IS :6623 - 1985
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTURAL NUTS
( First Revision )
1. Scope and Field of Application -. Covers the requirements for large series hexagon, high strength structural
steel nuts in property classes 8 and 10 and in the size range M 16 to M36 suitable for use in both friction-type and
bearing-type structural steel joints. Nuts to this standard, when matched with the appropriate bolts, have been
designed to provide an assembly with a high level of assurance against failure by thread stripping on
overtightening.
Note - Attention is drawn to the importance of ensuring that the nuts are correctly used if satisfactory results are to be obtained.
2.1 The dimensions of the nuts shall be as given in Table 1.
2.2 Threads shall conform to tolerance class 6H of IS: 4218 (Part 6)-1978 ‘IS0 metric screw threads: Part 6
Limits of sizes for commercial bolts and nuts (diameter range 1 to 52 mm) (first revision)‘. In case of hot-dip
galvanized nuts, the nuts shall be tapped oversize after hot-dip galvanizing to the thread tolerance class 6X, the
thread limits of which are included in Appendix A.
3. Grade - Unless otherwise specified, the nuts shall be of product grade B as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second
revision)‘.
4. Mechanical Properties - The nuts shall be of property class 8 or 10 as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 6)-1980
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 6 .Mechanical properties and test methods for nuts
with specified proof load (second revision)’ except that all nuts shall be hardened and then tempered at a
temperature of at least 425°C and the proof load and hardness values shall be as given in Table 2.
4.1 For nut proof load testing, the speed of testing as determined with a free running cross headshall not exceed
25 mm/min.
5. -Finish
5.1 Unless specified otherwise, the nuts shall be supplied in the dull black heat-treated condition with a residual
coating of light oil.
5.2 Where property class 10 nuts are required to be hot-dip galvanized, they shall be galvanized in accordance
with the requirements of IS: 1367 (Part 13)-1983 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners:
Part 13 Hot-dip galvanized coatings on threaded fasteners (second revision)‘. For fasteners with hot-dip
galvanized coatings. the nuts or the mating bolts shall be provided with a suitable lubricant coating which shall be
clean and dry to the touch to ensure that seizure shall not take place in assembly. The hot-dip galvanized nuts
shall be subjected to the antiseizing test as specified in Appendix B.
6.1 In regard to permissible surface discontinuities, the nuts shall conform to IS : 1367 (Part IO)-1979 ‘Technical
supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 10 Surface discontinuities on nuts (second revision)‘.
6.2 In regard to requirements not covered in the standard, the nuts shall conform to IS: 1367 (Part l)-1980
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 1 Introduction and general information (second
revision)‘.
6.3 The high strength structural bolts to be used with these nuts shall conform to the requirements of IS : 3757-
1985 ‘High strength structural bolts (second revision)‘.
6.3.1 These bolts shall be of the property class and finish for each type of nut as follows :
Nut Property Class and Finish Bolt Property Class and Finish
8s or IOS, dull black 8.8S, dull black

IOS, hot-dip galvanized 8.8, hot-dip galvanized
IOS, dull black 10.9S, dull black
.
IS :6623 - 1985
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTUAAL NUTS*

( Clause 2.1 )
C
-it+
E!l
7 6dw
U’dw
_A_ i
m’
l-----l
ALTERNATE SHAPE
WITH WASHER FACE
Thread Size, d Ml6 M20 (M22) M24 (M27) M30 M36
P (Pitch of Thread) 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 4
da Max 17.3 21.6 23.8 25.9 29.2 32.4 38.9
Min 16 20 22 24 27 30 36
Max t t t t t t t
dw
Min 24.9 31.4 33.3 38.0 42.8 46.5 55.9
e Min 29.56 37.29 39.55 45.20 50.85 55.37 66.44
MOX 17.1 20.7 23.6 24.2 27.6 30.7 36.6

M
Min 16.4 19.4 22.3 22.9 26.3 29.1 35.0
Perpendicularity
of bearing face Max 0.47 0.50 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 1.05
I
Note -- Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference.
*For hot-dip galvanized nuts, the above dimensions apply before galvanizing.
td, M,, = s actual.
6.4 Hardened and tempered washers to be used with these nuts shall conform to the requirements of IS : 6649-
1985 ‘Hardened and tempered washers for high strength structural bolts and nuts yi:rst revision)‘.
7. Designation - High strength structural nuts shall be designated by name, size, the number of this standard
and the property class identification symbol 8s or 10s -the suffix letter S denotes a high strength structural nut
with a large series hexagon. In case of hot-dip galvanized nuts, the word ‘galvanized’ shall be added to the
designation.
Example:
A high strength structural nut of size M24, property class 8 and galvanized shall be designated as:
High Strength Structural Nut M24 IS : 6623-8s galvanized
8. Sampling ~ Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for

IS 6623- 1985
.__ -.d
TABLE 2 PROOF LOAD AND HARDNESS VALUES FOR HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTURAL NUTS
( Clause 4 )
Thread Nominal Property Class

Size Stress
e
Area of 8.S IOS
d Standard
Finish
Mandrel
Plain and hot-dip
galvanized
: k Proof load Hardness
(A, X S,)
Rockwell Vicker s Rockwell Vickers
mm mm? N HR HV N HR N v
_____
Ml6 157 168 900 195 500
M2O ~245 263 400 305 000
CM=) 303 325 700 B 89 IX8 377 200 C 26 272
M24 353 379 500 to to 439 500 to to
(M27) 459 493 400 c 38 372 571 500 C 38 372
M30 561 603 100 698 400
M36 Xl7 87X 300 I017 200
Note 1 Based on the following proof load stresses (Sp) :

for nuts of property class 8S, plain : IO75 N’mm’
for nuts of property class IOS, plain : I 245 N mm?
l’or nuts of property class IOS, hot-dip galvanized : I I65 N mm?
Note 2 Sires shown within bracketa are non-preferred,
9. Marking - High strength structural nuts shall be marked with the following symbols as shown in the figure:
a) The manufacturer’s identification symbol, and
b) The property class symbol 8S or 10s.

The markings shall be indented on either the top or bottom face of double-chamfered nuts and shall be
either indented or embossed on the non-bearing face of washer-faced nuts.
c 10. Mode of Delivery -- The nuts shall be delivered in accordance with IS: 1367 (Part 18)-1979 ‘Technical
supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery (second revision)‘.

239
.
IS :6623 - 1985
APPENDIX A
( CIuuse 2.2 )
THREAD DIMENSIONS FOR HOT-DIP GALVANIZED NUTS FOR

TOLERANCE CLASS 6X
A-l. This appendix gives information on screw thread limits for hot-dip galvanized nuts with a thread tolerance
class 6X. The limits given in Table 3 apply after the hot-dip galvanized coating has been applied.
TABLE 3 SCREW THREAD LIMITS FOR TOLERANCE CLASS 6X
Thread size Major Pitch Diameter Minor Diameter

Diameter
d Min Max Min Max Min
16.400 15.313 15.101 14.610 14.235

20.400 19.000 18.776 18.144 17.694
22.400 2 1.000 20.776 20.144 19.694
24.450 22.766 22.50 1 21.702 21.202
27.500 25.816 25.55 I 24.752 24.252
30.550 28.557 28.277 27.321 26.761
36.600 34.302 34.002 32.870 32.270
L
Note 1 - Nuts are tapped oversize to the above dimensions after galvanizing.
Note 2 - Based on an allowance of :

400 pm for M16, M20, and M22
450 pm for M24
500 pm for M27
550 pm for M30
600 pm for M36
APPENDIX B
( Clause 5.2 )
ANTI-SEIZING TEST FOR HOT-DIP GALVANIZED FASTENERS
B-l. Where bolts and the mating nuts and washers with hot-dip galvanized coating are specified, these shall be
subject to the following anti-seizing test for testing the effectiveness of the lubricant coating applied to the hot-dip
galvanized bolts or nuts:
a) The test shall be carried out on bolts, nuts and washers in the condition as supplied by the
manufacturer and shall be in accordance with, and include a lubricant coating as required by 5.2.
There shall be no other lubricant applied for the purpose of this test. If the test is performed by the
user, it shall be carried out immediately after receipt of the bolts, nuts and washers from the
manufacturer.
b) The bolt with nut and washer selected for testing shall be placed with the washer directly under the nut
in a steel joint with total thickness so that three to five full threads of the bolt are located between the
bearing surfaces of the bolt head and nut. The diameter of the holes in the assembly shall have the
same nominal diameter as the hole in the washer.
cl The nut shall be initially tightened to produce a load in the bolt not less than 10 percent of the
specified proof load. After this initial tightening, the bolt and the nut positionshall be marked to
provide the starting point for the rotational movement to be measured. During nut rotation the bolt
head shall be restrained from turning, and the final tensioning shall be completed without stopping
the motion of the nut. The nut-shall be rotated in accordance with the requirements of Table 4 from
the initial tightening position without fracture of the bolt, stripping of the bolt or nut thread.
240 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRlAL FASTENERS-PART 2
.
I
k IS :6623 - 1985
:
,?
TABLE 4 NUT ROTATION REQUIREMENTS
..’ Bolt Length (Nominal) Nut Rotation (Min)
I % 2d 180”
2d <I I3d 240”
3d < I 5 4d 300”
4d -c I 5 8d 360”
I > 8d 420”
EXPLANATORY NOTE
IS : 3757 ‘Specification for high tensile friction grip fasteners for structura!, engineering purposes’ was
originally published in 1966. The first revision of IS : 3757 catered for high tensile friction grip bolts only; the
corresponding nuts and washers were covered by separate standards. Thus, IS : 6623 ‘Specifiction for high tensile
friction grip nuts’was first published in 1972. In the present revision of 1s : 6623, the title of the standard has been
changed to ‘High strength structural nuts’ to enable these nuts to be used alongwith the corresponding ‘High
strength structural bolts’ for both friction-type and bearing-type of structural steel connections with the same
bolting installation procedure. Further, nut thicknesses and proof load values have been increased to provide an
assembly with a high level of assurance against failure by thread stripping on overtightening. Also due to technical
reasons, the width across flats for M20 size has been changed from 32 to 34 mm in line with IS : 95 19-1980 ‘Width
across flats for hexagon head bolts and nuts’. It is, however, recognized that some transition period would be
essential during which the new across flat size would be introduced and the old across flat size phased out. During
this transition period, the nuts may be supplied with the old across flat size and other related dimensions as
mentioned below as being functionally equivalent. However, nuts with old across flat size should not be supplied
with bolts with new across flat size and vice versa.
Thread size d M20

Max 32
s
Min 31
e Min 35.03
Max s actual
dw
Min 29.5
The standard is based on ISO/ DIS 4775 ‘High strengthstructural nuts - product grade B’, issued by the

IS : 6639- 1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEXAGON BOLTS FOa STEEL STRUCTURES
3
. Scope ~ Covers the requirements for hexagon bolts in the size range 12 to 39 mm for steel structures.
. Dimensions and Tolerances - The dimensions of bolts shall be as given in Table I and preferred length,
iameter combination and clamping lengths for bolts as given in Table 2. The tolerances shall be as given in
Gg. 1.
_
TABLE I DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON BOLTS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES
c +
@ S
.Yaccording to IS : 1369-1961 ‘Dimensions for screw threads runouts and undercuts’.

I according to IS : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws (firsr revision)‘.
d. hIfIr.\- 15.2 19.2 24.4 26.4 28.4 32.4 35.4 38.4 42.4 45.5
h 20 23 26 28 30 33 35 38 40 43
Note Sim shown in brackets are of second preference.
3. Mechanical Properties - The mechanical properties of the bolts shall conform to the property class 4.6 or 6.6
1s specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners (fir.rt revision)‘.
3.1 The bolts shall withstand a minimum shear stress of 260 MPa.
Note ~~~The shear stress specified is explicitly intendedjor bolt testing purposes and is not related to actual design stresses.
1. Grade - Black (B) grade according to IS : 1367-1967.
5. Designation ..- The hexagon bolts shall be designated by the size, length, the number of this standard and the
property class.
Example:
A hexagon bolt of size M 12, length 30 mm conforming to this standard and of property class 4.6 shall
be designated as:
Hex Bolt Ml2 x 30 IS : 6639 4.6

,IS : 6639- 1972
\
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-DIAMETER COMBINATIONS AND CLAMPING LENGTHS
FOR HEXAGON BOLTS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES
( Clause 2 )
All dimension in millimetres.

DIAMETER OF CLEARANCE
HOLE TO CONFORM TO MEDIUM
SERIES OF lS:1821-1967
SINGLE
CHAMPERED
CLAMPINO LENOTH HEX NUT
ACCOROINO TO
NOMINAL LENGTH 1
Is:1363 -117
Size d’ Ml2 Ml6 M20 (M22) M24 (~27) M30 (M33) M36 (M39)
171 10 13 16 18 19 22 24 26 29 31
Nominal Clamping Length

Length I
30 5-9
35 IO-14 6-10
40 15-19 II.15 8-12 6-10
45 20-24 16-20 13-17 II-15 9-13

50 25-29 21-25 I a-22 16-20 14-18
55 30-34 26-30 23-27 21-25 19-23
--
60 35-39 31-35 28-32 26-30 24-28 21-25
65 40-44 36-40 33-37 31-35 29-33 26-30
70 45-49 41-45 38-42 36-40 34-38 31-35
75 50-54 46-50 43-47 41-45 39-43 36-40

.80 55-59 51-55 48-52 46-50 44-48 41-45 3943
85 60-64 56-60 53-57 51-55 49-53 46-50 44-48
90 65-69 ‘6I-65 58-62 56-60 54-58 51-55 49-53

95 70-74 66-70 63-67 61-65 59-63 56-60 54-58
100 75-79 71-75 68-72 66-67 64-68 61-65 59-63 57-61
105 80-84 76-80 73-77 71-75 69-73 66-70 64-68 62-66

I IO 85-89 81-85 78-82 76-80 74-78 71-75 69-73 67-7 I
I I.5 90-94 86-90 83-87 81-85 79-83 76-80 74-78 72-76
-
120 95-99 9l- 95 88-92 86-90 84-88 al-85 79-83 77-a I
125 96- IO0 93-97 9l- 95 89-93 86-90 84-88 82-86
130 101-105 98-102 96-100 94-98 91-95 89-93 87-91
135 106-I IO 103-107 101-105 99- IO3 96- IO0 94- 98 92-96
140 I I I-l 15 108-l I2 106-l IO 104-108 101-105 99-103 97-101
145 116-120 113-117 111-115 109-I I3 106-I IO 104-108 102-106
150 121-125 I la-122 116-120 114-l I8 I I l-l I5 109-I I3 107-111

155 123-127 121-125 119-123 116-120 114-l I8 112-l I6
160 128-132 126-130 124-128 121-125 119-123 117-121
165 I33- I37 131-135 129-133 126-130 124-128 122-126

170 138-142 136-140 134-138 131-135 129-133 127-131
175 143-147 141-145 139-143 136-140 134-138 132-136
I80 146-150 144-148 141-145 139-143 137-141

185 151-155 149-153 146-150 144-148 142-146
190 156-160 154-158 151-155 149-153 147-151
195 161-165 159-163 156-160 154-158 152-156
200 166-170 164-168 161-165 159-163 157-161
-
Note - Nominal lengths, against which clamping lengths are indicated, are preferred.
c
IS ; 6639 - 1972
h 14 FOR ss 19mm
5.1 Where the bolts are required with hexagon nuts (see 6.3), they-shall be designated as:
A hexagon bolt of size M12, length 30 mm and property class 4.6 with a hexagon nut shall be
designated as:
Hex Bolt Ml2 x 30N IS : 6639 4.6
6.1 Sampling - The method of sampling and acceptance criteria is to be in accordance with*IS : 2614-1969
6.2 The hexagon bolts shall comply with the requirements of IS : 1367-1967 in respect of requirements not
6.3 The hexagon nuts used with hexagon bolts shall conform to requirements given in IS : 1363-1967 ‘Black
hexagonbolts, nuts and leek nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24 mm) Cfirsr revision)‘in
all respects.
6.4 The bolts shall be supplied in natural finish unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. At the request of the
purchaser, they may be galvanized as per IS : 5358-1969 ‘Hot-dip galvanized coating on fasteners’.
6.5 The approximate weight of hexagon bolts with nuts has been given in Appendix A for the guidance of the
purchaser.
244 HANDBOOK ON IkDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS : 6639 - 1985
APPENDIX A
( Clause 6.5 )
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT OF HEXAGON BOLTS WITH NUTS
(FOR 1000 PIECES IN kg)
EXPLANATORY NOTE
In the preparation of this standard, assistance has been derived from Draft IS0 proposal for hexagon
‘bolts [ISO/TC 2 (Sectt 290) 4561.

IS :6649 - 1985
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
HARDENDED AND TEMPERED WASHERS FOR
HIGH STRENGTH STRUCTURAL BOLTS AND NUTS
( First Revision )
1. Scope and Field of Application - Covers the requirements for through hardened and tempered steel washers
ntended for assembly with large series hexagon, high strength structural bolts and nuts in the size range M 16 to
M36.
1. Types - These washers shall be of the follwing types:
Type A - Plain hole circular washers.
Type B - Square taper washers for use with channels (6O taper),
Type C - Square taper washers for use with l-beams (So taper).
3. Dimensions and Tolerances - The dimensions of the plain hole circular washers shall be as given in Table 1
lnd those for square taper washers shall be as given in Table 2.
3.-l The washers shall bc flat with a maximum deviation not exceeding 0.25 mm form the straight edge laid
along a line passing through thecentre of the hple.
3.2 The hole of the washer shall be concentric with the outside dimensions within 0.50 mm.
3.3 When circular or square taper washers are required to be clipped to provide clearance, the clipped edge shall
not be closer to the centre of the washer than 0.9 of the bolt diameter. In case of square taper washers, these may
be clipped along the thin edge parallel to the opposite edge.
4. Grade - Unless otherwise specified, the washers shall conform to the requirements specified for ordinary
washers according IS: 5369-1975 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock washers (JTrst revision)‘.
5. Material - The washers shall be made from 45C8 steel according to IS : .I570 (Part 2) - 1979 ‘Schedules for
wrought steel : Part 2 Carbon steels (unalloyed steels) (first revision)’ with the contents of sulphur and
phosphorus not exceeding 0.06 percent in the check analysis.
6. Heat Treatment - The washers shall be through hardened and tempered. Carburized washers are not
suitable.
7. Hardness - The washers shall be subjected to a hardness test in accordance with IS : 1586- 1968 ‘Method for
Rockwell hardness test (B and C scales) for steel Cfirst revision)‘and the hardness shall be between 35 and 45 HRC.
The minimum hardness for hot-dip galvanized washers shall be 26 HRC.
8. Finish - Unless specified otherwise, the washers shall be supplied in the dull black heat-treated conditior
with a residual coating of light oil.
8.1 Where washers are required to be hot-dip galvanized, they shall conform to IS : 4759 - 1979 ‘Hot-dip zinc
coatings on structural steel and other allied products first revision)‘except that the minimum value of average
mass of coating shall be 300 g/m2.
8.1.1 For hot-dip galvanized washers, precautions to avoid hydrogen embrittlement will be necessary ant
shall be taken as per IS : 6158 - 1971 ‘Recommended practice for safeguarding against embrittlement of hot-dir
galvanized iron and steel products.
9.1 !n regard to requirements not covered in the standard, the washers shall conform to the requirement!
specified for ordinary washers according to IS : 5369 - 1975 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock
washers yirst revision)‘.
9.2 The high strength structural bolts to be used with these washers shall conform to the requirements Qf
IS : 3757-1985 ‘High strength structural bolts (second revision)‘.
9.3 The high strength structural nuts to be used with these washers shall conform to the requirements of
IS : 6623 - 1985 ‘High strength structural nuts (first revision)‘.
346 HANDBOOK ON 3NDUSTRLAL FASTENERS-PART 2

IS: 6649- 1985
.
b
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR PLAIN HOLE CIRCULAR WASHERS (TYPE A)

( Clause 3 )
MANUFACTURER’S
size d of
associated bolt)
S Min 3.1 3.1 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
Max 4.6 4.6 $6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
Note ~ For hot-dip galvanized washers, the above dimensions apply before galvanizing.
*Sizes shown within breckets are non-preferred.
10. Designation - Hardened and tempered washers shall be designated by the word ‘washer’nominal size, type
and the number of this standard. In case of hot-dip galvanized washers,the word ‘galvanized’shall be added to the
designation.
Examples:
A plain hole circular washer of nominal size M24 conforming to this standard and galvanized shall be
designated as:
Washer M24 A IS : 6649 galvanized.

A square taper washer of 6” taper for use with channels, of nominal size M24 conforming:to this
standard and galvanized shall be designated as:
Washer M24 B IS : 6649 galvanized.
11. Sampling - Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 6821- 1973 ‘Methods for
sampling non-threaded fasteners.’

i IS : 6649 - 1985
TABLE2 DIMENSIONSFORSQUARETAPERWASHERS(TYPEBANDC)
( Clause 3 )
SQa
,~,
---
/’
/TYPE
B
0
IDENTIFICATION
@dt
SYMBOL
/
,x
/M*NUFACTWER’S
IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL
1 = Mean thickness
t? = Angle of taper
Nominal size (thread

size d of Ml6 M20 (M22)* M24 (M27)* M30 M36
associated bolt)
Min 18 22 24 26 30 33 39
Ma-r 18.43 22.52 24.52 26.52 30.52 33.62 39.62
-
Min 42 42 42 42 55 55 55
MUX 45 45 45 45 58 58 58
Mi?l 7.5 7.5 7.5

t
Max 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
7j3pe B 6 6 6 6
0”
Tape C 8 8 8 8
Note 1 ~ For hot-dip galvanized washers, the above dimensions apply before galvanizing
*Sizes shown within brackets are non-preferred.
12. Marking
12.1 Type A plain hole circular washers shall be identified by the provision of two nibs and the manufacturer’s
identification symbol in indented character as-shown in figure under Table 1, the indented symbol being placed as
riear to the outer edge as possible.
li.2 Type B and C square taper washers shall be identified by the type identification symbol,. B or C, and the
manufacturer’s identification symbol. All symbols indented and placed as near as possible to the two corners of
washer as shown in figure under Table 2.
13. Mode of Packing - The washers shall be packed in accordance with the requirements for ordinary washers
according to IS : 5369- 1975 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock washers (Jrsr revision).
14, IS1 Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
248
IS : 6649 -. 1985
EXPLANATORY NOTE
IS : 3757 ‘Specification for high strength friction grip fasteners for structural engineering purposes’was
originally published in 1966. The first revision of IS : 3757 catered for ‘hightensile friction grip bolts’only; the
corresponding nuts and washers were covered by separate standards. Thus, IS : 6649 ‘Specification for high
tensile friction grip washers’ was first published in 1972. -In the present revision, in addition to changes in the
specification, the title has also been changed to ‘Hardened and tempered washers for high strength structural
bolts and nuts’to be in conformity with-the revised versions of the specifications for the associated bolts and nuts.
So far as plain hole circular washers are concerned, the standard is in conformity with ISO/ DIS 7415
‘Hardened and tempered plain hole circular washers for high strength structural bolts’issued by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).

249
IS :8412 - 1977
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTEDC~UNTERSUNKHEADB~LTS
FORSTEELSTRUCTURES
\
.Scope - Covers the requiremets of slotted countersunk head bolts for steel structures in the diameter range
D to 24 mm.
.l As given in Table 1.
I
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD BOLTS
P = Pitch of the screw thread.

z according to IS : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws yirst revision)‘.
x according to IS : 1369-1975 ‘Dimensions for screw thread runouts and undercuts Cfirsl revision)‘.
*In addition to the tolerance of h15, the bolts are allowed to have the following tolerances on the shank diameter
+ITl5 for d 5 7 mm
fITl6 for d > 7 mm
tFor lengths above the stepped chain dotted line in Table 2.
fFor lengths below the stepped chain dotted line in Table 2.
c
IS : 8412 - 1977
2.2 The preferred length-size combinations of the bolts shall be as given in Table 2.
TABLE~Z PREFERRED LENGTH-SIZE COMBINATIONS OF SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD BOLTS
( Clause 2.2 )
.l NOMINAL SIZE
(js17) Ml0 1 Ml6 1 M20 1 M22
I I I I I I I
Note 1 - Preferred length-size combinations are between the stepped bold lines.
8 Note 2 - Lengths above the dotted line are fully threaded.
Note 3 - For meaning of the stepped chain dotted line, see notes under Table 1.
5. Grade - Black grade (B) as specified,in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners
yirst revision)‘.
4. Designation
4.1 Slotted countersunk head bolts shall be designated by the name, nominal size, length, number of this
standard and symbol for mechanical property class.
Example:
A slotted countersunk head bolt of nominal size M 16, length 70 mm and property class 8.8 shall be
designated as: _
Slotted Countersunk Head Bolt M 16 X 70 IS : 8412-8.8.
4.2 ~When the bolts are required with nuts (see 7.1), they shall be designated as below:
Example:
A slotted countersunk head bolt of nominal size M 16, length 70 mm with nut and property class 8.8
shall be detignated as:
Slotted Countersunk Head Bolt Ml% X 70N IS : 8412-8.8.
5. Mechanical Properties - Property classes 4.6 or 8.8 of IS : 1367-1967.
6. Sampling .- Sampling and criteria of acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614- 1969 ‘Methods for
7. General -Requirements
7.1 Nuts used with slotted countersunk head bolts for steel structures shall conform to the requirements as
specified in IS : 1363 - 1967 ‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black
hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24 mm)‘.

IS : 8412 - 1977
7.2 In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the bolts shallconform to the requirements specifies
in IS : 1367- 1967.
8. ISI Certification Marking ~~~ Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
In the preparation of this standard, conisiderable assistance has been derived from DIN 7969- 1970
‘Senkschrauben mit Schlitz, ohne Mutter, mit Sechskantmutter, fur Stahikonstruntionen’ (Countersunk head
bolts with’slot without nut; with hexagon nut for steel structures), issued by Deutsches lnstitut fur Normung.
252 HANDBOOKONINDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PART2
IS : 10238 - 1982
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
STEP BOLTS FOR STEEL STRUCT-URES
1. Scope Covers the requirements for step bolts used in steel structures including transmission towers to gain
access to the top.
1.1 Each bolt shall be supplied with two hexagon nuts.
2. Dimensions and Tolerances ~-- The dimensions and tolerances for step bolts shall be as given in Fig. I
REMOVE SHARP EDGES
FIG. I DIMENSIONS FOR STEP BOLTS
.Y according to IS : 1369- 1982 ‘Dimensions of screw thread run-outs and undercuts (second revision)‘.
u according to Chamfered End of IS : 13~68-1980 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (second revision)‘.
3. Grade -- The step bolts shall be of product Grade C as specified in IS : I367 (Part 2) - 1979 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
4. Mechanical Properties - Step bolts shall conform to property class 4.6 as specified in IS : I367 (Part 3) - 1979
‘Technical supply condition for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3: Mechanical properties and tests methods for
bolts, screws and nuts with full loadability (second revision)‘.
5. Designation - Step bolts shall be designated by the size, length and the number of the standard.
E.uatnple:
A step bolt of size M 16 and length 180 mm with two hexagon nuts shall be designated as:
Step Bolt Ml6 X 180 NN IS : 10238
6.1 The hexagon nuts used (see 1.1) with step bolts shall conform to requirements given IS : 1363- 1967
‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (diameter 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon screws
(diameter 6 to 24 mm) (first rmision)'.
6.2 The step bolts and nuts shall be galvanized as specified in IS : 1367 (Part l3)- 1982 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I3 Hot-dip galvanized coatings on threaded fasteners (second
revision)‘. All dimensions given in Fig. I and that of nuts to IS : 1363 - 1967 shall apply before galvanizing.
6.3 Sampling -- The method of sampling and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS : 2614~ It969
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (fi’rst revision)‘.
6.4 Marking and Mode c$‘Deliver,l* - Step bolts shall be marked and packed as specified in IS : I367 (apart 18) -
1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part I8 Marking and mode of delivery (second
rellision)‘.
6.5 IS/ Cert~/ica/ion Marking - Details available with Indian Standards Institution.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Step bolts are used to gain access to the top of steel structures including transmission totiers. Hexagon
bolts intended for fabrication of general steel structures are covered in IS : 6639 - 1972 ‘Specification for hexagon
bolts for steel structures’.
The maximum mass of the person which bolt has to withstand shall be 75 kg.

SECTION G
Fixing Assessories for Building Purposes
-IS :207 - 1964
Indian Standatd
SPECIFICATION FOR GATE AND
SHUTTER HOOKS AND EYES
(Revised)
1. Foreword
3.1 This revised Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on IO March 1964. after the
iraft finalized by the Builder’s Hardware Sectional Committee had been approved by the Building Division
Council.
D.2 This standard was first issued in 19.50specifying the various dimensions and other requirements of hooks and
:yes in fps system. In view of the adoption of the metric system of weights and measures by the Government of
India, the need for revision of this standard with a view to metriciying it and bringing it in line with IS : 45 I - I96 I
Specification f’or wood screws (rc>\*i.sec()’in regard to form of screw! thread and other relevant requirements has
ong been felt both by the trade and consumers. This revision, therefore, specifies the various dimensions and
3ther requirements of hooks and eyes made of mild steel and brass in the metric units and the details of screw
:hreads and other relevant requirements in accordance with IS : 45 I - 196 I.
D.3 The Sectional Committee responsible for the preparation of this standard has taken into consideration the
views of producers. consumers and technologists and has related the standard to the manufacturing and trade
practices followed in the country in this field. Due weightage has also been given to the need for international
-o-ordination among standards prevailing in different countries of the world.
II.4 Wherever a reference to any Indian Standard appears in this specification. it shall be taken as a reference to
its latest version.
value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with
IS : 2- 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (re\Gd)‘.
The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified
value in this standard.
0.6 This standard is intended chiefly to cover the technical provisions relating to gate and shutter hooks and
eyes. and it does not cover all the necessary provisions of a contract.
1. Scope
1.1 This standard lays down the requirements for gate and shutter hooks and eyes which arc commonly used on
doors and windows for keeping them in positioh when kept open,
2. Types
2.1 Hooks and eyes shall be of the following types:
Type I ~~~Mild steel and hard-drawn brass hooks and eyes (see Fig. I). and
Type 2 ~~ Cast brass hooks and plates (sic Fig. 2).
3. Sizes
3.1 The standard sizes of gate and shutter hooks and eyes shall be as follows:
T,i!XJ of’ t-look Nominal Six

and C:I,~
-65, 75, 100, 125. 150. 200
250 and 300 mm
Type 1
Type 2 75. 100, 125, 150,and 200 mm
3.2 Gate and shutter hooks and eyes of sizes other than those specified under 3.1 may be supplied by mutual
agreement between the purchaser and the supplier but the provisions laid down in this standard shall be generally
followed.
4. Material
4.1 Mild Sreel Wire ~- Mild steel wire used in the manufacture of mild steel hooks and eyes shall conform to
IS : 1812 - 1961 ‘Specification for mild steel wire for manufacture of wood screws’.
257
E3 :207 - 1964
4.2 Brass Wire
42.1 Brass wire used in the manufacture of brass hooks and eyes, when tested in accordance with IS : 441 1955
‘Methods for chemical analysis of brasses and bronzes’, shall have the following chemical composition:
Consiituent Percent
Copper 60 to 72
Zinc 28 to 40
Tin, Max 0.05
Iron, Max 0.1
Lead, Max 0.1
Total impurities including tin
iron, lead, etc, Max 0.8
42.2 Brass wire shall have a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 42.5 kg/ mm? and a minimum elongation at
break of I5 percent, when tested in accordance with IS:497-1953* ‘Specification for tensile testing of metals
(non-ferrous)‘.
4.3 Cast Brass ~- Cast brass used in the manufacture of cast type hooks shall conform to Grade 3 of IS : 292 -
1961 ‘Specification for brass ingots and castings (revise&'.
5. Manufacture
5.1 Hooks, eyes and plates shall be well-made and free from defects. They shall be finished to the correct shape
and dimensions so as to function properly when they are in use. Cast hooks and plates shall be free fromcasting
and other defects.
5.2 The screw thread and the gimlet point of hooks and eyes shall conform to the requirements laid down in
IS : 45l- 1961.
6.1 The leading dimensions of hooks, eyes and plates, and tolerances thereon shall conform to Tables I and 2.
7. Finish
7.1 Unless otherwise specified, the articles shall be finished bright.
8. Inspection
8.1 The purchaser or his representative shall, if desired, be granted facilities for inspection of finished goods
prior to delivery.
FIG. I MILD STEEL AND BRASS GATE AND SHUTTER HOOKS AND EYES
*Since withdrawn.

IS :207 - 1964,
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF MILD STEEL AND BRASS GATE AND SHUTTER HOOKS AND EYES
( Clause 6.1 and Fig, I )
Size A B C E F R
Approx Approx (LP+l.s) Approx
Designation Unthreaded
No. Shank
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
65 65 + 2 10 9 8 4. I7 5.7 14.0 2.2
75 15 +_ 2 II IO 9 4.52 6.0 15.0 2.4
100 100 * 2 13 12 II 5.23 6.7 17.5 2.8
125 125 -t 2 I5 I4 I2 5.59 7. I l-8.5 3.0
150 150 + 2 15 14 I2 5.59 7.1 18.5 3.0
200 200 -t 2 16 14 14 6.30 7.8 20.5 3.4
250 250 k 2 I7 I5 I4 6.30 7.x .20.5 3.4
300 300 f 3 I7 15 16 7.01 8.5 23.0 3.7
*
*Screw designation No. and dia of unthreaded shank conform to those given in IS : 451 - 1961
9. Packing
9.1 Gate and shutter h(-~~~i<~

and eyes shall be packed in cardboard boxes in quantities as given below:
Size Number of Mild Number qf Brass

Steel Hooks and Hooks and Eyes
&!es in One Packet in One Packet
mm
65 IO@ 50
15 50 50
100 50 25
125 50 25
150 25 25
200 25 25
250 25 25
300 25 25
FIG 2 CAST BRASS HOOKS AND PLATES
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS OF CAST BRASS HOOKS AND PLATES

( Clause6.1 and Fig. 2 )
Size A B c D d E F R R, R2 R? Screw
(Average) Holes
-For
Wood
Screw
No.
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
75 1512 301-I 20f I 4.0f0.5 2.5f0.5 2.5f0.5 l6fl 410.5 2.5f0.5 32f I 5.ozto.5 6
100 loo+2 351 I 25il 5.0f0.5 3.5f0.5 2.5f0.5 20f I 5fO. 5 2.5f0.5 35fl 6.5fO. 5 8
I25 l25+2 40+ I 30f I 6.5f0.5 5.0f0.5 3.51tO.S 221 I 6fO. 5 3_5+_0.5 40fl 8.0fO. 5 8
150 l50+2 4oi I 30f I 6.5f0.5 5.0i0.5 3.5f0.5 22f I 7zto.5 3.5f0.5 40&l 8.0f0.5 8
200 200f2 45+ I 35fl 8.0f0.5 6.5f0.5 5.0f0.5 2511 8z!cO.5 4.0fO. 5 42f I I I.0f0.5 10
259
c
IS :207 - 1964
10. Marking
10.1 Each box shall be labelled with the manufacturer’s name or trade-mark, particulars of quantity, description
of contents and size of the article.
10.1.1 The box may also be marked with the ISI Certification Mark.
Note The usz ol the ISI Certification Mark is governed by provl$ions af the Indian Standards Icstitution (Certification Marks) Act.
and the Rules and licgulations made thcrcunder. Presence of this mark on products covered by an Indian Standard conveys the assurance
that they habe been produced to comply with the requirements of that standard undera well-defined system of inspection. testingand quality
control during production. Ihi\ \ystcm which ib dwised and supervised by ISI and operated by the producer, has the further safeguard that
the product\ a\ actualI! markctcd arc continuously checked by ISI for conformity to the standard. Details of conditions, under which a
licence for use of the ISI Certification Mark may be granted to manufacturers or processors. may be obtained from the Indian Standards
In\tItution.
II. Scale of Sampling and Criterion for Conformity
11.1 Lor In any consignment. all the hooks and eyes of the same type and size manufactured at the same time
shall be grouped together to constitute a lot.
11.2 Lot Size utid Su17iplt~ Size The number of hooks and eyes to be selected from the lot shall depend on the
sire of the lot and shall be in accordance with col I and 2 of Table 3.
11.2.1 Hooks and eyes for testing shall be selected at random from at least IO percent of the packages subject
to a minimum of three packages. equal number of hooks and eyes being selected from each such package.
TAB1.E 3 SCALE OF SAMPLING AND CRITERION FOR ACC’EPTANCE

( Clo,r.wv Il.2 and I I.4 )
I.ot Site Sample Size Premissible No. of

Defectives
(1) (2) (3)
I :p t0 200 IS 0
20 I __200 20 I
20I 500 30 2
so I ._x00 4(! 2
XOI and abo\c 55 3
Note 1he wmpl~ng plan piben here is such that lots with 1.S percent or less defectlbe will be accepted most of the times
1 I .3 h’unlhrr of’ Tests All the hooks and eyes selected as in 11.2 shall be checked for defects in manufacture
(SW S), dimensional requirements (we 6) and finish (SW 7). Any hook or eye which fails to satisfy any one or more
of the requirements for the characteristics shall be considered as a defective.
11.4 C‘ritrrioy/i,r C‘ortfbrmit~l~ ~~~

The lot shall be considered as conforming to the requirements of this standard
if the number of defective hooks and eyes among those ins~pected does not exceed the corresponding number
given in col 3 of fable 3. Otherwise it shall be considered as not conforming to the requirements of the standard.
11.4.1 For conformity to the requirements of the material, the manufacturer shall provide a certificate of
compliance to the requirements of the corresponding Indian Standard (see 4)

IS :724 - 1964
hdiun Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
MILD STEEL AND BRASS CUP, RULER
AND SQUARE HOOKS AND SCREW EYES
(Revised)
0. Foreword
0.1 This revised Indian Standard was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on IO March 1964. after the
draft finalized by the Builder’s Hardware Sectional Committee had been approved by the Building Division
Council.
I
0.2 This standard was first issued in 19.56 specifying the various dimensions and other requirements of cup, ruler
and square hooks, and screw eyes in the fps system. In view of the adoption of the metric system of weights and
measures by the Government of India, the need for revision of this standard with a view to metriciling it and
bringing it in line with IS : 45 I - 1961 ‘Specification for wood screws (revisen)‘in regard to form of screw thread
and other relevant requirements, has long been felt by both the trade and consumers. This revision. therefore.
specifies the various dimensions and other requirements of hooks and eyes made of mild steel and brass in the
metric units, and the details of screw threads and other relevant requirements in accordance with IS : 45 I - 196 I.
0.3 The Sectional Committee responsible for the preparation of this standard has taken into consideration the
views of producers, consumers and technologists, and has related the standard to the manufacturing and trade
practices followed in the country in this field. Due weightage has also been given to the need for international co-
ordination among standards prevailing in different countries of the world.
0.4 Wherever a reference to any Indian Standard appears in this specification, it shall be taken as a reference to
its latest version.
0.5 For purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with. the final value,
observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2 -
1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in the
rounded off.value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
0.6. This standard is intended chiefly to cover the technical provisions relating to cup, ruler and square hooks and
scfew eyes, and it does not include all the necessary provisions of a contract.
I 1. Scope
1.1 This standard lays down requirements for mild steel and brass cup, ruler and square hooks, and screw eyes. I
2. Types
2.1 Hooks shall be of the following types:
a) Shouldered cup hooks (see Fig. I)

b) Shouldered ruler hooks (see Fig. 2)
c) Shouldered square hooks (see Fig. 3)
d) Plain cup hooks (see Fig. 4)
e) Plain ruler hooks (see Fig. 5)
f) Plain square hooks (we Fig. 6)
2.2 Screw eyes shall be of one type as illustrated in Fig. 7.
3. Designation
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 261 b

IS : 724-1964
3.1 The designation ~of hooks and screw eyes covered by this standard shall be based on the type, length, and
screw designation No. of the fitting as indicated in the following examples:
Lksc7Yption Desipation
Shouldered cup hook of length Shouldered cup

25 mm and of screw designa- hook 25 X No. 5
tion No. 5
2 Shouldered ruler hook of length Shouldered ruler

25 mm and of screw designa- hook 25 X No. 5
tion No. 5
3 Shouldered square hook of Shouldered square

length 25 mm and of screw hook 25 X No. 5
designation No. 5
4 Plain cup hook of len’gth 25 mm Plain cup hook

and of screw designation No. 5 25 X No. 5
5 Plain ruler hook of 25 mm Plain ruler hook

length and of screw designation 25 X No. 5
No. 5
6 Plain square hook of 25 mm Plain square hook

length and of screw designation 25 X No. 5
No. 5
7 Screw eye of 25 mm length and Eye 25 X No. 4

of screw designation No. 4
4. Material
4.1 Mild Steel Wire Mild steel wire used in the manufacture of hooks and eyes shall conform to IS : 1812-196~1
‘Specification for mild steel wire for manufacture of wood screws’.
4.2 Brass Wire
4.2.1 Brass wire used in the manufacture of brass hooks and eyes shall have the following chemical
composition, when tested in accordance with lS:441-1955 ‘Methods for chemical analysis of brasses and
bronzes’:
Constituent Percent
Copper 60 to 72
Zinc 28 to 40
Tin. Max 0.05
Iron, Ma.\- 0. I
Lead, Ma.u 0.1
Total impurities including
tin, iron, lead, etc. h4a.u 0.8
4.2.2 Brass wire shall have a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 42.5 kg/ mm? and a mipimum elongation at
break of I5 percent. when tested in accc>rdance with IS : 497-1953 ‘Specification for tensile testing of metals (non-
ferrous)‘.
5. Manufacture
5.1 Hooks and eyes shall be well made and free from defects. They shall be finished to the required shape and
dimensions so as to function properly when in use.
5.2 The screw thread and the gimlet point of hooks and eyes shall conform to the requirments laid down in
IS:451-1961.
6.1 The dimensions of hooks shall conform to the respective requirements laid down in Fig. I to 6 and Tables
1 to 4.
6.2 The dimensions of screw eyes shall conform to the requirements laid down in Fig. 7 and Table 5.
7. Finish
7.1 Unless otherwise specified, hooks and eyes shall be finished bright.

IS : 124 - 1964
k--S-4-----L- l-s-L------4
FIN. I SHOULDERED CUP HOPK FIG. 2 SHOULDERED R~JL.ERHOOK
TABLE I DIMENSIONS OF SHOULDERED CUP AND RULER HOOKS

( Clause 6.1 and Fig. I and 2 )
Designation Length Screw Nominal Dia of Width Radius Dia of Total Threaded
Desig- Dia of Shoulder of Behind Hook Length of Length of
nation Unthrea- Shoul- Shoul- Shank Shank
No. ded der der
Shank
L D E H K R s T
+ 0.5 3 2.39 5.7 + 0.5 0.6 2.0 + 0.5 +

15XNo. 3 15.0 -0 6.5_() 7.0 _ 0.4 4.7 + o.4
-0 0 -0
4 2.74 6.5 o’5 0.7 2.2 + 0.4 6. 5 + 0.4
20 X No. 4 20.0 + o.5 + 10.0 + o.5 9.0 -
-0 -0 -0 0 - 0
+ 0.5 5 3. IO + 0.5 0.8 2.5 + 0.4 + 0.4
25 X No. 5 25.0 _ o 7.5 13.0 + o.5 II.0 - X.0
-0 -0 0 -0
+I 7 3.81 9,7 + 0.5 1.0 3.2 +
35 X No. 7 35 -0 19.0 + o.5 16.0 _ 0.4 12.5 + 0’4
-0 -0 0 -0
+I 8 4.17 10.0 + 0.5 I.1 3.5 + 0.4
40 X No. 8 40 -0 22.0 + o.5 IX.0 _ 14.0 + 0.4
-0 -0 0 -0
IO 4.88 10.8 + 0.5 1.2 4.0 28.5 + 0.5 + 0.4 + 0.4
50 X No. IO -50 +’ _ o 22.0 _ 17.5
-0 -0 0 -0
50 5.59 11.5 + 0.5 1.3 4.5 + 0.5 + 0.4
50 X No. 12 50 +’ 30.0 _ o 25.0 - 20.0 + o.4
-0 -0 0 -0
Note ~~ Screw designation No. and nominal diameter of unthreaded shank are in accordance with IS : 451 -1961
8. Inspection
8.1 The purchaser or his representative shall, if desired, be granted facilities for inspection of finished goods
prior to delivery.
9. Packing
9.1 Hooks and eyes shall be packed in cardboard boxes in quantities specified below:
Article Length Number to be Packed

in One Bo.\-
Shouldered cup, ruler and Up to and including 40 mm 100

sql square hooks f Over 40 mm 50
Plain cup and ruler hooks All sizes 100
Plain square hooks Up to and including 60 mm 100

C Over 60 mm 50
Screw eyes Up to and including 3.10 mm dia 100

Over 3.10 mm dia 50

IS : 724 - 1964
FIG. 3 SHOULDERED SQUARE HOOK

FIG. 4 FIG. 5
10. Marking
10.1 Each box of hooks and eyes shall be marked with the following information:
a) Manufacturer’s name or trade-mark,

b) Description of contents,
C) Size of article, and
d) Quantity.
10.1.1 The box may also be marked with the 1Sl Certification Mark.
Note - The use of the IS1 Certification Mark is governed by the provisions of the Indian Standards Institution (Certification Marks)
Act and the Rules and Regulations made thereunder. The IS1 mark on products covered by an Indian Standard conveys the assurance
that they have been produced to comply with the requirments of that standard under a well-defined system of inspection, testing and
quality control which is devised and supervised by IS1 and operated by the producer. IS1 marked products are also continuously checked
by IS1 for conformity to that standard as a further safeguard. Details of conditions under which a licence for the use of the IS1
Certification Mark may be granted to manufacturers or processors, may be obtained from the Indian Standards Institution.
11. Scale of Sampling and Criterion for Conformity
11.1 In any consignment, all the hooks and eyes of the same type and size manufactured at the same time, shall be
grouped together to constitute a lot.
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS OF SHOULDERED SQUARE HOOKS

( Clause 6.1 and Fig. 3 )
Designation Length Screw Nominal Dia of Width Radius Bent Total Threaded
Desig- Dia of Shoulder of Behind Portion Length of Length of
nation Unthrea- Shoul- Shoul- Shank Shank
No. ded der der
Shank
L D E H K R s T
ISXNo. 3 l-5.0 + 0.5 3 2.39 5.7 $- o.5 0.6 2.0 + 0.5 + 0.4 + o.4
-0 -0 7.0 _ 0 7.0 ~- o 4.7 -0
20 X N.o. 4 20.0 + o.5 4 2.74 6.5 + o.5 0.7 2.2 + 0.5 + 0.4 + 0.4
-0 -0 9.0 _ 0 9.0 - 0 6.5 - 0
25 X No. 5 25.0 + 0.5 5 3.10 7,5 + 0.5 0.8 2.5 + 0.5 + 0.4
II.0 _ o 8.0 + o’4
_ o -0 ll.o_o -0
35 X No. 7 35 +I 7 3.81 9.7 + o.5 1.0 3.2 + 0.5 + o’4 + o’4

-0 -0 15.0 _ o 16.0 -0 12.5 -0
40 X No. 8 40 +I 8 4.17 10.0 + o.5 I. I 3.5 + 0.5

o + 0.4
o + o.4
-0 -0 18.0 _ 18.0 _ 14.0 -0
50 X No. IO 50 T(: IO 4.88 10.8 + o.5 1.2 4.0 + 0.5 + o.4 + 0.4
-0 22.0 _ o 22.0 -0 17.5 _ o
50XNo.12 50 ‘A 12 5.59 11.5 + o.5 1.3 4.5 + 0.5 + o.4 + o.4

-0 24.0 _ o 25.0 -0 20.0 -0
Note - Screw designation No. and nominal diameter of unthreaded shank are in accordance with IS : 451-1961.

IS :I24 - 1964
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS OF PLAIN CUP AND RULER HOOKS

( Clause 6.1 and Fig. 4 and 5 )
Designation Length Screw Nominal Die of Threaded

Designation Din of Hook Length of
No. Unthreaded Shank
Shank
L D R T
25 X No. 5 25.0 -t 0.5 3.10

_ o 8.0 + “’
-0
3.81 + 0.5
‘30 X No. 7 30-T :, 10.0 _ o
-i-l 8 4.17 + 0.5

*40 X No. 8 40 -0 12.0 _ o
8 4.17
*45 X No. 8 45 +* 16.0 + o’5
-0 -0
8 4.17 + 0.4
*50X No. 8 18.0 _ o
Note - Screw designation No. and nominal diameter of unthreaded shank are in accordance with IS : 451-1961.
*These sizes are normally available in plain cup hooks only.
TABLE 4 DIMENSIONS OF PLAIN SQUARE HOOKS

( Cluuse 6.1 and Fig. 6 )
Designation Length Screw Nominal Dia of Threaded

Designation Dia of Hook Length of
Shank
L D R T
+ o.5 4 2.74 + 0.5 + 0.4

20 X No. 4 20.0 -0 8.0 _ o 8.0 _ o
25 X No. 5 25.0 + 0.5 5 3. IO 9.0 _

+ 0.5 10.0 + o.4
_ o 0 -0
*30 X No. 6 30 -+1 6 3.45 10.0 + o.5 14.0 + o.4

-0 -0 -0
40 X No. 7. 40 +* 7 3.81 12.0 + 0.5 15.0 + o.4

-0 _ o -0
50 X No. 9 50 +I 9 4.52 16.0 + o’5 20.0 + o.4

-0 -0 -0
60 +1
60 X No.,12 12 5.59 20.0 + 0.5 24.0 + o’4
-o _ o -0
+* 14 6.30 + 0.5 + 0.4
“75 X No. 14 75 -0 25.0 _ o 28.0 _ o
Note ~~~Screw designation No. and nominal diameter of unthreaded shank are in accordance with IS : 451-1961.
*These sizes are normally available in steel only.
L---------J /w----r---A
FIG. 6 FIG. 7
265
IS :724 - 1964
TABLE 5 DIMENSIONS OF SCREW EYES
( Clause 6.2 and Fig. 7 )
Designation Length Screw Nominal Dia of Threaded

Designation Dia of Eye Length of
Shank
L D R T
0 1.52 + 0.4
*16X No. 0 16.0 + o’5 4.0 + o.5 5.5 _ 0
-0 -0
1.78
20X No. I 5.5 + o.5 6.5 + o’4
-0 -0
2.08 + 0.4
22 X No. 2 6.5 + o’5 7.5 -0
-0
2.39
25 X No. 3 6.5 + o’5 9.5 + o.4
-0 -0
2.74
25 X No. 4 7.0 + o.5 9.0 + o.4
-0 -0
3.10 + 0.4
30 X No. 5 1.5 + o.5 12.0 _ o
-0
3.45
30 X No. 6 8.0 + o.5 11.0 + o.4
-0 -0
4.17
35 X No. 8 9.0 + o.5 12.0 + o.4
-0 -0
4.88 10.0 + 0.5 + 0.4

40 X No. 10 _ o 12.5 _ o
5.59
45XNo. 12 45 +’
-0
11.0 +
-0
o.5 15.0 + o.4
-0
50 X No. 14 50 ‘I:,
14 6.30
11.0 +
-0
o.5 19.0 + o.4
-0
Note ~ Screw designation No. and nominal diameter of unthreaded shank are in accordance with IS : 451-1961.
‘*This size is normally available in steel only.
11.2 Lot Size and Sample Size - The number of hooks and eyes to be selected from the lot shall depend on the
size of the lot and shall be in accordance wGth co1 1 and 3 of Table 6.
TABLE 6 SCALE OF SAMPLING AND CRITERION FOR ACCEPTANCE

( Clauses I I .2 and I I .4 )
Lot Size Sample Size Permissible No. of

Defective Hooks and Eyes
(I) (2) (3)
up to 200 15 0
201 “300 20 I
301 ” 500 30 2
501 “800 40 2
801 and above 55 3
Note - The sampling plan given here is such that lots with I .5 percent or less defectives will be accepted most of the times.
11.2.1 The hooks and eyes for testing shall be selected at random from at least 10 percent of the packages
subject to a minimum of three packages, equal number of hooks and eyes being selected from each such
packages.
11.3 Tests -* All hooks and eyes selected as in 11.2 shall be checked for dimensional requirements
(see 6), defects in manufacture (see 5) and finish (see 7). Any~hook or eye which fails to satisfy any one or more of
the requirements for the characteristics shall be considered as a defective hook or eye.
11.4 Criterion for Conformity -The lot shall be considered as conforming to the requirements of this standard
if the number of defective hooks or eyes among those inspected does not exceed the corresponding number given
in co1 3 of Table 6. Otherwise, it shall be considered as not conforming to the requirements of the standard.
11.4.1 For conformity to the requirements of the material, the manufacturer shall provide a certificate of
compliance to the requirements of the corresponding Indian Standards (see 4).

IS : 730 - 1978
Indian Standard
PECIFICATION FOR HOOK BOLTS FOR CORRUGATED SHEET
ROOFING
( Second Revision )
Scope ~ Covers the requirements for hook bolts for corrugated sheet roofing.
Types ~ The following types are covered:
a) J-type hook bolts,

b) L-type hook bolts, and
c) U-type hook bolts.
Dimesions and Tolerances - As given in Table 1, 2 and 3.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR J-TYPE HOOK BOLTS WITH SQUARE NUTS
TYPE I TYPE II
Shank diameter, d, = pitch diameter
Size s inside Depth Inside Width Thread Inside Preferred Length

d D w Length Radius I
bt R, Min
Basic Tolerance Basic Tolerance Basic Tolerance Basic Basic Tolerance
+2 +2 +2 70to I50
M6 20 0 15 0 12 0 25 4 in steps f3
of 10
+2 +2 f2 70 to 200
M8 25 0 20 0 14 0 25 5 in steps $3
of IO
12 +2 f2 70 to 200
MI0 25 0 20 0 I6 0 25 6 in steps *3
of IO
Note ~ Full size shank diameter equal to thread major diameter is also permitted.
*RI to be specified by the purchaser depending on the pipe size to be used. The tolerance on the specified RI shall be +I.5 mm.
tTolerance on the length of thread, b, shall be +2.5P or 5 mm, whichever is greater.
HAN.DBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 267

1s : 730 - 1978
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR-L-TYPE HOOK BOLTS WITH SQUARE NUTS
( Clause 3 )
Shank diameter, cl, = pitch diameter
Size Inside Depth Inside Width Thread Length Inside Radius Preferred Length
d D w b’ R I
‘:‘1’_ : Basic Tolerance Basic Basic Tolerance Basic Tolerance
+ 1.5 .120 to 200

M8 1.5 0 in steps f3
of IO
150 to 200
, in steps It3
Ml0 25 12 30 1.5 + 1.5 of 10
30 0
180, 190 It 3 up to 2f
200. 225 zb 4 above
200
Note - Full size shank diameter equal to thread major diameter is also permitted.
*Tolerance on the length of thread, h. shall be i- 2.5 P or 5 mm, whichever isgreater.
268 HANDBOOK ON JNDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 ,

IS :730 - 1978
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR~U-TYPE HbOK BOLTS WITH SQUARE NUTS
( Clause 3 )
tr . --..---____-_-
\
9
_/
TYPE I TYPE II
Shank diameter, d, = pitch diameter
Size
d
Inside Width
w
Inside Radius
R
Thread
b*
Length
T Preferred
I
Length
Tolerance
1
Basic Tolerance Basic
150 to 200
in steps of f3
1.5 + 1.5 30 IO
0
225 *4
150 to 200
in steps of f3
1.5 + 1.5 30 IO
0
225 f4
Note - Full size shank diameter equal to thread major diameter is also permitted.
*Tolerance on the length of thread, b, shall be + 2.5 P or 5 mm, whichever is greater.

1
IS : 730 - 1978
3.1 The screw threads on the hook bolts shall conform to the tolerance class 8g as specified in IS: 4218
(Part 4)-1976 ‘IS.0 metric screw threads: Part 4 Tolerancing system (first rellision)‘.
4. Grade ~ Black grade (B) as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners
(first re~~ision)‘.
5 Mechanical Properties --~ Property class 4.6 of IS : 1367-1967.
6. Designation ~-- Designation of hook bolts shall be as given in Table 4.
TABLE 4 DESIGNATION SYSTEM FOR HOOK BOLTS
Name of Hook Bolt with Type Size Inside Length Designation
I
Width
J hook bolt of Type 1 M6 80 J Bolt I M6 X 80 IS : 730

J hook bolt of Type II M8 90 J Bolt 11 M8 X 90 ~ /?I* IS : 730
J hook bolt of Type II with
square nut M8 90 J Bolt M8 X 90N --- R,* IS : 730
L hook bolt M8 50 140 L Bolt M8 X 140 - 50 IS : 730
L hook bolt with square nut M8 50 140 L Bolt M8 X 140N - 50 IS : 730
U hook bolt of Type I M IO 60 160 UBolt1M10X160-6OIS:730
U hook bolt of Type II M 10 80 180 U Bolt II Ml0 X 180 - 80 IS : 730
U hook bolt of Type II with
square nut Ml0 80 180 U Bolt I1 Ml0 X 180N - 80 IS : 730
‘Radius RI also to be specified for this type of hook bolt (see Table 1).
7. Sampling ~ The method of sampling and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS: 2614-1969
8.1 Hook bolts and nuts shall be surface protected with suitable coating as specified by the purchaser.
8.1.1 When the hook bolts and nuts are hot-dip galvanized, the requirements shall be in accordance with
IS : 53581969 ‘Specification for hot-dip galvanized coatings on fasteners’.
8.2 The square nuts used with the hook bolts shall conform to IS: 2585-1968 ‘Specification for black square
bolts and nuts (dia range 6 to 39 mm) and black square screws (dia range 6 to 24 mm) Cfirst revision)‘.
8.2.1 Square pressed nuts may also be supplied when required by the purchaser.
8.3 In regard to requirements not covered in the standard, the hook bolts shall conform to IS: 1367-1967.
EXPLANAT-ORY NOTE
This standard was first issued in 1956 and subsequently revised in 1966. In the present revision, the
following modifications have been made:
a) Designation of property class has been brought in line with IS : 1367.

b) Tolerances on screw threads on hook bolts have been brought in line with IS :4218 (Part 4)-1976.
c) Tolerances have been added to the dimensions of hook bolts.
d) U-type hook bolts have been added since there is a demand for this type of hook bolts in the industry.
e) The present revision covers only hook bolts. Mushroom head bolts and washers for corrugated sheet
roofing are being covered in separate Indian Standards.
Product grade specified in 4 as black grade (B) would correspond to product grade C specified in
IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1978 ‘Technicalsupply conditions for threaded fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances
This standard has also been brought in line with BS 1494 : Part 1: 1964 : ‘Fixing accessories for building
purposes’, issued by the British Standards Institution.
c
IS :6113 - 1970
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINIUM
FASTENERS FOR BUILDING PURPOSES
, Scope-- CoversJ-type hook bolts and nuts, mushroom head seam bolts and nuts, and washers ofaluminium
jr roofing sheets.
Material
.l Hook Bolts
2.1.1 Rolled thread bolts ~- From aluminium alloy NC 5-M, NC 6-%H, HG 19-WP or HG 30-WP of IS : 739-
366 ‘Specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys wire (for general engineering purposes)
,evised)‘. or NE 5-M, NE 6-M, NE 8-M, HE 1%WP or HE 30-WP of IS: 733-1967 ‘Specification for wrought
luminium and aluminium alloys, bars, rods and sections (for general engineering purposes) (rhird revision)‘.
2.1.2 Cut thread botts -- From aluminium alloy:
NG 5-M, NC 6-r/,H, HG 19-WP or HG 30-WP of IS : 739-1966 or NE 5-M, NE 6-M, NE 8-M,

HE 19-WP or HE 30-WP of IS : 733-1967.
.2 Mushroom Head Seam Bolt - From aluminium alloy:
NG 5-M, NG 6-1/H, HG 19-WP or HG 30-WP of IS : 739-1966 or NE 5-M, NE 6-M, NE 8-M,

HE 19-WP or HE 30-WP of IS : 733-1967.
.3 Nuts for Hook Bolts and Seam Bolts - From one of the following aluminium alloys:
NE 4-M, NE 5-M, NE 6-M, HE 19-WP or HE 30-WP of IS : 733-1967 or NS 4-l/zH, NS 5-1/2H,

NS 6-%H, HS 20-WP or HS 30-WP of IS : 737-1965 ‘Specification for wrought aluminium and
aluminitim alloys, sheet and strip (for general engineering purposes) (revised)‘.
.4 Washers - From one of the following alloys:
NS 3-l/zH, NS 4-1/2H, HS 20-WP or HS 30-WP of IS: 737-1965.
1. Grade - Black grade B of IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners wrst revision)‘.
. Dimensions
.1 J-Type Hook Bolts -- As specified in Table 1.
1.2 Mushroom Head Seam Bolts - As specified in Table 2.
I.3 Washers - As specified in Table 3.
1.4 Square Nuts:for Use with J-Type Hook Bolts -conforming to IS : 2585-1968 ‘Specification for black squarl
Jolts and nuts (diameter range 6 to39 mm) and black square screws (diameter range 6 to 24 mm) (first revision)’
5. Designation
5.1 J-type hook bolts, Type A, size M8, length 100 anil material NG 5-M of 1S : 739-1966 shall bedesignated as:
J-Type Hook Bolt AM8 X 100 1s : 6113 NG 5-M
5.2 Seam bolt size M8, length 80 mm and material HG 19 of IS : 739-1966 shall be designated as:
Seam Bolts M8 X 80 IS : 6113 HG 19
5.3 Nut size M8 and material HE 19-WP of IS : 733-1967 shall be designated as:
Nut M8 IS : 6113 HE 19-WP
5.4 Washers of size 8, Type A, and material H-S 20 of IS : 737-1965 shall be designated as:
Washer A8 IS : 6113 HS 20
271
HANDBOOK-ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2
IS :6113 - 1970
‘
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS OF J-TYPE HOOK BOLTS
ROLLED THREADS
-
TYPE A CUT THREADS
The screw thread may be formed by either thread cutting or thread rolling. In the latter case. the diameter of the unthreaded shank
may be equal to the pitch diameter
Size B Inside Radius Inside Depth Inside Width Thread Preferred Lengths
d Nom of Hook of Hook of Mouth of Length L
R D Jaw W S
Mh Min Min Min
--
Mh 20 4 15 12 25 70, 80, 90, 100, 110,
I 120. 130, 140, 150
M8 25 5 20 14 25 70. 80. 90, 100, I IO,

120. 130, 140, 150,
160, 170, 180, 190.
I
200
Ml0 25 16 25 70, 80, 90, 100, 110.

I 120, 130, 140, 150.
160, 170, 180, 190.
200
*RI to be specified by the purchaser depending on the pipe-size to be used
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR MUSHROOM HEAD SEAM BOLTS AND NUTS
Ail dimensions in millimetres
Size D
d I
M5 9
M6 13
6 2.5 2.8 2.5 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 16.57 17.00 5 MI0
30, 35, 40.45, 50
I
According to IS : 1369-196 I ‘Dimensions of screws thread runouts and undercuts.

IS :6113 - 1970
6.1 Manufacture, tolerance, tests, marking and packing as specified in LS : 1367-1967.
6.2 Sampling as specified in IS : 2614-1969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (first vcvision)‘.
6.3 Tests as specified in IS : 1367-1967.

,
6.4 Requirements for washers as specified in 5369-1969 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock
wAshers’.
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS FOR WASHERS
TYPE A TYPE B TYPF c TYPE D
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The technical requirements and dimensions for fasteners manufactured from aluminium alloy have been
covered in this standard. These fasteners are suitable for use where the structure to which they are attached is also
of aluminium or aluminium alloy. These fasteners are particularly useful in the case of structures made up of
dissimilar material, where suitable protection against electrolytic actions is necessary. The types of fasteners
covered in this standard are similar to those given in IS : 730-1966 ‘Specification for fasteners for corrugated
sheet roofing (revised’. The purpose of issuing this standard is to draw attention to the requirements mentioned
above where the aluminium fasteners are used in contact with sheet or with other dissimilar metals. This standard
is based on BS 1494 : Part I : 1964 ‘Fixing accessories for building purposes, Part 1 Fixing for sheet, roof and wall
coverings’.

IS :7578 - 1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
WEDGE AND SLOT TYPE ROOF BOLT
‘i.
1. Scope - Covers the requirements for wedge and slot type roof bolt.
!. Dimensions
WEDGE
20 min.
20 min.
150 max.
110 min.
SLOTTED
BOLT
N 1.5 max. -:_
WEDGE
I
I I
+ 28
cd
___SP 125 BEARING
min.
---+ 1
I 1 I
!
+=d ‘V
BEARING PLATE GENERAL ASSEMBLY
SLOTTED BOLT
3. Tolerance ~- The threads on bolts and nuts shall conform to tolerance class of 8g and 7H respectively
according to IS : 4218-1967 ‘IS0 metric screw threads’.
4. Material ~ Slotted bolts, bearing plates and wedges shall be manufactured from steel conforming to IS : 226-
1969 ‘Specification for structural steel (standard quality) Cfirst revision)‘. The wedges may~also be manufactured
from the steel conforming to IS : 2108-1962 ‘Specification for blackheart malleable iron castings’.
5.1 The slots shall be hot forged without removing the material and shall be free from perceptible burrs.
5.2 Slotted bolts shall be sound, commercially straight and free from harmful surface defects.
5.3 Nuts shall conform to IS : 1363-1967 ‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to
39 mm) and black hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24 mm) ($rst revision)‘.
6. Preservation -- The bolts shall be supplied in well cleaned condition. Threads shall be kept lubricated and
suitably protected.
274 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 :
c
IS : 7578 - 1975
7. Marking - The roof bolts shall be marked with the lengths and manufacturer’s name/ initials or recognized
trade-mark.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
While preparing this standard, assistance has been derived from the following:
NCB Specification No. P. I3 I / 1955 Roof bolts. National Coal Board, UK.
Research Paper No. 27 - Reference CM RS-M I 1/ 27 Roof bolting - anchorage testing of expansion-
type and wedge and slot-type roof bolts in a coal mine. Central Mining Research Station, Dhanbad.
‘HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 275

IS :8266 - 1976
lncliun Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
EXPANSION SHELL TYPE ROOF BOLTS
Scope CoLers the requirements for expansion shell type roof bolts.
Dimensions
ESSED EARS
GENERAL ASSEMBLY SQUARE TYPE HEAD STUD TYPE HEAD
1 The dimensions of plug and shell shall be as decided between the purchaser and the manufacturer aftel
mducting anchorage tests at the ~place of application.
2 Tolerance ~~~Threads on bolts, nuts and plugs shall conform to IS : 4218 - 1967 ‘IS0 metric threads’, ant I
all have tolerance of 8g on bolts and 7H on nuts and plugs.
Material -.
Component Type of Bolt head Material Conforming to
Bolt Square IS : 226-1975 ‘Structural steel (standard quality)

(ftfth revision)’ or
C40 of IS : 1570 - 1961 ‘Schedules for wrought
steels for general engineering purposes’
Stud C4O of IS : 1570- 1961
Bearing plate’ Square and stud j IS : 226-1975
Expansion shell Square and stud IS : 226- 1975 or
IS : 2108- 1962 Blackheart malleable iron casting So
Plug Square and stud IS : 1030- 1974 ‘Carbon steel castings for general
engineering purposes (second revision)’ or
IS : 2108- 1962 or
IS : 226- 1975
I ’

IS :8266 - 1978
4. Designation - An expansion shell type roof bolt of 20 mm bott diametr shall be designated as:
Expansion Shell Roof Bolt 20 IS : 8266
5.1 Nuts used shall conform to IS : 1363 - 1967 ‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to
39 mm) and black hexagon screws (dia
5.2 Bolts shall be commerci$ly straight, sound and free from harmful surface defects.
5.3 If ihe purchaser so requires, the bolts shall be supplied with self-centering and reinforced head.
5.4 Ends of the bolts shall conform to IS : 136X - 1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of bolts and screws (first revi.sion)‘.
I 5.5 Plugs shall be cast, forged or machined from solid.
5.6 Threads in the bolts shall preferably be rolled so that the strength of the bolt is not reduced.
6. Preservation --- The bolts shall be supplied in well cleaned condition. Threads shall be kept lubricated and
suitably protected.
7. Marking - Every roof bolt shall be marked with the following:
a) Manufacturer’s name or trade-mark,

b) Diameter of bolt,
c) Length of bolt, and
d) A five-point star of 6 mm size in case the bolt is made from steel conforming to IS : 226- 1975.
7.1 ISI Cert$cafion Marking - Details available v&th the Indian Standards Institution.
8. Sampling - Bolts, nuts and plugs shall be sampled in accordance with IS : 26 14 - I969 ‘Methods for sampling
of fasteners Virst revision)’ and bearing plates and shells shall be sampled in accordance with IS : 682 I - 1973
‘Methods for sampling non-threaded fasteners’. For convenience, the scales of sampling for normal inspection in
two cases are reproduced in Tables I and 2 respectively. For the purpose of this standard, diameter of bolt,
variation in thread pitch diameter and diameter of hole in bearing plate shall constitute major defects and all
other dimensional characteristics constitute minor defect,s.
271
3
TABLE 1 SCALE OF SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY FOR ROOF BOLTS, NUTS AND PLUGS FOR NOIiMAL INSPECTION
( Clause 8 )
Lot Size Visual Characteristics Duds Dimensional Characteristics
Sample Sample Cumulative A<, Re A<, Re Sample Sample Comulative Major Defect Minor Defect
Sire Sample Size Sample Ac Rt A<, RI2
SiTe Sire
&* I .o* 4.0* 6.5*
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
up to 100 First 20 20 2 5 0 2 First 8 8 0 2 0 3
Second 20 40 6 7 I 2 Second 8 16 I 2 3 4
101 to 300 First 32 32 3 7 0 2 First 13 13 0 3 I 4
Second 32 64 8 9 .I 2 Second 13 26 3 4 4 5
301 ., 500 First 50 50 5 9 0 3 First 20 20 I 4 2 5
Second 50 100 12 I3 3 4 Second 20 40 4 5 6 7
501,. 1000 First 80 80 7 II I 4 Fjrst 32 32 2 5 3 7
Second 80 160 I8 19 4 5 Second 32 64 6 7 8 9
IO01 .. 3000 First 125 125 II 16 2 5 First 50 50 3 7 5 9
Second 125 250 26 27 6 7 Second 50 100 8 9 12 13
3 001 ,. 10000 First 200 200 II 16 3 7 First 80 80 5 9 7 II
Second 200 400 26 27 8 9 Second 80 160 12 13 18 19
IO 001 . . 35 000 First 315 315 II I6 5 9 First 125 125 7 II II 16
Second 315 630 26 27 12 13 Second 125 250 18 19 26 27
Over 35 000 First 500 500 II 16 7 II First 200 200 II I6 II I6
Second 500 I 000 26 27 IX I9 Second 200 400 26 27 26 27
Note For most of the sampling plans given in this table, the ITPD values are less than 20 percent
*Indicates the Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) for the sampling plan.
TABLE 2 SCALE OF SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOd CONFORMITY FOR BEARING PLATES AND SHELLS FOR NdRMAI. INSPECTION
( C‘lmsr 8 )
f I.ot Size T Visual Characteristics T Duds T Dimensional Characteristics
-r
I _L J
Sample Sample Cumulative .4<, RlJ Sample Sample __-M inol
SlK Sample Six t :l ,
Six
I .o*
(1) (2) (3 (4) (5) (6) (7) ($1 (9) (J(J) (II) (12) (14)
up to 100 First 20 20 2 5 0 2 kirat 8 x 0 0
Second 20 40 6 7 I 2 Jecond x Ih I 3
IO1 to 300 First 32 32 3 7 0 2 First 13 I3 0 I
Second 32 64 x 9 I 2 Second 13 26 3 4
301 . . 500 First 50 50 5 9 0 3 First 20 20 I 2
Second 50 100 12 13 3 4 Second 20 40 4 h
50 I ,. I 000 First x0 X0 7 II I 4 First 32 32 2 3
Second X0 lb0 18 I9 4 5 Second 32 64 6 x
I 00 I . . 3 000 First 125 125 II I6 2 5 First 50 50 3 5
Second 125 250 26 27 6 7 Second 50 IO0 X I2
3 001 1, IO 000 First 200 200 II I6 3 1 First x0 x0 5 7
Second 200 400 26 27 8 9 Second X0 I60 I2 IX
IO 00 I ,. 35 000 First 315 315 II I6 5 9 First I25 125 7 II
Second 315 630 26 27 I2 I3 SCCOlld 125 250 IX 26
Over 35 000 First 500 500 I I I6 7 II First 200 200 II II
Second 500 I 000 26 27 IX 19 Second 200 400 26 26
L L
Note - For most 01 the sampling plans given in this table. the lot tolerance percent defective values are less than 20 percent
*Indicates the Acceptable Quality I.evel (AQI.) l’or the sampling plan.
‘IS:8822 - 1978
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED MUSHR-OOM HEAD ROOFING BOLTS
Scope - Covers the requirements for slotted mushroom head roofing bolts in the diameter range 6 to 10 mm.
Dimensions and Tolerance - As given in Table 1.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCE FOR SLOTTED MUSHROOM HEAD ROOFING BOLTS
r+d
1
&X0 “b -
-ke 1 L
x according to IS : 1369-1975 Dimensions of screw threads run-outs and undercuts (firsr revision) 4.
Nominal Size M6 M8 Ml0
d Nom (zt IT 15) 6 8 IO
Max 1.8 I .8 2.8

n Min 1.6 I .6 2.5
k js 16 4 5 6
D js 16 13 16 20
Ma.\- 2.1 2.6 3

I
Min 1.6 2 2.4
I js 17 12, 16, 20, 25, 30. 40, 45, 50 and if required. up to 300 in steps of IO mm.
Note ~~ Bolts are permitted to have scant shank in which case shank diameter may be made equal to pitch diameter.
*Bolts up to and including 80 mm long shall be threaded up to head.
Bolts over 80 mm long shall have a nominal thread length of 80 mm.
. Grade - Black grade (B) as specified in IS : 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded fastener
rirst revision)‘.
. Mechanical Properties - Property class 4.6 of IS : 1367- 1967.
. Designation - Slotted mushroom head bolts shall be designated by name, nominal size, length and numbe
f this standard.
Example:
A slotted mushroom head bolt of size M6 and length 50 mm shall be designated as:
Slotted Mushroom Head Bolt M6 X 50 IS : 8822
.1 Where the bolts are required with square nuts (see 7.2), they shall be designated as given below:
Example:
A slotted mushroom head bolt of size M6 and length 50 mm with a square nut shall be designated a!
Slotted Mushroom Head Bolt M6 X 50N IS : 8822
. Sampling - The method of sampling and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS : 2614-196
Methods for sampling of fasteners (first revision)‘.
. General Requirements
.l In regard to requirements not covered in this standard, the bolts shall conform to IS : 1367-1967.

IS :8822 - 1978
7.2 The square nuts used with slotted mushroom head bolts shall conform to IS : 2585-1968 ‘Specification for
black square bolts and nuts (diameter range 6 to 39 mm) and black square screws (diameter range 6 to 24 mm)
(jirst revision)‘.
7.2.1 Hexagon nuts in accordance with IS : 1363-1967 ‘Specification for black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock
nuts (dia 6 to 39 mm) and black hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24 mm) first revision)‘or square pressed nuts may also
be supplied when required by the purchaser.
7.3 Slotted mushroom head bolts shall be surface protected with suitable coating as specified by the purchaser.
7.3.1 When the bolts are hot-dip galvanized, the requirements shall be inaccordance with IS : 5358-1969 ‘Hot-
dip galvanized coatings on fasteners’.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Fasteners for corrugated sheet roofing were originally covered in IS : 730-1966 ‘Specification for fastners
for corrugated sheet foofing Cfi:rst revision)‘. While reviewing this standard for revision, it was decided to cover
mushroom bolts, hook bolts and washers in separate standards. This standard covers mushroom bolts. In the
present version, the following changes have been made:
a) Square nut size of M5 has been deleted
b) Reference has been made to IS : 1367 in regard to mechanical properties, grade and other general
requirements.
c) Tolerance on dimensions have been added.
The product grade specified as black grade (B) in 3 would correspona to product grade C as specified in
IS : 1367 (Part 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners : Part 2 Product grades and
tolerances (second revision)’
This standard has been brought in line with BS : 1494 Part I : I964 ‘Specification for fixing accessories for
building purposes-fixing for sheet, roof and wall covering’, issued. by the British Standards Institution.
HANDB~oKON ~NDUSITR~ALFASTENERS-PART~ 281

IS :8869 - 1978
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
WASHERS FOR CORRUGATED SHEET ROOFING
. Scope- Coversthe reqmrements for.! washers for;cGr?ugated sheet roofing.
. Types - The fotlowing types of washers are covered:
a) Bituminous felt washers,

b) Steel washers, and
c) Lead washers.
. Dimensions - Dimensions of washers for corrugated sheet roofing shall be as given in Table 1, 2~and 3.
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR BITUMINOUS FELT WASHERS
TYPE 8
Nominal Size, dl t D s Suitable Bolt Size

7 1.6 25 36 M6
IO 1.6 30 36 M8
12 1.6 30 36 MI0
1.Grade - Washers shall conform to ordinary grade as specified in IS : 5369-1975 ‘General requirements for
Aain washers and lock washers yirst revision)‘.
5. Material
5.1 Steel washers shall be made from any suitable low carbon steel.
5.2 Lead ~washers shall be made from lead sheets as specified in IS : 405-1961 ‘Specification for lead sheet
lrevised).
6. Designation -- Designation of washers shall be as given in Table 4.
7. Sampling - The methods of sampling and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with IS : 6821-1973
Methods for sampling non-threaded fasteners’.
B. General Requirements
8.1 Steel washers for corrugated roofing shall be galvanized by hot dipping as specified in IS : 5358-1969
Specification for hot-dip galvanized coatings on fasteners’.
8.2 Bituminous felt washers shall be suitably impregnated. These washers, when heated~and maintained at a
temperature of 75 f l°C for 1 hour, shall not get separated and flow out.
4
IS : 8869 - 1978
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR STEEL WASHERS

( Clause 3 )
Qdl
!------QO2--4
TYPE B
TYPE C
Nominal t t1 D DI D2 h s Suitable
Size, d, Bolt Size
7 1.60 0.90 12 25 35 10 36 M6 -
IO 1.60 0.90 16 25 35 10 36 MS
12 1.60 0.90 22 25 3.5 IO 36 MI0

I
. ,
TABLE 3 DIMENSIONS FOR LEAD WASHERS

( Clause 3 )
All dimension! in millimetres.
TYPE A TYPE B
Nominal Size, d, t D DI h Suitable Bolt Size
I I.6 25 20 IO M6
IO 1.6 25 25 IO M8
12 I.6 25 30 IO MI0
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 2ai

IS :886S - 1978
TABLE 4 DESIGNATION SYSTEM FOR WASHERS
( Clause 6 )
Name of Washer and Type Nominal Size Designation
Bituminous felt washer. Type A 7 Bituminous Felt Washer A7-IS : 8869

Steel washer. rype D IO Steel Washer DlO-IS : 8869
Lead washer, Type B 12 Lead Washer B12-IS : 8869
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Subsequent to the decision to revise IS : 730-1968 ‘Specification for fasteners for corrugated sheet
roofing (revised)’ splitting into three standards, this standard has been prepared on washers. Requirements of
hook bolts and mushroom head bolts are being covered in separate lndian Standards.
In this standard, washers suitable for bolt size M5 have not been covered.
This standard has been brought in line with BS 1494 : Part 1 : 1964 ‘Fixing accessories for building
purposes’ issued by the British Standards Institution.
284 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2’:

SECTION H
Wood Fasteners
IS : 1120 - 1975
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
COACH SCREWS
( First Revision )
I. Scope - Covers the requirements of hexagon head coach screws (hexagon head wood screws).
!. Dimensions
!.l As given in Table 1.
!.2 The preferred length and screw number combinations shall be as given in Table 2.
L Tolerances -~ As given in Fig. 1.
hlL FOR s S 19
js17 FOR ka 10
FIG. 1 TOLERANCES ON HEXAGON HEAD COACH SCREWS
1. Material - As given in IS : 45 I - 1972 ‘Technical supply conditions for wood screws (second revision)‘.
5. General Requirements -- In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, it shall conform to the
requirements of IS : 45 1 - : 972.
6. Designation ~- Shall be designated by the name, screw number, length, number of this standard and
material.
Example:
A hexagon head coach screw of screw No. 10, length 30 mm and made of steel, shall be designated
as:
Coach Screw No. 10 X 30 IS : 1120 Steel
7. Finish - As given in IS : 45 1 - 1972.
8. Irzspection and Acceptance - As given tn IS : 451- 1972.
9. Packing ~- As given in IS : 451 - 1972.
1~0. Marking
10.1 As given in IS : 451 - 1972.
10.2 IS/ Cert!‘fi‘cation Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

is : 1120- 1975
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON HEAD COACH SCREWS

( Clause 2.1 )
iize No.
Screw
Desig-
Diameter of
Unthreaded Shank d l- Pitch
Min
e s h14 5 19
hl5 < 19
k js16 < 10
js 17 2 IO
r
I! I
nation Min Now ‘h4o.u Ma.u
10 4.12 2.12 X.63 8 X.00 7.64 3.5 3.88 0.6

14 6.05 2.82 IO.89 IO IO.00 9.64 4 4.3x 0.6
IX 7.47 3.39 14.20 I3 13.00 12.57 5.5 5.8X 0.6
24 9.00 4.23 IX.72 17 17.00 16.57 7.45 0.6
2X I I .02 4.62 20.88 I9 19.00 IX.48 8 x.45
32 12.45 5.0x 26.17 24 24.00 23.16 IO 10.75 I
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH-SCREW NtlMBER CUMBINATIONS FOR

HEXAGON HEAD COACH SCREWS
( ~‘luuse2.2 )
All dimension\ in millimetrcs.
Note - Preferred lengths are between the bold stepped lines.

IS : 1120 - 1975
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard was originally published in 1957. In the present revision, reference has been made to
IS : 45 I - I972 regarding material, finish, packing, inspection, acceptance and.marking. The preferred length and
screw number combinations have also been tabulated. This standard is one of the series of Indian Standards
being prepared on wood screws. Other standards belonging to the series are:
IS : 45 I - I972 Technical supply conditions for wood screws (second revision)
IS : 6738 - 1972 Specification for slotted raised countersunk head wood screws
IS : 6739 - I972 Specification for slotted round head wood screws
IS : 6760- 1972 Specification for slotted countersunk head wood screws.
The sizes of wood screws incorporated inthe above standards are based on the size of wiregauge. Metric
dimensions of these sizes are also given in the individual standards.
H.kNDBOOK ON lNDUSTRlA1, FASTENERS-PART 2 289

IS : 5373- 1869
4
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SQUARE WASHERS FOR WOOD FASTENINGS
I. Scope- Covers the requirements for square washers intended for use in wood fastenings with bolts in the
diameter range 10 to 52 mm.
Dimensions
* ,-!yTlj
I
1
I
d
__J
a SQ
Q
I
1
I
Nominal Size (I s For Bolt Size
d
11.5 30 3 Ml0
14 40 4 Ml2
18 50 5 Ml6
23 60 5 M20
27 80 6 M24
(30) 90 6 (~27)
33 95 6 M30
(36) 100 6 (M33)
39 110 8 M36
(42) 125 8 (-M 39)

45 135 8 M42
48 140 8 M45
52 IS0 IO M48
56 160 IO M52
1
Note ~ Sizes in brackets are of second preference
3. Material - The square washers shall be made from mild steel, such as C20 conforming to IS : 1570- 1961
‘Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes’ or low carbon steel or any other material
specified by the purchaser.
4. Designation - The square washers for wood fastenings shall be designated by the nominal size and the
Example;
A square washer for wood fastenings having a nominal size of 18 mm shall be designated as:
Square Washer 18 IS : 5373.
5. Other Requirements - Other requirements for square washers not covered in this standard shallconformto
IS : 5369 - 1975 ‘General requirements for plain washers and lock washers @+st revision)‘.

IS: 6736-1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED RAISED COUNTERSUNK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
. Scope - Covers the requirements for slotted raised countersutik head wood screws.
. Material - Shall conform to the requirements laid down in IS : 45 1 - 1972 ‘Technical supply conditions for
jood screws (second revision)‘.
.I The slotted raised~countersunk head wood screws shall conform to dimensions given in Table 1.
1.2 The tolerances shall conform to those given in Fig. 1.
FIG. 1 TOLERANCES FOR SLOTTED ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREWS
3.3 The preferred length-screw number combinations are given in Table 2.
1. Designation ~ Wood screws shall be designated by the screw number (screw designation), length, number of
this standard and material.
Example:
A slotted raised countersunk head wood screw -No. 8, length 20 mm and made of steel shall be
designated as:
Wood Screw No_8 X 20 IS : 6736 Steel
5.1 The wood screws shall be manufactured conforming to the form and dimensions given in Fig. 1 and Table I.
The screws shall conform to IS : 451- 1972 in respect of requirements not covered in this standard.
6. Finish - As given in IS : 451 - 1972.
7. Packing - The wood screws shall be packed as given in IS : 451- 1972.
8. Inspection and Acceptance - As given in IS : 451- 1972.
9. Marking - As given in IS : 451- 1972.
9.1 ISI Certfication Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS : 6736-1972
!
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED RAISED COUNTERSUNK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
‘. All dimensions in millimetres.
Screw Diameter Pitch V* Diameter Depth tadius Width Depth

No. of Unthreaded of of of of
Screw Shank Head Head Head Slot Slot
lesig- d 1 R n
ation) Nom Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Gz--
-- uin
-
0 1.52 1.55 I .47 0.85 3.20 3.04 2.89 0.89 0.51 2.54 0.58 0.48 0.84 0.71
I 1.78 I.R5 1.70 0.91 3.73 3.56 3.43 1.02 0.58 2.97 0.71 0.61 0.91 0.76
2 2.08 2.16 I .98 0.98 4.42 4.16 3.91 1.17 0.69 3.48 0.84 0.74 I .04 0.86
3 2.39 2.46 2.29 1.06 5.05 4.78 4.52 I .32 0.79 3.99 0.97 0.86 1.19 I .02
4 2.14 2.87 2.64 1.15 5.84 5.48 5.23 1.50 0.91 4.57 I .02 0.86 1.35 1.12
5 3.10 3.23 2.97 1.27 6.63 6.20 5.94 1.75 1.04 5.16 1.14 0.99 1.60 1.35
6 3.45 3.58 3.33 1.41 7.30 6.90 6.65 1.98 1.14 5.77 I .27 1.11 1.80 1.52
7 3.81 3.94 3.68 1.59 8.20 7.62 1.34 2.16 I .27 6.35 1.27 I.11 1.96 I .68
8 4.17 4.29 40.4 1.81 8.97 8.34 8.03 2.34 1.40 6.93 1.40 1.24 2.13 1.83
9 4.52 4.65 4.39 2.12 9.15 9.04 8.71 2.51 1.50 7.54 I .40 1.24 2.26 I .9?
10 4.88 5.00 4.72 2.12 10.52 9.76 9.40 2.69 I .63 8.13 1.52 1.37 2.44 2.06
12 5.59 5.72 5.38 2.54 12.09 11.18 10.77 3.05 1.85 9.32 1.65 1.50 2.74 2.31
14 6.30 6.43 6.05 2.82 13.67 12.60 12.12 3.40 2.1 I 10.49 I .90 1.75 3.07 2.55
16 7.0 I 7.14 6.76 3.18 15.21 14.02 13.49 3.89 2.34 11.68 1.90 1.75 3.53 3.0(
18 1.72 7.85 1.47 3.39 16.76 15.44 14.66 4.24 2.57 12.88 2.16 2.01 3.84 3.2:
20 8.43 8.56 8.18 3.63 18.31 16.86 16.23 4.60 2.82 14.05 2.16 2.0 I 4.17 3.5:
24 9.86 9.98 9.60 4.23 21.46 19.72 18.97 5.31 3.28 16.43 2.41 2.26 4.80 4.01
*The dimensions for v are the theoretical diameters-of head to sharp’corners and are given for design purposes only.
IThe depth of head c on a nominal size shank is given for the convenience of users only.
$Dimension n is measured from the top of the head to the point at which the slot breaks through

IS :6736 - 1972
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH AND SCREW NUMBER (‘OMBINATIQNS FOR SLOTTED

RAISED COUNTERSUNK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
( C‘luusr 3.3 )
2345678 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
-8
10
Note Preferred lengths are given between the bold lines.
- EXPLANATORY NOTE
Wood screws were originally coverd in IS : 451 published in 1961. Consequent on the revision of this
standard, four separate standards are being published as follows:
IS : 45 I - 1972 Technical supply conditions for wood screws (second relaision).
IS : 6736- 1972 Specification for slotted raised countersunk head wood screws
IS : 6739- 1972 Specification for slotted round head wood screws
IS : 6760- 1972 Specification for slotted countersunk head wood screws
The sizes of wood screws incorporated in the above standards are based on the size of wire gauges. Metric
dimensions of these sizes are also given in the individual standards. The contractual clauses covered in the earlier
version of the standard have since been deleted in the revised version.

IS : 6739- 1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREWS
Scope - Covers the reqmremcnts for slotted round head wood screws.
. Material ~~ Shall conform to the requirements laid down in IS : 451 - 1972 ‘Technical supply conditions for
/ood screws (second re\ision)‘.
.1 The slotted round head wood screws shall conform to dimensions given in Table I.
.2 The tolerances shall conform to those given in Fig. I.
FIG. 1 TOLERANCES FOR SLOTTED ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREWS
b.3 The preferred length-screw number combinations are given in Table 2.
1. Designation ~.~ Wood screws shah be designated by the screw number (screw designation), length, the number
)f this standard and material.
Esample:
A slotted round head wood screw No. 8. length 20 mm and made of steel shall bc designated as:
Wood Screw No. 8 X 20 IS : 6739 Steel
5.1 The wood screws shall be manufactured conforming to the form and dimensions given in Fig. I and Table I.
The screws shall conform to IS : 4.51 - 1972 in respect of requirements not covered in this standatd.
6. Finish As given in IS : 451 - 1972.
7. Packing The wood screws shall be packed as given in IS : 45l- 1972.
B. Inspection and Acceptance As given in IS : 45 I - 1972.
9. Marking -- As given in IS : 451 - 1972.
9.1 ISI Certjfi’cation Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution

IS : 6739- 1972
TAB1.K I DIMENSIONS-FOR SLOTTED ROIIND HEAD WOOD SCREWS

( ClaLrs&J.v 3. I ant/ 5. I )
All dimenGons in millimetres.
--
1
Size Diameter of Pitch Diameter of Depth of I aadius Slot Width Depth
No. Unthreaded Shank Head Head of s nt
Screw d D C Head
Desig- R’
Iation) Non7 Malv Min Max Min Mc7.v Min Max Min Max Min
-- --
0 I.52 1.55 I .47 0.85 3.04 2.89 I.14 I .02 2.67 1.58 0.48 0.66 0.61
I 1.78 I .x5 I .70 0.91 3.56 * 3.43 I .35 1.22 3.10 1.71 0.61 O.XI 0.69
2 2.08 2.16 I .9x 0.98 4.16 3.91 I .57 I .45 3.66 ).X4 0.74 0.94 0.79
3 2.39 2.46 2.29 I .06 4 78 4.52 I.80 I.68 4.19 ,).97 0.86 I .09 0.91
4 2.74 2.87 2.64 I.15 5.4x 5.23 2.06 I .RO 4.80 I .02 0.86 I.24 I .04
5 3.10 3.23 2.97 I .27 6.20 5.94 2.34 2.08 5.44 I.14 0.99 1.40 I.17
6 3.45 3.5x 3.33 I.41 6.90 6.65 2.59 2.34 6.05 I .27 I.1 I I .55 I .30
7 3.81 3.94 3.68 1.59 7.62 7.34 2.87 2.52 6.68 I .27 I.1 I 1.73 I .45
8 4.17 4.29 4.04 I.81 8.34 8.03 3.12 2.X7 7.29 I .40 I.24 1.88 I .57
9 4.52 4.65 4.39 -2.12 9.04 8.71 3.40 3.15 7.92 I .40 1.24 2.03 I .70
IO 4.88 5.00 4.72 2.12 9.76 9.40 3.66 3.40 8.53 1.52 1.37 2.18 I.83
I2 5.59 5.72 5.3x 2.54 II.IX 10.77 4.19 3.91 9.7x I .65 1.50 2.51 2.1 I
14 6.30 6.43 6.05 2.82 12.60 12.12 4.72 4.42 I I .02 I .90 1.75 2.84 2.36
16 7.01 7.14 6.76 3.18 14.02 13.49 5.26 4.90 12.27 I .90 I .75 3.15 2.64
I8 7.72 7.85 7.47 3.39 15.44 14.X6 5.79 5.41 13.51 2.16 2.01 3.4x 2.90
20 8.43 X.56 8.18 3.63 16.86 16.23 6.32 5.92 14.76 2.16 2.01 3.78 3.18
24 9.86 9.9x 9.60 4.23 19.72 18.97 7.39 6.91 17.25 2.41 2.26 4.45 3.71
-
’
*.fhe shape of the head should closely approximate to a half ellipse but it should be noted that except forthe radius R i: is impossible to
control this shape accurately as it is dependent upon the flow of metal which occurs during forging.
+Dimension n is measured from the top of the head to the point at which the slot breaks through.
.-HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 29’;

IS :6739 - 1972 I
TABLE 2 PREFERRED I.ENGTH AND SCREW NI’MBER AND (‘OMBI\.ATIONS

FOR SLOTTED ROCiND HEAD WOOD SCREWS
( (‘/ulr.\r 3.2 )
All dimensions in millimctres
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 i6 18 20 ,24
8
10
Note Preferred lengths are given between the bold lines
EXPLANA-TORY NOTE
Wood screws were originally coverd in IS : 45 I published in I96 I. Consequent on the revision of this
IS : 451-1972 Technical supply conditions for wood screws (second revision)
IS : 6736-1972 Specification for slotted raised countersunk head wood screws
IS : 6739-1972 Specification for slotted round head wood screws
IS : 6760-1972 Specification for slotted countersunk head wood screws
version of the standard have since been deleted in thc,revised version.

IS : 6760-1972
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION F-OR
SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
I
1. Scope ~ Covers the requirements for slotted countersunk head wood screws.
2. Material ~~~Shall conform to the requirements laid down in IS : 451-1972 ‘Technical supply conditions for
wood screws (.yec,otrd revision)‘.
3.1 The slotted countersunk head wood screws shall conform to dimensions given in Table I.
3.2 The tolerances shall conform to’those given in Fig. I.

I
I --IO 0 12lT15
FIG. I TOLERANCES ON SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
3.3 The preferred length and screw number combinations are given in Table 2.
4. Designation - Wood screws shall be designated by the screw number (screw designation), length. the number
of this standard and material.
Exatnple:
A slotted countersunk head wood screw No. 8, length 20 mm and made of steel shall be designated as:
Wood Screw No. 8 X 20 IS : 6760 Steel
5. General Requirements -~ The wood screws shall be manufactured conforming to the form and dimensions
given in Fig. I and Table I. The screws shall conform to IS : 45 I-1972 in respect of requirements no! covered in
this standard.
IS :6760 - 1972
TAB1.E: I I)IblENSIDNS FOR SLOTTED COl’NTERSlINK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
( ~‘krlr.\r.Y3.1 and 5)
All dimensions in millimetrcs.
--
v*
I I
Diameter of Pitch Diameter Depth Width of Depth of
No. Unthreaded of Head of Slot Slot
Screw Shank D Head s no
Desig- d Cf
i
lation) - - --
NW? Ma.r Min .Ma.u Min .Ma.r Ma.u Min Ma.\- Min
- ~ -~
0 I .52 I .55 I .47 0.85 3.20 3.04 2.89 0.x9 I.58 0.48 0.4x 0.36
I 1.78 I .85 I .70 0.91 3.73 3.56 3.43 I .02 I.71 0.61 0.53 0.4 I
2 2.08 2.16 I .98 0.98 4.42 4.16 3.91 1.17 I.84 0.74 0.6 I 0.46
3 2.39 2.46 2.29 I .06 5.05 4.78 4.52 1.32 1.97 0.86 0.69 0.51
4 2.74 2.87 2.64 1.15 5.84 5.48 5.23 I .50 I .02 0.86 0.76 0.56
5 3.10 3.23 2.97 I .27 6.63 6.20 5.94 1.75 I.14 0.99 0.91 0.69
6 3.45 3.58 3.33 1.41 7.39 6.90 6.65 I .9x I .27 I.1 I I .04 0.79
7 3.81 3.94 3.68 1.59 8.20 7.62 7.34 2.16 I .27 I.1 I I.14 0.x4
8 4.17 4.29 4.04 I.81 8.97 8.34 8.03 2.34 I .40 1.24 I .22 0.89
9 4.52 4.65 4.39 2.12 9.75 9.04 8.71 2.51 I .40 1.24 1.30 0.97
IO 4.X8 5 .oo 4.72 2.12 10.52 9.76 9.40 2.59 I .52 1.37 I .37 I .02
12 5.59 5.72 5.3x 2.54 12.09 II.18 10.77 3.05 I .65 1.50 I.55 I.12
14 6.30 6.43 6.05 2.x2 13.67 12.60 12.12 3.40 I .90 1.75 1.70 I .22
16 7.01 7.14 6.76 3.18 15.21 14.02 13.49 3.89 I .90 1.75 2.0 I I .47
IX 7.72 7.85 7.47 3.39 16.76 15.44 14.86 4.24 2.16 2.01 2.16 I .57
20 x.43 8.56 X.18 3.63 18.31 16.86 16.23 4.60 2.16 2.01 2.34 I .6X
24 9.36 9.98 9.60 4.23 21.46 19.72 IX.97 5.31 2.41 2.26 2.67 I.91
~ ~
*The dimensions for 1’ are theoretical diameters of head to sharp corners and are given for design purposes only
+The maximum depth of head c on a nominal size shank is given for the convenience of users only.
o Dimension H is measured from the top of the head to the point at which the slot breaks through.

IS :6760 - 1972
TABLE 2 PREFERRED LENGTH AND SCREW NUMBER COMBINATIONS

FOR SLOTTED COlINTERSUNK HEAD WOOD SCREWS
( Clause 3.3 )
Note -~ Preferred lengths are given between the bold lines.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Wood screws were originally coverd in IS : 45 I published in 1961. Consequent on the revision of this
IS : 451-1972 Technical supply conditions for wood screws (second revision)

IS : 6736-1972 Specification for slotted raised conuntersunk head wood screws
IS : 6739-1972 Specification for slotted round head wood screws
IS : 6760-1972 Specification for slotted conuntersunk head wood screws
version of the standard have since been deleted in the revised version.
HANDBOOK ON, INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 299

IS :.8033-- 1976
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
WASHERS WITH SQUARE HOLE
FOR WOOD FASTENINGS
Scope - Covers the requirements for washers with square hole for use in wood fastenings with bolts in the
.ameter range 6 to 24 mm.
Grade ~ Shall conform to ordinary grade of IS : 5369-1975 ‘General requirments for plain washers and lock
ashers (,first revision)‘.
Dimensions As given in Table I.
TABLE I DIMENSIONS OF WASHERS WITH SQUARE HOLE
All dimensions in millimctres.
I t
I r///A s
W/A
I
CORNERS TO
BE ROUNDED
A
I
@di!
+
@--; SQ a
Size d2 or b s Suitable for

(1’ Bolt Size
6.6 22 I Mb
9 28 2 MS
II 34 2 MI0
14 45 3.15 Ml2
18 58 4 Ml6
22 68 4 M20
26 92 4 M24
3.1 Dimensional tolerances as well as tolerance for form and position shall conform to those of ordinary washerr
of IS : 5369-1975.
4. Material ~~~ Washers with square hole for wood fastenings shall be made from any low carbon steel or an)
material specified by the purchaser.
5. Designation ~- A round washer with square hole shall be designated by the name, nominal size and tht
Example:
A round washer with square hole of nominal size 14 mm shall be designated as:
Washer With Square Hole I4 IS: 8033

IS :8033 - 1976
6. Genhal Requirements In regard to the requirements not covered in this standard, they shall conform to the
requirements of IS : 5369- 1975.
7. IS1 Certification Marking ~~- Details available with the Indian Standards Instituiton.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Round washers with square hole for wood fastenings are intended for use with coach bolts conforming to
IS : 2609-1972 ‘Speirfreation for coach bolts (M6 to M24) (jirst revision ).’ In the preparation of this standard,
considerable assistance has been derived from DIN 440 ‘Schieben vorwiegend fur Holzkonstruktionen (Round
washers for wood constructions), 1974’. issued by the Deutsches lnstitut fiir Normung (DIN).

SECTION J
Miscellaneous
IS : 6335- 1971
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
KNURLED THUMB NUTS (FIXTURES)
1. scope_ Coversdimensions andrequirements for knurled thumb nuts for use in the assembly of clamping
<crews according to 1s : 6338-1971 ‘Specification for clamping screws (fixtures)‘.
2. Dimensions
c
STRAIGHT KNURLING 04 Is:3403
d d, dz h -h k t
M5 20 15 14 12 8 5
M6 24 I8 16 ’ 14 IO 6
MX 30 24 20 17 12 7
MI0 36 30 2R 20 14 8
Note Dimensional deviations for untoleranced dimensions:
Medium class according to IS : 2102-1969 ‘Allowable deviations for dimensions without specified tolerances
(fi’rsr revi.~ion)‘.
3. Designation ~ Knurled thumb nut of size M8 shall be designated as:
Knurled Thumb Nut M8 IS : 6335
4. Mechanical Properties ~ Knurled thumb nuts conforming to this standard shall be manufacturedfromsteel
conforming to the property class. 4.6 or 4.8 as specified in IS: 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply conditions for
threaded fasteners Cfirst revision)‘.
5. Grade - Precision grade (P) of IS : 1367-1967.
6. Marking - To be marked at an appropriate place with the designation, and the manufacturer’s name and
trade-mark.
6.1 ISI Cert[fication Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.
7. Preservation - Unless the purchaser has specified specific treatment at the time of making enquiry or at the
time of placing the order, knurled thumb nuts shall be supplied in a well-cleaned condition and suitably protected
against corrosion.
YANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 305

IS : 6336- 1971
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SCREWS FOR THRUST PADS (FIXTURES)
. Scope -~ Covers dimensions and requirements for screws for thrust pads used in the assembly of clamping
crews according to IS : 6338-1971 ‘Specification for clamping screws (fixtures)‘.
. Dimensions
d, d2
hl I
M6 4.5 3 3 0.6 6.5 2.2 2.2 30, 50 1.0

M8 6 4 5 0.8 8.5 2.8 3 40, 60 I .25
MI0 7 5 6 0.8 IO 3.2 3 60, 80 1.5
Ml2 9 6 6 I.0 13 4.3 4.5 60, 80, 100 1.75
Ml6 12 9 9 1.0 17 6.3 4.5 80, 100, 125 2.0
M20 I5 IO I3 I.5 21 7.4 6 100, 125, 150 2.5
Note - Dimensional deviations for untoleranced dimensions:

Medium class according to IS : 2102-1969 ‘Allowable deviations for dimensions without
specified tolerances yirst revision)‘.

IS :6336 - 1971
3. Designation -- A screw for thrust pad having dr = M 10 and of length I = 60 mm shall be designated as:
Screw for Thrust Pad Ml0 X~60 IS : 6336
4. Mechanical Properties - Screws for thrust pads conforming to this standard shall be manufactured
from steel conforming to the property class 4.6 or 4.8 as specified in IS: 1367-1967 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded fasteners (firsl revision)‘.
5. Grade - Precision grade (P) of IS : 1367-1967.
6. Hardness - Thrust surface: 600 III 50 NV.
7. Marking - To be marked at an appropriate place with the designation and the manufacturer’s name or
trade-mark.
7.1 ISI Cert$ication Marking - Details available with the lndian Standards Institution.
8. Preservation - Unless the purchaser has specified specific treatment at the time of making enquiry or at
the time of placing the order, screws for thrust pads shall be supplied in a well-cleaned condition and
suitably protected against corrosion.

IS : 6338~-1971
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
CLAMPING SCREWS (FIXTURES)
, Scope - Covers the requirements for clamping screws which are essential elements ofjigs and fixtures used in
olding work-pieces in palce when they are being machined.
, Dimensions
.l Clamping ScreMts with -Palm Grip, Type A
ACCORDING TO IS:2804
d29 PIN HOLE TO BE

DRlLLED RIGHT THROUGH
WHEN ASSEMBLING j
CYL PIN ACCORDING TO IS:2393
SCREW FOR THRUST PAD

CYL PIN ACCORDING TO IS:2393
THRUST PAD
Screw for Thrust Pad Palm Thrust t d, tl Cylindrical Pin

Grip Pad
dl I H7 For Fixing For Fixing
Palm Grip Thrust Pad
M6 30, 50 C32 12 10 2.5 6 2.5m6 X 14 1.6m6 X 8

M8 40, 60 c40 16 12 3 7 3m6 X 16 2m6 X 8
Ml0 60, 80 c50 20 16 3 8 3m6 X 20 2m6 X 12
, Ml2 60. 80, 100 C63 25 . 20 4 10 4m6 X 20 3m6 X 14
Note --- Instead of cylindrical pins for fixing palm grip, it is permissible to use other equivalent fixing methods which shall
ensure positive fixing.

IS :6338 - 1971
2.2 Clamping Screws with Star Grip, Type B
20 PIN HOLE TO BE DRll .LED

IGHT THROUGH WHEN
ASSEMBLING; CYL PIN

/-THRUST PAD
.
LCYL PIN ACCORDING TO IS:2393
Screw for Thrust Pad Star Thrust t dt 11 Cylindrical Pin

Grip Pad
d, I H7 For Fixing For Fixing
Star Grip Thrust Pad
Mb 30, 50 C32 12 IO 2.5 6 2.5m6 X 14 1.6mk X 8

M8 40, 60 c40 16 12 3 7 3m6 X 16 2m6 X 8
Ml0 60, 80 c50 20 16 3 8 3m6 X 20 2m6 X 12
Ml2 60, 80, 100 C63 25 20 4 IO 4m6 X 20 3m6 X I4
Note ~ Instead of cylindrical pins for fixing star grip, it is permissible to use other equivalent fixing methods which shall
c ensure positive fixing.
I I

IS :6338 - 1971
2.3 Clamping Screws with Wing Nut, Type C
TO IS:2636
r,,. PIN HOLE TO BE DRILLED

t
I RIGHT THROUGtl WHEN
ASSEMBLING;CYL PIN
1
1
CYL PIN ACCORDING
r-
E
TO IS:2393
~THRUST PA0
Screw for Thrust Pad Wing Thrust Cylindrical Pin
I
Nut Pad
I
dt
I I For Fixing
Wing Nut
For Fixing
Thrust Pad
M6 B-4D 12 2.Sm6 X 12 1.6m6 X 8

MB B-4D 16 3m6 X 14 2m6 X 8
MI0 60, 80 M IO B-4D 20 3m6 X 20 2m6 X 12
Note - Instead of cylindrical pins for wing nuts, it is permissible to use otherequivalent fixing methods which shall
ensure positive fixing.
310 HANDBOOKONINDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PARTS
IS : 6338- 1971
2.4 Clamping Screws with Thumb Knurled Nut, Type D
KNURLED THUMB NUT

d2$ PIN HOLE TO BE DRILL.ELl

RIGHT THROUGH WHEN
ASSEMBLING; CYL PIN

THRUST PAD
PIN ACCORDING TO IS:2393
Screw for Thrust Pad Thumb Thrust

Pad
T d, tl
I Cylindrical Pin
H7 For ~Fixing For Fixing

Thumb Thrust Pad
Knurled Nut
T
12 1.6 2.5 1.6m6 X 16 1.6m6 X 8
16 2 3 2m6 X 20 2m6 X 8
20 3 3 3m6 X 30 2m6 X 12
Note - Instead of cylindrical pins for fixing thumb knurled nuts, it is permissible to use other equivalent fixin]
methods which shall ensure positive fixing.
HANDBOOK ON INtiIJSTRlAl WASTENERS-PART 2 311

IS :6338 - 1971
2.5 Clamping Screws with Taper Handles, Type E
LlAPER HANDLE
ACCORDING TO
NPE D OF IS12690
CVL PIN ACCORDING TO IS:2393
Screw for Thrust Pad Taper Thrust Cylindrical Pin

Handle Pad
4 I For Fixing For Fixing
Taper Handle Thrust Pad
Ml0 60, 80 D&O 20 3.6m6 X 20 2m6 X 12

Ml2 60, 80, 100 DlOO 25 4m6 X 30 3m6 X 14
Ml6 80, 100, 125 D125 32 4m6 X 35 3m6 X 16
M20 100, 125, 150 D160 40 5m6 X 45 4m6 X 20
Note - Instead of cylindrical pins for fixing taper handles, it is permissible to use other equivalent fixing methods
which shall ensure positive fixing.
2
3, Designation - A clamping screw of Type A, having a screw for thurst pad of size dl = M8 and I= 40 mm shall
be designated as:
Clamping Screw A MS X 401s : 6338
4. Packing - To be packed in accordance with best trade practice.

IS : 6731-1977
Indian Standard
SPECLFICATION FOR
LOCKNUTS, NARROW SERIES AND LOCKWASHERS WITH
STRAIGHT INNER TAB FOR ROLLING BEARINGS
( First Revision )
. Scope - Covers requirements of locknuts and lockwashers for use with rolling bearings inthe size range lo to
80 mm.
8. Dimensions and Tolerances - As given in Table 1 for locknuts and Table 2 for lockwashers.
‘. Material - Lockwashers shall be made from cold rolled mild steel Cl0 of IS : 1570- 1961 ‘Schedules for
trought steels for general engineering pruposes’.
1. Mechanical Properties - Locknuts shall conform to property class 6 as specified in IS : 1367 - 1967 ‘Technical
upply conditions for threaded fasteners (jht revision)‘.
i. Grade
i.1 Locknuts shall conform to Product grade A as specified in IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1977 ‘Technical supply
:onditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
i.2 Lockwashers shall conform to precision grade as specified in IS : 5369 - 1975 ‘General requirements for plain
washers and lock washers (#?rst revision)‘.
i. Designation
i.1 A locknut shall be designated by the name, size, pitch of screw thread and the number of this standard.
Example:
Locknut of size Ml0 and 0.75 mm pitch shall be designated as:
Locknut Ml0 X 0.75, IS : 6731

5.2 A lockwasher shall Abedesignated by the name, size and the number of this standard.
Example:
Lockwasher of size 70 mm shall be designated as:
Lockwasher 70, IS : 6731
7. Sampling- Sampling procedure for testing and acceptance criteria for locknuts shall be in accordance wit1
1S : 2614- 1969 tMethods for sampling of fasteners Cfirst revision)‘.
B. General Requirements
B.1 Locknuts shall be made from round bar stock or seamless tubes (see Appendix A).
B.2 Other requirements for locknuts not covered in this standard shall conform to IS : 1367 - 1967.
8.3 Other requirements for lockwashers not covered in this standard shall conform to IS ; 5369- 1975.
10. Application - Illustrated in Appendix B.
HANDBOOKON INDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PART.2 313

IS : 6731-1977
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR LOCKNUTS

( Clause 2)
L SLOTS
Screw dz dl B bt h Sdf.
Size Threads hll h24
d 6H*
-
10 M 10 X 0.75 18 13.5 4 3 2 0.04
12 M 12X1 22 17 4 3 2 0.04
15 M 15X1 25 21 5 4 2 0.04
17 M 17X1 28 24 5 4 2 0.04
20 M20Xl 32 26 6 4 2 0.04
22 M 22X1 34 28 6 4 2 0.04
25 M 25 X 1.5 38 32 7 5 2 0.04
28 M 28 X 1.5 42 36 7 5 2 0.04
30 M 30 X 1.5 45 38 7 5 2 0.04
32 M 32 X 1.5 48 40 8 5 2 0.04
35 M 35 X 1.5 52 44 8 5 2 0.04
40 M 40 X 1.5 58 50 9 6 2.5 0.04
45 M 45 X 1.5 65 56 10 6 2.5 0.04

50 M 50 X 1.5 70 61 II 6 2.5 0.04
55 M 55X2 75 67 II 7 3 0.05
60 M 60X2 80 73 11 7 3 0.05
65 M 65X2 85 79 12 7 3 0.05
70 M 70X2 92 85 12 8 3.5 0.05
75 M 75X2 98 90 13 8 3.5 0.05

80 M 80X2 105 95 15 8 3.5 0.05
85 M 85X2 110 102 16 8 3.5 0.05
90 M 90X2 120 108 16 4 10 4 0.05

95 M 95X2 125 113 17 10 4 0.05
100 Ml00 X 2 130 120 18 AlI 4 ~0.05
105 Ml05 X 2 140 126 18 12 5 0.05

110 MllOX 2 145 133 19 12 5 0.05
115 Ml15 X 2 150 137 19 12 5 0.05
(Continued)
*See IS : 4218 ‘IS0 metric screw threads’.
tActua1 single width must be 1 b. d +.d,
IMeasurement taken at a radius = -
4
3I4 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS--PART 2

__.__
IS :6731 - 1977
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR LOCKNUTS - Contd.
Nominal Screw h d, B bt h sd:

Size Threads hll h24
d 6H*
120 M 120 X 2 155 138 20 ’ I2 5 0.05

I25 Ml25 X 2 160 I48 21 I2 5 0.06
130 Ml30X2 I65 149 21 12 5 0.06
135 Ml35 X 2 I75 I60 22 I4 6 0.06

140 Ml40X2 I80 I60 22 I4 6 0.06
I45 M I45 X 2 190 I71 24 I4 6 0.06
150 Ml50 X 2 I95 I71 24 I4 6 0.06

155 Ml55 X 3 200 I82 25 I6 7 0.06
160 Ml60X3 210 I82 25 16 7 0.06
I65 Ml65 X 3 210 193 26 16 7 0.06

170 Ml70 X 3 220 193 26 I6 7 0.06
180 M180X3 230 203 27 I8 8 0.06
190 Ml90 X 3 240 214 28 I8 8 0.06

200 M200 X 3 250 226 29 I8 8 0.06
220 Tr220 X 4 280 250 32 20 IO 0.06
240 Tr240 X 4 300 270 34 20 IO 0.06
260 Tr260 X 4 330 300 36 24 I2 0.07
280 Tr280 X 4 350 320 38 24 I2 0.07
*See IS : 4218 ‘IS0 metric screw threads’.

IActual single width must be 2 b. d + d,
iMeasurement taken at a radius = -
4
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR LOCKWASHERS

( Clause 2)
Nominal d, a* h bt
Size Cl1
d
Cl1
IO 13.5 21 3 8.5 3 I 9
I2 17 25 .3 10.5 3 I II
I5 21 28 4 13.5 4 I II
I7 24 32 4 15.5 4 II
20 26 36 4 18.5 4 II
22 28 38 4 20.5 4 II
Coned
INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART
HANDBOOK ON 315
2
IS :6731 - 1977
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR LOCKWASHERS - Con/d
Nominal il+ h bt
Size Cl1
d
Cl1
25 32 42 5 23 5 1.25 I3
28 36 46 5 26 5 1.25 13
30 38 49 5 27.5 5 1.25 I3
32 40 52 5 29.5 5 1.25 I3
35 44 57 6 32.5 5 1.25 I3
40 50 62 0 6 37.5 6 1.25 I3
45 56 69 6 42.5 6 I.25 I3
50 61 74 6 47.5 6 1.25 I3
55 67 81 8 52.5 7 I.5 I3
60 73 86 8 57.5 7 1.5 17
65 79 92 8 62.5 7 I.5 I7
70 85 98 8 66.5 8 I.5 I7
75 90 104 8 71.5 8 I.5 I7

80 95 II2 IO 76.5 8 1.8 17
85 102 I I9 10 81.5 8 1.8 I7
90 _ I08 126 IO 86.5 IO 1.8 I7

95 I13 133 IO 91.5 IO I.8 I7
100 120 142 I2 96.5 IO I.8 I7
105 126 I45 I2 100.5 I2 I.8 I7

110 133 I54 I2 105.5 12 I.8 17
115 137 I59 I2 110.5 I2 2 I7
120 I38 164 I4 I15 I2 2 I7

125 I48 170 I4 120 I2 2 I7
130 149 175 I4 I25 12 2 I7
135 160 I85 I4 130 14 2 I7

140 160 192 t6 I35 I4 2 I7
145 I71 202 I6 140 14 2 I7
150 I71 205 I6 I45 I4 2 I7

155 I82 212 I6 147.5 I6 2.5 I9
160 I82 217 I8 I54 I6 2.5 I9
165 193 222 I8 157.5 I6 2.5 19

170 193 232 I8 164 I6 2.5 19
180 203 242 20 174 I8 2.5 19
190 214 252 20 I84 I8 2.5 I9

200 226 262 20 194 I8 2.5 I9
22011 250 296 24 213 20 3 I9

24011 270 312 24 233 20 3 I9
26011 300 342 28 253 24 3 I9
28011 320 362 28 273 24 3 I9
*Actual single width must be ?? (1.

tActual single width must be 5 b.
$The thickness is approximate only, and small variations are permissihle.
§N = Minimum number of outer tabs; since the nuts have four slots, N must be an odd number.
,JJSizes for trapezoidal threads for d from 220 to 280 mm.

IS :6731- 1977
APPENDIX A
( CIause 8.1 )
SUITABLEMATERIALSFORLOCKNUTS
A-l. The following materials suggested for locknuts are for guidance only:
C20 and C30 of IS : 2073 - 1972 ‘Specification for carbon steel black bars for porduction of machined
parts for general engineering purposes Cfirst revision)‘.
or
Class 2 and Class 3 of IS : 1875 - 1972 ‘Specitication for carbon steel billets, blooms, slabs and bars for
forgings (third revision)‘.
or
SG 500/ 7 of IS : 1865 - 1974 ‘Specification for iron casting with spheroidal or modular graphite (second
revision)‘.
APPENDIX B
( Clause 10 )
APPLICATION
,SHJFT LOCKWASHER
OF SHAFT
ASSEMBLV
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The requirements of locknuts were first published in IS : 673 1 - 1972 ‘Specification for slotted round nuts’.
The present revision has been necessitated due to the publication of IS0 2982- 1972 ‘Rolling bearings-
Locknuts, narrow series and lockwashers with strainght inner tab’ and to include the requirements of
lockwashers which are used in conjunction with locknuts in rolling bearings. In the present revision, reference to
hardened and unhardened nuts has been deleted and sizes greater than 200 mm with trapezoidal threads have
been included. Illustration of application is given in Appendix B.
This standard conforms to IS0 2982 - 1972 issued by the International Organization for Standardization
(HO).
IS :6862 - 1985
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
FIXING SCREWS AND FIXING WASHERS FOR
BUCKETS FOR BUCKET ELEVATORS
( First Revision )
. Scope - Lays down the requirements for special type of fixing screws and washers used for fixing buckets for
ucket elevators to belts.
. Dimensions
.l Fixing Screws - Shall be as specified in Table 1.
.2 Cup Washers - Shall be as specified in Table 2.
#. Material and Mechanical Properties
‘.l The fixing screws shall conform to the property class 4.6 of IS:1367 (Part 3)-1979 ‘Technical supply
onditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 3 Mechanical properties and test methods for bolts, screws and studs
vith full loadability (second revision)‘,
1.2 The cup washers shall be manufactured from steel or from any other suitable material specified by the
mrchaser.
I. Designation
1.1 A fixing screw of nominal size M6 and of length 35 mm and provided with nut shall be designated as:
Fixing Screw M6 X 35 N IS,: 6832
Note - Letter N shall be used only if fixing screw is provided with nut.
1.2 A cup washer of nominal size 7 mm shall be designated as:
Cup Washer 7 IS: 6832
5.1 The fixing screws shall conform to product grade C specified in IS: 1367 (Part 2)-1979 ‘Technical supply
conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 Product grades and tolerances (second revision)‘.
5.2 The fixing screws shall have ‘coarse’ pitch threads according to IS: 4218 (Part 2)-1976’ISO metric screw
threads: Part 2 Diameter pitch combination’.
5.3 The fixing screws conforming to this standard shall comply with the requirements of IS: 1367 (Part l)-1980
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 Introduction and general information (second
revision)’ in regard to the requirements not specified in the standard.
318 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART- 2

IS : 6832- 1973
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR FIXING SCREWS FOR BUCKETS FOR

BUCKET ELEVATORS
(Clause 2.1)
WITHOUT NUT WITH NUT
X according to IS: 1369-1982 ‘Dimensions of screw thread runouts and undercuts (second revision)‘.
Nominal Size M6 M8 Ml0 Ml2

‘: __ d,
s 10 13 17 19
DI 20 28 35 42
(I 14 20 25 30
c (Max) I 1 1 I.2
e (Min) 10.89 14.20 18.72 20.88
R 3.5 5 6 7
k 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.2
m (Nom) 5.0 6.5 8.0 IO
L of
approx
1 000
nut pieces
in kg 2.32
Note - Density of steel taken as 7.85 kg/dm2
*Mass with nut for 1 000 pieces of screws in kg.
4.62 10.9 15.9 1.

IS : 6832-1982
TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR WASHERS

(Clause 2.2)
i
Nominal Size Mass of 1 000 iFor Fixing 5
d, Pieces in kg* Screw I 1
I Approx 1
t
7 25 22 I 1.5 I 4.5 I 5.4 I M6
9.5 32 28 1.5 5.5 8.8 M8
I !.5 40 36 2 7 18.3 MI0
14 50 46 2 8 28.7 Ml2
,
Note - There shall not be any sharp corner.
*Density of steel taken as 7.85 kg/dm’. 4
5.4 The nuts if supplied with the fixing screws shall conform to property class 4 of IS: 1367 (Part 6)-1980
I
‘Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 6 Mechanical properties and test methods for nuts
with specified proof loads (second revision)‘.
5.5 An illustration of the use of fixing screw is indicated in Fig. I. -i
BELL BACK OF BUCKET
FIG.1 ILLUSTRATION OF FIXING SCREW AND WASHER
5.6 Tbe ends of screws shall conform to IS: 1368-1980 ‘Dimensions for ends of bolts and screws (second
revision)‘.
Packing and Marking
6.1 The fixing screws shall be packed in accordance with IS: 1367 (Part 18)-1979 ‘Technical supply conditions
for threaded steel fasteners: Part 18 Marking and mode of delivery (second revision)‘.
-6.2 The washers shall be packed as agreed to between the supplier and the purchaser. The packages containing
washer shall be marked with the size and manufacturer’s name or trade-mark.

320
IS : 6832-1985
6.2.1 ISI Certification Marking - Details available with the Indian Standard lnstitution.
7. Sampling - The method of sampling and acceptance criteria of fixing screws shall be in accordance with
IS : 2614-l-969 ‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (‘first revision)‘.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The standard,was first published in 1973. This revision is being undertaken to bring the standard in line with
the latest development in the threaded fastener industry.
In the preparation of this standard, assistance has beenderived from DIN 15237-1980 Continuous mechanical
handling equipment, seating screws and cupped washers for the attachment of components of bolts.

IS : 7169- 1974
Indian Srandard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED RAISED COUNTERSUNK (OVAL)
HEAD TAPPING SCREWS
1. Scope --- Prescribes requirements of slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws in the size
‘ange 0 to 16.
!. Types -- Two types as described below and illustrated in the figures in Table 1:
Type AB ~~ with cone end, and

Type. B -~~ With flat end. .
3.1 Dimensions of the tapping screws shall be as given in Table I,
3.2 The screw head shall be concentric with the shank within a tolerance of 2 percent of the nominal head
3.3 The slot shall be concentric with the shank within a tolerance of 4 percent of the basic major diameter, the
tolerance being one-half of the total indicator reading.
3.4 The minimum and maximum length of the tapping screws shall be as given in Table 2.
3.5 Screw Thread - The form and dimensions of tapping screw threads shall conform to IS : 5957- 1970
‘Dimensions for screw threads for thread forming tapping screws’.
4. Raw Material and Mechanical Properties - The raw material and-mechanical properties of tapping screws
covered in this standard shall conform to those given in IS : 7178- 1974 ‘Mechanical properties of tapping
screws’.
5. Designation - Tapping screws shall be designated by the nomenclature, type, screw size number, nominal
length and the ntimber of this standard.
Example:
A slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screw of type AB, screw size number 10, nominal
length 25 mm and conforming to this standard shall be designated as:
Tapping Screw AB 10 X 25 - IS : 7169
6.1 Sampling - The method of sampling and criteria for acceptance shall be in accordance withIS : 2614 - 1969
6.2 The tapping screws shall comply with the requirements of IS : 7178 - 1974 in respect of requirements not
7. Marking
7.1 ISI Certification Marking Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS :7169 - 1974
TABLE~lDIMENSIONSFORSLOTTED RAlSEDCOUNTERSUNK(OVAL)HEADTAPPlNGSCREWS
( Clauses
2 and 3.1)
A11dimensions in millimetres.
TYPE AB CONE END TYPE B FLAT END
IScrew Size lo)

No. I I
(’
..,,. _ _.
I *Nom1 0.89 1
I rl Max IO.61 1 0*76 1 I*021 la17 1.32 1 1.68 I I*90 I 2.16 I2*46 1 30:
1 Nom
+I/2 IT17
Preferred Length-Size Combinations
6.5 i I
1 _ _ _ _ _ _.
1
9*5 I
-_-._-
13
.- I
I
16
19
I 25 1’ I
I -32 I 1
38
45
,
Note 1 ~~~
Sires given in brackets are of second preference.
Note 2 ~- The standard lengths are between the bold stepped
lines. The upper bold stepped line is the limit of the minimum practical
length for flat and tapping screws (Type B). The cone end tapping screws (Type AB) with lengths above the stepped line, marked with broken
lines, are short screws and those below this broken stepped line are long screws according to IS : 5957- 1970.
*For normal lengths.
tFor short lengths.
HANDR~~KONINDUSTRIALFASTENERS-PART2 323
IS :7169 - 1974
TABLE 2 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF TAPPING SCREWS

( Clllusr 3.4 )
Nominal Minimum Length, Maximum Length

Length Types AB and B
:,,,
3.2 2.575 3.775 3.175
4.5 4.163 5.363 4.763
6.5 5.600 7.100 6.350
9.5 8.775 10.275 9.525
13 I 1.800 13.600 12.700
16 14.975 16.775 15.875
19 18.000 20.100 19.050
22 21.175 23.275 22.225
25 24.350 26.450 25.400
32 30.500 33.000 31.750
38 36.850 39.350 38.100
45 43.200 45.700 44.450
50 49.300 52.300 50.800
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard is based on ISO/ R 1483 - 1970 ‘Slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws’,
issued by the International Organization for Standardization. The maximum and minimum lengths given in the
standard are based on IS0 2770 ‘Tapping screws according to ISO/ R 1478 to 1483-Minimum and maximum
lengths’.
This standard is one of a series of Indian Standards being prepared on tapping screws. The other
standards belonging to this series are:
IS : 7170 - 1974 Specification for slotted countersunk (flat) head tapping screws
IS : 7 173 - 1974 Specification for slotted pan head tapping screws
IS : 7178 - 1974 Mechanical properties of tapping screws.
c
IS : 7170- 1974
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED COUNTE-RSUNK (FLAT) HEAD TAPPING SCREWS
1. Scope -~ Prescribes requirements of slotted countersunk (flat) head tapping screws in the size range 0 to 16.
2. Types ~~ Two types as described below and illustrated in the figures in Table I:
Type AB ~~ with cone end, and

Type B - with flat end.
3.1 Dimensions of the tapping screws shall be as given in Table I.
3.2 The screw head shall be concentric with the shank within a tolerance of 2 percent of the nominal head
tolerance being one-half of the total indicator reading.
3.4 The minimum and maximum lengths of tapping screws shall be as given in Table 2.
3.5 Screw Thread - The form and dimensions of tapping screw threads shall conform to IS : 5957- 1970
‘Dimensions for screw threads for thread forming tapping screws.’
4. Raw Material and Mechanical Properties - The raw material and mechanical properties of tapping screws
covered in this standard shall conform to those given in IS : 7178- 1974 ‘Mechanical properties of tapping
screws’.
length and the number of this standard.
Example:
A slotted countersunk (flat) head tappingscrew of type B, screw size number 8, nominal length~I6 mm
and conforming to this standard shall be designated as:
Tapping Screw B 8 X 16 - IS ; 7170
6.1 Sampling -- The method of sampling and criteria for acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614- 1969
6.2 The tapping screws shall comply with the requirements of IS : 7178- 1974 in respect of requirements not
7. Marking
7.1 IS/ Cerfification Marking --- Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

1s : 7170- 1974
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED COUNTERSUNK (FLAT) HEAD TAPPING SCREWS

( Clauses 2 and 3.1 )
v tk-lLt_I
r1 Max 0.61 0.76 0.89 1 l02 l-17 1.32 1.42 l-57 1.60 1*90 2.10 2.46 1 3.20
1 Nom
Note I Si/c\ giLen in brackrts are of second pref’ercnce.

Note 2 I’he standard lengths are between the bold ateppcd lines. Ihe upper hold \teppcd line indicates minimum practical length of
Type AH and Type H screws l-he llat end tapping screws (i‘ypc B) with lengths abo~c the broken atcpped line are short scrcvs and those
below the broken \tcpped line are long screws according to IS : 5957- 1970.
*For normal lengths.
.+Vnr short lengths.

TABLE I hllNlMllM AND MAXIMtIM LENGTHS OF TAPPING SCREWS
( C‘lUlLw 3.4 )
Minimum Length, Maximum Length

Length Types AB and B n
c ‘-
Type AB lype R
3.2 2.575 3.715 3.175

4.5 4. I63 5.363 4.763
6.5 5.600 7.100 6.350
9.5 x.775 10.275 9.525
13 I I .x00 I 3.600 12.700
16 14.975 16.775 15.875
19 tn.000 20.100 19.050
22 21.175 23.275 22.225
25 24.350 26.450 25.400
32 30.500 33.000 31.750
3x 36.850 39.350 38.100
45 43.200 45.700 44.450
SO 49.300 52.300 50.800
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard is based on ISO/ R 1482 - 1970 Slotted countersunk (flat) head tappingscrewsissued by the
International Organization for Standardization. The maximum and minimum lengths given in the standard are
based on IS0 2770 ‘Tapping screws, according to lSO/R 1478 to 1483---~Minimum and maximum lengths’.
This standard is one of a series of Indian Standards being prepared on tapping screws. The other
standards belonging to this series are:
IS : 7 169 - 1974 Specification for slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws
IS : 7173 - 1974 Specification for slotted pan head tapping screws
IS ; 7178 - 1974 Mechanical properties of tapping screws.
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 1 32-l

IS : 7173 - 1974
7
Indian Standard
SPECIFICATION FOR
SLOTTED PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREWS
c
. Scope ~~~Prescribes requirements of slotted pan head tapping screws in the size range 0 to 16.
I. Types ~~ Two types as described below and illustrated in the figure in Table 1.
Type AB with cone end

Type H with flat end
I. Dimensions and Tolerances
I.1 Dimensions of the tapping screws shall be as given in Table 1.
I.2 The screw head shall be concentric with the shank within a tolerance of 2 percent of the maximum head
liameter, the tolerance being one-half of the total indicator reading.
olerance being one-half of the total indicator reading.
L4 The minimum and maximum lengths of tapping screws shall be as given tn Table 2.
3.5 Screrv Thread - The form and dimensions for tapping screw threads shall conform to IS : 5970- 1970
Dimensions for screw threads for thread forming tapping screlvs’.
1. Raw Material and Mechanical Properties - The raw material and mechanical properties of tapping screws
:overed in this standard shall conform to those given in 1S : 7178 - 1974 ‘Mechanical properties of tapping
screws’.
.ength and the number of this standard.
Example:
A slotted pan head tapping screw of type AB, screw size number 2, nominal length 6.5 mm and
Tapping Screw AB 2 X 6.5 - IS : 7173
6.1 Sampling - The method of sampling and criteria for acceptance shall be in accordance with IS : 2614 - 1969
‘Methods for sampling of fasteners (Jrs/ revision)‘.
6.2 The tapping screws shall comply with the requirements of IS : 7178 - 1974 in respect of requirements not
7. Marking
7.1 ISI Certij?cation Marking - Details available with the Indian Standards Institution.

IS : 7173-1974
TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR SLOTTED PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREWS

( Clauses 2 and 3. I )
ScreNwoSize
(0) (1) 2 (3) 4 (5) 6 (7) 8 10 (12) 14 (16)
Max l-52 l-90 2-24 2.57 2-90 3.30 3.53 3-91 4.22 L.80 5.46 6.25 8.00
d
Min 1.45 l-83 2.13 2.46 2.79 3.20 3.43 3.78 4.09 4.65 S-31 6.10 7.82
Max 2-95 3.61 4.24 4.90 5.56 6.22 6.86 7.52 8.18 9.47 10.80 12.50 15-62
D
Min 2.64 3.30 3.94 4-57 5.21 -5.87 6.50 7-14 7.77 9.07 10.34 12.01 15-09
Max 0.99 1.17, l-35 l-52 l-73 l-90 2.08 2.26 2.44 2.79 3.18 3.66 4.52
k
Min 0.79 o-97 l-14 l-30 l-47 l-65 l-83 2.01 2.16 2.51 2.84 3.30 4.11
Max 0.58 O-66 O-79 O-89 O-99 1.09 1.22 l-22 l-37 1.52 l-70 1.90 2.13
n
Min 0.41 O*L8 0.58 O-69 0.79 0.89 0.99 O-99 1.14 l-27 l-42 l-63 -1-83
Max 0.56 O-69 0.79 0.91 l-02 1.14 l-27 1.37 1.47 1.73 1.96 2.21 2.69
t
Min 0.36 0.46 0.56 O-66 O-76 O-86 O-94 1.04 l-14 l-35 1.55 1.78 2.16
G Max 0.23 0.28 O-33 O-38 O-43 0.48 0.53 0.58 0.63 O-71 0.81 0.94 1.19
r7 Max O-5 O-6 O-8 l*O l-2 1*2 1.4 l-4 l-6 I l-8 ‘2-O 2.5 3.2
1 1 Nom
16
19 i I I I I I
77
&L
I 1
25 I
32
38
45 I
1 I I I I I I I I I I I
I 50 I
Note 1 ~ Sizes given in brackets are of second preference.

Note 2 ~ The standard lengths are between the bold stepped lines. The upper stepped lines indicate the minimum practical lengths of
Type AB and Type B screws. The flatend tappingscrews(Type B) with lengths above the broken stepped lineare shortscrewsand those
below the broken stepped line are long screws according to IS : 5957- 1970.’

329
c
IS : 7173- 1974
TABLE 2 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF TAPPING SCREWS

( Clause 3.4 )
Nominal Length Minimum Length Maximum Length
Types AB and B Type AB Type B
3.2 2.575 3.775 3.175

4.5 4.163 5.363 4.763
6.5 5.600 7.100 6.350
9.5 8.715 10.275 9.525
13 I I .800 13.600 12.700
I6 14.975 16.775 15.875
19 15.000 20.100 19.050
22 21.175 23.275 22.225
25 2.350 26.450 25.400
32 30.500 35.000 31.750
38 36.850 39.350 38.100
45 43.200 45.700 44.450
50 49.300 52.300 50.800
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This standard is based on ISO/ R 1481- 1970 ‘Slotted pan head screws’ issued by the International
Organization for Standardization (-ISO). The maximum and minimum lengths given in the standard are based on
International Standard IS0 2770 ‘Tapping screws according to lSO/ R 1478 to 1483 Minimum and maximum
lengths’.
This standard 1s one of a series of Indian Standards being prepared on tapping screws. Other standards
belonging to this series are:
IS : 7169 - 1974 Slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws

IS : 7170 - 1974 Slotted countersunk (flat) head tapping screws
IS : 7178 - 1974 Mechanical properties of tapping screws

INDEX
Bearings, rolling, locknuts and lock washers Eyes

for 6371 and hooks 207
Bolt Screw 724
Coach 2609 Fan disc washers 5556
Countersunk Fish bolts 8721,8722
Flat Fit bolts 3640
N_ib 8352 Foundation bolts 5624
Square neck 8352 Friction grip bolts 3757
Fish, for collieries Friction grip nuts 6623
Cup oval neck 8721 Friction grip washers 6649
With square head 8722 Gate hooks and eyes 207
Fit 3640 Grub screws 2388, 6094
Foundation 5624 Hammer drive screws 7519
Friction grip, thigh tensile 3757 Hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts 1363,1364
Hexagon 3138 Hooksed nuts 3460
Fit 3640 Cup, ruler and square 724
For steel structures 6639 Gate and shutter 207
Head 1363, 1364 Knurled- nuts 3460, 6335
Hook, for corrugated sheet roofing 730 Locating studs 5096, 5097
Nib 8353 Locknuts
Roof For rolling bearings 6731
Expansion shell type 8266 Hexagon
Wedge and slot type 7578 Prevailing torque 7002
Roofing, slotted mushroom head 8822 Lockwashers
Slotted, for steel structures 8412 For rolling bearings 6731
Square, black 2585 Multi-tooth 5371
Step 10238 With lug 5554
T-bolts 2014 Nib bolts 8353
Tommy 8070 Nuts
Bucket elevators, fixing screws and washers for Aluminium, rooting 6113
6832 Cap 2687
Cap Castle 2232
Nuts 2687 Thin 5368
Domed 7790 Domed cap 7790
Screws 2269 Friction grip 6623
Capstan screws 8070 Hexagon 1363, 1364,3138
Castle With collar 7795
Nuts 2232 Knurled 3460
Dia 6 to 52 mm 5368 Thumb 6335
Clamping screws for jigs and fixtures 6338 Pipe 3468
Crwashers 4291 Slotted 2232
Sying 4298 Thin 5368
Coach Square 2585
Bolts 2609 Thumb 6335
Screws 1120 T-nuts 2015
Countersunk head screw 1365 Weld 8856
Cup hooks 724 Wing 2636
Domed cap nuts 7790
Pan head Step bolts 10238
Cross recessed 7483 Studs 1862
Slotted 5101 Locating
Pipe nuts 3468 Diamond 5097
Plugs, threaded 9645 Round 5096
Raised countersunk Tab washers 8068
Cross recessed 7486 Taper washers 5372, 5374
Slotted 8911 Tapping screws 7169, 7170, 7173
Square 2585 T-bolts 2014
Tapping Thrust pads, screws for 6336
Countersunk 7170 Thumb nuts 6335
Pan head 7173 Thumb screws 3726
Thumb 3726 T-nuts 2015
Wing 3727 Tommy bolts 8070
Wood Washers
Countersunk 6760 C- 4291
Round 6739 Swing 4298
Roof bolts 7578, 8266 For disc 5556
Roofing bolts 8822 For steel structures 6610
Screw eyes 724 For wood fastenings
Screws Round 8033
Cap 2269 Square 5373
Capstan 8070 Friction grip 6649
Cheese head 1366 Plain 2016
Coach 1120 With outside dia -3 X inside dia 5370
Countersunk Roofing 8869
Cross-recessed 7485 Aluminium 6113
Slotted 1365 Spherical 4297
With hexagon socket 6761 Spring
For thrust pads 6336 Double coil 6755
Grub Single coil
Hexagon socket 6094 Rectangular section 3063
Slotted 2388 Square section 6735
Hammer drive 7519 Tap 8068
Hexagon 1363, 1364 Taper
Set screws 6094 For channels 5372
Shutter hooks and eyes 207 For I-beams 5374
Slotted cheese head screws 1366 Weld nuts 8856
Slotted nuts 2232, 5368 Wing nuts 2636
Spherical washers 4297 Wing screws 3727
Spring washers 3063, 6735, 6755 Wood screws 6736,6739,6760
Square hooks 724

NUMERICAL INDEX
IS Number Page IS Number Page
207-I 964 257

724-1964 5624-1970 33
261
730-1978 6094- 198 1 145
267
1120-1975 6101-1982 151
287
1363 (Part I)-1984 6113-1970 271
3
1363 (Part 2)-1984 6335-1971 305
113
1363 (Part 3)-1984 6336-1971 306
49
1364 (Part l)-1983 6388-197 1 308
7
1364 (Part 2)-1983 6610-1972 236
117
1364 (Part 3)-1983 6623-1985 237
52
1364 (Part 4)-1985 6639-1972 242
56
1364 (Part 5)-1985 6649-1985 246
59
1365-1982 6731-1977 312
122
1366-1982 6735-1972 214
126
1862-1975 6736-1972 291
181
2014-1977 6739-l 972 294
13
2015-1977 6755-l 980 217
62
2016-1967 6760-1972 297
191
2232-1967 6761-1972 154
64
2269-1981 6832-1985 318
129
2388-1971 7002-1972 96
134
2585-1968 7169-1974 322
15
2609- I972 7170-1974 325
20
2636-l 972 7173-1974 328
77
2687-1975 7483-1985 157
80
3063-1972 7485-1985 161
197
3138-1966 7486-l 985 164
24
3460-I 972 7519-1974 168
82
3468-l 975 7578-1975 274
84
3640-1982 7790-1975 104
27
3726-l 972 7795-1975 106
138
3727-1966 8033-1976 300
142
3757-1985 8068- 1976 221
227
4291-1967 8070-l 976 6 171
200
4297-1967 8266-1976 276
202
4298-1967 8352-1977 37
204
5096-1969 8353-1977 39
185
5097- 1969 8412-1977 250
186
5368-l 969 8721-1978 42
87
5370-1969 8722-l 978 44 .
206
5371-1982 8822-l 978 280
207
5372-1975 8856-1978 108
232
5373-1969 8869-1978 282
290
5374-1975 891 t-1978 174
234
5554-1970 9645-l 980 187
210
5556-1970 10238-1982 253
212
HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS- .i’ART 2 333

IS0 STANDARDS ON BOLTS, NUTS, SCREWS AND OTHER THREADED FASTENERS,
AND WASHERS
IS0 : Title
II 28X I 1963 : Slotted and castle nuts with metric thread
R 2X8’? 1969 : Slotted and castle nuts metric thread 42 up to and including I00 mm threaded diameter
I207 1983 : Slotted cheese head screws Product grade A
R 1479 1983 : Hexagon head tapping screws
R 1481 1983 : Slotted pan head tapping screws ~Dimensions in millimetres and inches
R 1482 1983 : Slotted countersunk (flat) head tapping screws (common head style)
R 1483 19x3 : Slotted raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws (common head style)
R 1580 19x3 : Slotted pan head scrcws~- Product grade A
2009 19x3 : Slotted countersunk head screws (common head style) ---Product grade A
2010 19x3 : Slotted raised countersunk head screws (common head style)& Product grade A
2342 1972 : Slotted headless screws Metric series
2343 1972 : Hexagon socket set screws---Metric series
2358 972 : Prevailing torque-type steel hexagon locknuts- Dimensions---Metric series
2770 974 : Tapping screws according to ISOi R 1478 to 1483~~Minimum and maximum lengths
2982 972 : Rolling bearings, locknuts, narrow series, and lockwashers with straight inner tab
2983 975 : Rolling bearings. locknuts, wide series, and lockwashers with bent inner tab
3506 979 : Corrosion-resistant stainless steel fastenqrs-- Specifications
4014 979 : ~Hexagon head bolts Product grades A and B
4015 1979 : Hexagon head bolts Product grade B Reduced shank (shank diameter = pitch diameter)
4016 1979 : Hexagon head bolts---- Product grade C
4017 1979 : Hexagon head screws Product grades A and B
4018 1979 : Hexagon head screws-~- Product grade C
4026 1977 : Hexagon socket set screws with flat point
4027 1977 : Hexagon socket set screws with cone point
4028 1977 : Hexagon socket set screws with dog point
4029 1977 : Hexagon socket set screws with cup point
4032 1979 : Hexagon nuts. style I --Product grades A and B.
4033 1979 : Hexagon nuts, style 2---Product grades A and B
4034 1979 : Hexagon nuts ~-Product grade C
4035 979 : Hexagon thin nuts--Product grades A and B (chamfered)
4036 979 : Hexagon thin nuts --Product grade B (unchamfered)
4095 978 : Fasteners for aerospace construction. Bi-hexagonal wrenching configuration
4147 983 : Metric fasteners for aerospace construction. Hexagon slotted (castellated) nuts.
Strength classification I I00 MPa. Maximum operating temperature 235 degrees C
4166 979 : Hexagon nuts for fine mechanics-- Product grade F
47591 I 978 : Tolerances for fasteners--Part I: Bolts, screws and nuts with thread diameters between I,6
(inclusive) and I50 mm (inclusive) and product grades A,B and C
475912 979 : Tolerances for fasteners Part 2: Botts, screws and nuts with thread diameters from
I up to 3 mm and product grade F, for fine mechanics
475913 977 : Tolerances for fasteners--Part 3: Washers for metric bolts, screws and nut with thread
diameters from I up to and including I50 mm--Product grades A and C
4762 1977 : Hexagon socket head cap screws-----Product grade A
4766 1983 : Slotted set screws with flat point
7040 1983 : Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts (with non-metallic insert),
style 1-Property classes 5,8 and IO
7041 1983 : Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts (with non-metallic insert),
style 2-Property classes 9 and I2
7042 1983 : Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style 2--Property
classes 5,8,10 and I2
7043 1983 : Prevailing torque type hexagon nuts with flange (with non-metallic insert)
7044 1983 : Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts with flange
7045 1983 : Cross recessed pan head screws---Product grade A
7046 1983 : Cross recessed countersunk flat head screws (common head style)
-Product grade A and property class 4,8 only
7047 1983 : Crossed recessed raised countersunk head screws (common head style)-Product grade A
7049 1983 : Cross recessed pan head tapping screws
334 HANDBOOKON~NDUSTR~AL FASTENERS--PART2

7050 1983 : Cross recessed countrsunk (flat) head tapping screws (common head style)
705 I 1983 : Cross recessed raised countersunk (oval) head tapping screws
7089 1983 : Plain Washers-Normal series-Product grade A
7090 1983 : Plain washers, chamfered--Normal series--Product grade A
7091 1983 : Plain washers-Normal series- Product grade C
7092 1983 : Plain washers-----Small series --Product grade A
7093 1983 : Plain washers--Large series-Product grade A and C
7094 1983 : Plain washers-Extra large series-Product grade C
7378 1983 : Fasteners-Bolts, screws and studs-~--Split pin holes and wire holes
7379 1983 : Hexagon socket shoulder screws
7380 1983 : Hexagon socket button head screws---Metric series
7434 1983 : Slotted set screws with cone point
7435 1983 : Slotted set screws with long dog point
7436 1984 : Slotted set screws with cup point
7719 1983 : Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style l--Property
classes 5, 8, and IO
7720 1983 : Prevailing torque type all-metal hexagon nuts, style 2---Property class 9
335

2

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

HANDBOOK

PART 2 BOLTS, NUTS, SCREWS AND OTHER

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARD

First Published May 1988

@ BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

EDC 27 Bolts, Nuts and Fasteners Accessories

EDC 1 Engineering Standards

SECTION D STUDS AND PLUGS 179

SECTION E WASHERS 189

SECTION F FASTENERS FOR STEEL STRUCTURES 225

SECTION G FIXING ACCESSORIES FOR BUILDING PURPOSES 255

SECTION H WOOD FASTENERS 285

SECTION J MISCELLANEOUS 303

2. Specifications and Reference Standards

Hexagon Head Bolt Ml0 X 60 - 4.8 - IS : 1363 (Part I)

HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 3

TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR HEXAGON HEAD BOLTS

I Min 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 1 1

*P = pitch of the thread.

For 1, lg and Is, see Table 2.

34 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART :

All dimensions in millimetres.

151.751 58 I46.5I 54 ILL25150 1 32 1 42 121.51 34 11 26

132 149 117.5

Formulae : /* Max = I Nom - b ref.

Part 2 Hexagon head screws (size range M5 to M36), and

The following major changes have been made in this revision:

6 HANDBOOK ON INDWTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

2. Specifications and Reference Standards

Indian standards IS : 1367 (Part 2) - 1979*

HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 7

P* ( 0.5 0.7 0.8 I 1.25 I.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

I 5 IO d or 150 mm 6.07 7.66 8.79 I

Nom 2 2.8 3.5 4 5.3 6.4 7.5 IO 12.5 15 18.7 22.5

*P = pitch of the thread.

Part 2 Hexagon screws (size range M 3 to M 36)

Part 3 Hexagon nuts (size range M 1.6 to M 36)

Part 4 Hexagon thin nuts (chamfered) (size range M I.6 to M 36)

Part 5 Hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered) (size range M 1.6 to M IO)

In this revision, the following major changes have been made:

HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 11

b) Non-preferred sizes have been deleted.

c) Hexagon head bolts with fine pitches have been deleted.

12 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

2. Dimensions and Tolerances-The dimensions of T-bolts shall be as given in Table 1

All dimensions in millimetres.

z according to IS : 1368-1967 ‘Dimensions of ends of baits and screws [first revision)‘.

HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 13

TABLE 1 DIMENSIONS FOR T- BOLTS-Contd

4. Designation - A T-bolt of width a = 22 mm and length I = 100 mm shall be designated as:

HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

HANDBOOK ON INZUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 15

16 HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2

TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR BLACK SQUARE BOLTS, SCREWS AND NUTS

All dimensions in millimetres.

SQUARE BOLT SQUARE NUT

Size M6 MS Ml0 Ml2 (M14) Ml6 (Ml@

e Mill 12.53 16.34 21.54 24.02 27.5 1 30.11 34.01

ci. Max 7.2 10.2 12.2 15.2 17.2 19.2 21.2

r Min 0.25 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

a Max 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 7.5 9.0

Note 1 -Sizes shown in brackets are of second preference. I

HANDBOOK ON INDUSTRIAL FASTENERS-PART 2 17

TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS FOR BLACK SQUARE BOLTS, SCREWS AND NUTS